Inglés 7N5012720BC (11.

14)

7N5012720BC

­­
Alhambra Inglés (11.14)
Alhambra
MANUAL
OWNER’S
About this manual ® All registered marks are indicated with
®. Although the copyright symbol does
This manual is divided into five large parts,
which are:
This manual contains a description of the not appear, it is a copyrighted mark. 1. Safety
equipment supplied with the vehicle at the >> The section is continued on the follow- 2. Operation
time this manual was published. Some of the ing page.
3. Tips
units described herein will not be available
until a later date or are only available in cer- WARNING 4. Technical data
tain markets. Texts preceded by this symbol contain infor- 5. Alphabetical index
Because this is a general manual for the mation on safety. They warn you about possi- At the end of this manual, there is a detailed
ALHAMBRA, some of the equipment and func- ble dangers of accident or injury.
alphabetical index that will help you quickly
tions that are described in this manual are not find the information you require.
included in all types or variants of the model; CAUTION
they may vary or be modified depending on
Texts with this symbol draw your attention to
the technical requirements and on the mar- potential sources of damage to your vehicle.
ket; this is in no way deceptive advertising.
The illustrations are intended as a general For the sake of the environment
guide and may vary from the equipment fitted
in your vehicle in some details. Texts preceded by this symbol contain rele-
vant information concerning environmental
The steering indications (left, right, forward, protection.
reverse) appearing in this manual refer to the
SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to under-
normal driving movements of the vehicle ex- stand, that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason
Note
cept when otherwise indicated. no right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook.
Texts preceded by this symbol contain additio-
* The equipment marked with an aster-
isk* is fitted as standard only in certain
nal information. All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error
or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print.
versions, and is only supplied as op- Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form.
tional extras for some versions, or are
SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the “Copyright” Act.
only offered in certain countries.
All rights on changes are reserved.

❀ This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose.

© SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.11.14
Foreword If selling the vehicle, give all of the on-board
documentation to the new owner, as it
WARNING

should be kept with the vehicle. Read and always observe safety informa-
This Instruction Manual and its correspond- tion concerning the passenger's front air-
ing supplements should be read carefully to You can access the information in this man- bag ››› page 27, Important information
familiarise yourself with your vehicle. ual using: regarding the front passenger's airbag.
Besides the regular care and maintenance of ● Thematic table of contents that follows the
the vehicle, its correct handling will help pre- manual’s general chapter structure.
serve its value.
● Alphabetical index with many terms and
For safety reasons, always note the informa- synonyms to help you find information.
tion concerning accessories, modifications
and part replacements.
 Table of Contents

Table of Contents Lights and visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
74
74
Tiredness detection (recommendation to take
a break) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Tyre monitoring systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Towing bracket device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Windscreen wiper and window wiper systems . 81
Safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Rear vision mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Safety first! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Seats and head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Tips for driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Adjusting the seats and head restraints . . . . . . 88
Sitting position for occupants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Care and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Seat functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Pedal area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Accessories, replacement of parts and
Transport and practical equipment . . . . . . . . . 98
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Transporting objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
The whys and wherefores of seat belts . . . . . . . 10 Care and cleaning the vehicle exterior . . . . . . . 195
Loading luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
How to properly adjust your seatbelt . . . . . . . . 14 Caring for and cleaning the vehicle interior . . . 200
Roof carrier system* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Seat belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Notes for the user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Checking and refilling levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Drink holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Brief introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Filling the tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Ashtray and cigarette lighter* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
General overview of the airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Power sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Deactivating airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Selective catalytic reduction* (AdBlue) . . . . . . 212
Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Transporting children safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Working in the engine compartment . . . . . . . . 214
Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Auxiliary heater* (additional heater) . . . . . . . . 128
Integrated child seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Checking and topping up the windscreen
Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Stopping and starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . 133
washer reservoir with water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Braking and parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Run-in and economical driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
SEAT information system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Engine management and exhaust gas
Winter service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Three button unit in headliner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 purification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
In case of emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Vehicle key set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Driving along flooded roadways . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Vehicle tool kit* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Central locking and locking system . . . . . . . . . 57 Driver assistance systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Changing a wheel* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Braking and stability systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Tyre repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Sliding doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Start assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Parking sensor system* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Towing and tow starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Park Assist system* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Panoramic sliding sunroof* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Rear Assist system* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Cruise control* (Cruise control system - CCS) . . 169
Lane Assist system* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Sign Assist* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
3
 Table of Contents

Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . . 259

Changing the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Fuses and bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

4
 Safe driving

Safety to reduce the risk of damage to the lower part – Adjust front seat, head restraint and rear vi-

Technical specifications
of the vehicle and the oil sump when driving sion mirrors properly according to your
over kerbs, or along dirt tracks or unsurfaced size.
Safe driving roads, etc. SEAT recommends you have the
– Ensure that the passengers in the rear
guard fitted by a technical service centre.
seats always have the head restraints in
Safety first! the in-use position ››› page 90.
WARNING
This chapter contains important information, – Instruct passengers to adjust the head re-
Driving under the influence of alcohol, drugs,
tips, suggestions and warnings that you medication or narcotics may result in severe straints according to their height.
should read and consider for both your own accidents and even loss of life. – Protect children with appropriate child
safety and for your passengers' safety. ● Alcohol, drugs, medication and narcotics seats and properly applied seat belts

Advice
may significantly alter perception, affect re- ››› page 26.
WARNING action times and safety while driving, which
could result in the loss of control of the vehi- – Assume the correct sitting position. Instruct
● This manual contains important informa- your passengers also to assume a proper
cle.
tion about the operation of the vehicle, both sitting position. ››› page 6.
for the driver and the passengers. The other
sections of the on-board documentation also – Fasten your seat belt securely. Instruct your
contain further information that you should Before starting every trip passengers also to fasten their seat belts
be aware of for your own safety and for the properly. ››› page 14.

Operation
safety of your passengers. For your own safety and the safety of your
● Ensure that the on-board documentation is passengers, always note the following points
kept in the vehicle at all times. This is espe- before every trip: What affects driving safety?
cially important when lending or selling the
vehicle to another person. – Make sure that the vehicle's lights and turn
signals are working properly. As a driver, you are responsible for yourself
and your passengers. When your concentra-
– Check tyre pressure. tion or driving safety is affected by any cir-
cumstance, you endanger yourself as well as
Tips for driving – Ensure that all windows provide a clear and
others on the road ››› , for this reason:

Safety
good view of the surroundings.
Introduction – Make sure all luggage is secured – Always pay attention to traffic and do not
››› page 98. get distracted by passengers or telephone
Depending upon how you expect to use your calls.
vehicle, it may a good idea to protect the en- – Make sure that no objects can interfere
with the pedals. – Never drive when your driving ability is im-
gine from below. An undercarriage may help paired (e.g. by medication, alcohol, drugs). »
5
 Safety

– Observe traffic laws and speed limits. ● “ISOFIX” anchor points for child seats in Sitting position for occupants
the rear side seats with the “ISOFIX” system,
– Always reduce your speed as appropriate
for road, traffic and weather conditions. ● Height-adjustable front head restraints Correct sitting position
● Rear head restraints with in-use position
– When travelling long distances, take
breaks regularly - at least every two hours. and non-use position
● Adjustable steering column
– If possible, avoid driving when you are tired
or stressed. The safety equipment mentioned above
works together to provide you and your pas-
WARNING sengers with the best possible protection in
When driving safety is impaired during a trip, the event of an accident. However, these
the risk of injury and accidents increases. safety systems can only be effective if you
and your passengers are sitting in a correct
position and use this equipment properly.
Safety equipment Safety is everyone's business! Fig. 1 The correct distance between the driver
and the steering wheel must be at least 25
Never put your safety or the safety of your cm (10 inches).
passengers in danger. In the event of an acci-
dent, the safety equipment may reduce the
risk of injury. The following list includes most
of the safety equipment in your SEAT:
● Three-point seat belts
● belt tension limiters for the front and rear
side seats,
● Belt tensioners for the front seats
● Front airbags
● knee airbags, Fig. 2 Correct belt web and head restraint po-
● Side airbags in the front seat backrests sitions

● Side airbags in the rear seat backrests* The correct sitting positions for the driver and
● Head-protection airbags passengers are shown below.

6
 Safe driving

If your physical constitution prevents you ● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly Adjusting the steering wheel position

Technical specifications
from maintaining the correct sitting position, ››› page 14.
contact a specialised workshop for help with
any special devices. The seat belt and airbag Also valid for the driver:
can only provide optimum protection if a cor- ● Adjust the steering wheel so that there is a
rect sitting position is adopted. SEAT recom-
distance of at least 25 cm (10 inches) be-
mends taking your car in for technical serv-
tween it and your chest ››› Fig. 1 and so that
ice.
you can hold the steering wheel with both
For your own safety and to reduce the risk of hands on the outside of the ring at the 9
injury in the event of an accident or sudden o'clock and 3 o'clock positions with your
braking or manoeuvre, SEAT recommend the arms slightly bent.

Advice
following positions: ● The adjusted steering wheel must face your
Fig. 3 Mechanical steering wheel adjustment
chest and not your face.
Valid for all vehicle occupants: ● Adjust the driver seat forwards or back- Adjust the steering wheel before your trip
● Adjust the head restraint so that its upper wards so that you are able to press the accel- and only when the vehicle is stationary.
edge is at the same level as the top of your erator, brake and clutch pedals to the floor
head, or as close as possible to the same lev- with your knees slightly angled and the dis- ● Push the lever ››› Fig. 3 1 downwards.
el as the top of your head and under no cir- tance between your knees and the dash pan- ● Adjust the steering wheel so that you can

Operation
cumstances below eye level. Keep the back el is at least 10 cm (4 inches) ››› Fig. 1. hold onto the steering wheel with both hands
of your neck as close as possible to the head ● Adjust the height of the driver seat so that on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and
restraint ››› Fig. 1 and ››› Fig. 2. you can easily reach the top of the steering 3 o'clock positions and your arms slightly
● Short people must lower the head restraint wheel. bent.
completely, even if your head is below its up- ● Keep both feet in the footwell so that you ● Push the lever firmly upwards until it is
per edge. flush to the steering column ››› .
have the vehicle under control at all times.
● Tall people must raise the head restraint
completely. Also valid for the front passenger: WARNING

Safety
● Adjust the seat backrest to an upright posi- ● Move the front passenger seat back as far Incorrect use of the steering wheel adjust-
tion so that your back rests completely as possible for optimum protection should ment function and an incorrect adjustment of
against it. the airbag deploy. the steering wheel can result in severe or fa-
● Always keep your feet in the footwell while tal injury.
the vehicle is in motion. ● After adjusting the steering column, push
the lever ››› Fig. 3 1 firmly upwards to »
7
 Safety

ensure the steering wheel does not acciden- ● Never lie on the rear bench.
Equipment Seats in Seats in Seats in
tally change position while driving. the front the sec- the third ● Never sit on the front edge of a seat.
● Never adjust the steering wheel while the ond row row ● Never sit sideways.
vehicle is in motion. If you need to adjust the
5 seats 2 3 – ● Never lean out of a window.
steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion,
stop safely and make the proper adjustment. 7 seats 2 3 2
● Never put your feet out of a window.
● The adjusted steering wheel should be fac- ● Never put your feet on the dash panel.
ing your chest and not your face so as not to If the seat belts are worn incorrectly or not at ● Never put your feet on the surface of a seat
hinder the driver's front airbag protection in all, the risk of severe injuries increases. Seat or seat backrest.
the event of an accident. belts can provide optimal protection only if
● Never travel in a footwell.
● When driving, always hold the steering the belt web is properly worn. Being seated
wheel with both hands on the outside of the in an incorrect position means the seat belt ● Never sit on the armrests.
ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions cannot offer its full protection. This could re- ● Never travel on a seat without wearing the
to reduce injuries when the driver's front air- sult in severe and even fatal injuries. The risk seat belt.
bag deploys. of severe or fatal injuries is especially height-
● Never carry any person in the luggage com-
● Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 ened when a deploying airbag strikes a vehi-
o'clock position or in any other manner (e.g. cle occupant who has assumed an incorrect partment.
in the centre of the steering wheel). In such sitting position. The driver is responsible for
cases, if the driver's airbag deploys, you may WARNING
all passengers in the vehicle, particularly
sustain injuries to your arms, hands and children. An incorrect sitting position in the vehicle
head. can lead to severe injuries or death in the
The following list shows just some examples event of sudden braking or manoeuvres, colli-
of incorrect sitting positions which can be sion or accidents or if the airbag deploys.
dangerous to all vehicle occupants.
Danger of injuries due to an incorrect ● Before the vehicle moves, assume the prop-
sitting position er sitting position and maintain it throughout
Whenever the vehicle is in motion: the trip. This also includes fastening the seat
Number of seats ● Never stand in the vehicle. belt.
● Never stand on the seats. ● Never transport more people than there are
Depending on the equipment, your vehicle
seats with a seat belt available in the vehicle.
has a total of five or seven seats. Each seat is ● Never kneel on the seats.
● Children must always be protected with an
equipped with a seat belt. ● Never tilt your seat backrest too far to the approved child restraint system suited to
rear. their height and weight ››› page 26,
● Never lean against the dash panel. ››› page 20.

8
 Safe driving

● Always keep your feet in the footwell while could throw the seat backrest backwards and ● The seat adjustment and lock areas must

Technical specifications
the vehicle is in motion. Never, for example, injure the passengers of the rear seats. be kept clean.
put your feet on the surface of a seat or on ● Sit as far away as possible from the steer-
the dash panel and never put them out of a ing wheel and the dash panel.
window. Otherwise the airbag and seat belt
● Keep your back straight and resting com-
offer insufficient protection and the risk of in-
pletely against the seat backrest and the
Pedal area
jury in the event of an accident is increased.
front seats correctly adjusted. Never place
any part of your body in the area of the airbag Pedals
WARNING or very close to it.
● If passengers on the rear seats are not sit-
Do not allow floor mats or other objects to
Before every trip, adjust the seat, the seat
belt and the head restraints and instruct your ting in an upright position, the risk of severe obstruct the free passage of the pedals.

Advice
passengers to fasten their seat belts proper- injury due to incorrect positioning of the belt Floor mats should leave the pedal area free
ly. web increases. and unobstructed and be correctly secured in
● Move the front passenger seat back as far the footwell zone.
as possible. WARNING In the event of failure of a brake circuit, the
● Adjust the driver seat so that there is a dis-
Incorrect seat adjustment may lead to acci- brake pedal must be pressed harder than
tance of at least 25 cm (10 inches) between dents and severe injuries. normal to brake the vehicle.
the centre of your chest and the hub of the
● Only adjust the seats when the vehicle is
steering wheel. Adjust the driver seat so that

Operation
stationary, as the seats could move unex- WARNING
you are able to press the accelerator, brake
and clutch pedals to the floor with your knees pectedly while the vehicle is in motion and Objects falling into the driver's footwell could
slightly angled and that the distance be- you could lose control of the vehicle. Further- prevent use of the pedals. This could lead the
tween your knees and the dash panel is at more, an incorrect position is adopted when driver to lose control of the vehicle, increas-
least 10 cm (4 inches). If your physical consti- adjusting the seat. ing the risk of a serious accident.
tution prevents you from meeting these re- ● Only adjust the height, seat backrest and ● Make sure the pedals can be used at all
quirements, contact a specialised workshop forwards or backwards position of the seat times, with no objects rolling underneath
to make any modifications required. when there is nobody in the seat adjustment them.
● Never drive with the seat backrest tilted far area.
● Always secure the mat in the footwell.

Safety
back. The further the seat backrests are tilted ● There must be no objects blocking the seat
● Never place other mats or rugs on top of
to the rear, the greater the risk of injury due adjustment area.
to incorrect positioning of the belt web or to the original mat supplied by the factory.
● Only adjust the height, angle and longitu-
the incorrect sitting position! ● Ensure that no objects can fall into the driv-
dinal position of the rear seats when nobody
● Never drive with the seat backrest tilted is in the way. er's footwell while the vehicle is in motion. »
forwards. Should a front airbag deploy, it
9
 Safety

CAUTION Seat belts fasten the seat belt belonging to his or her
seat and keep it fastened throughout the trip.
The pedals must always have free and unob-
This also applies to other vehicle occupants
structed passage to the floor. For example, in The whys and wherefores of when driving in town.
case of a fault in the brake circuit, the brake
pedal will need to be pressed further to stop seat belts ● When travelling, children must be secured
the vehicle. To press the brake pedal down in the vehicle with a child restraint system
further will require more force than usual. Introduction suitable for their weight and height and with
the seat belts correctly fastened
Check the condition of all the seat belts at ››› page 26.
regular intervals. If you notice that the belt ● Instruct your passengers to fasten their
webbing, fittings, retractor mechanism or seat belts properly before driving off.
buckle of any of the belts is damaged, the ● Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the
belt must be replaced immediately by a spe- appropriate seat and ensure it is engaged.
cialised workshop ››› . The specialised Using the latch plate in the buckle of another
workshop must use the appropriate spare seat will not protect you properly and may
parts corresponding to the vehicle, the cause severe injuries.
equipment and the model year. SEAT recom- ● Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies to en-
mends taking your car in for technical serv- ter the buckle fastenings. This could damage
ice. the buckles and seat belts.
● Never unbuckle your seat belt when the ve-
WARNING hicle is moving.
Unbuckled or badly buckled seat belts in- ● Never allow more than one passenger to
crease the risk of severe or even fatal inju- share the same seat belt.
ries. The seat belt cannot offer its full protec- ● Never hold children or babies on your lap
tion if it is not fastened and used correctly. sharing the same seat belt.
● Seat belts are the most effective way of re- ● Loose, bulky clothing (such as a jacket) im-
ducing the risk of sustaining severe or fatal pairs the proper fit and function of the seat
injuries in the event of an accident. Seat belts belt.
must be correctly fastened when the vehicle
is in motion to protect the driver and all vehi-
cle occupants.
● Before each trip, every occupant in the ve-
hicle occupants must sit properly, correctly

10
 Seat belts

WARNING Warning lamp Lights

Technical specifications
It is extremely dangerous to drive using dam- up or Possible cause Solution
aged seat belts and could result in serious in- flashes
jury or loss of life.
Driver's seat belt not
● Avoid damaging the seat belt by jamming it fastened or front
in the door or the seat mechanism. passenger seat belt
● If the fabric or other parts of the seat belt
 not fastened if the
Fasten seat belts!
front passenger seat
are damaged, the seat belts could break in
is occupied.
the event of an accident or sudden braking.
● Always have damaged seatbelts replaced Remove any ob-
immediately by seat belts approved for the jects from the front

Advice
Objects on the front
vehicle in question by SEAT. Seat belts which  passenger seat.
passenger seat
Fig. 4 Warning lamp on the instrument panel. and store them
have been worn in an accident and stretched
safely.
must be replaced by a specialised workshop.
Renewal may be necessary even if there is no
Some control and warning lamps on the in-
apparent damage. The belt anchorage should
also be checked. strument panel will come on to check certain
functions when the ignition is switched on.
● Never attempt to repair, modify or remove a
They will switch off after a few seconds.
seat belt yourself. All repairs to seat belts, re-

Operation
tractors and buckles must be carried out by a An audible warning will be heard for a maxi-
specialised workshop. mum of 90 seconds if the seat belts are not
fastened as the car drives off and reaches a
speed of more than 25 km/h (15 mph) or if
the seat belts are unfastened while the vehi-
Fig. 5 Example of seat belt status display for cle is in motion. The seat belt warning lamp
the rear seats (here, a 7-seat vehicle) on the  will also flash.
instrument panel above, the second row and,
below, the third row of seats. The warning lamp  does not switch off until

Safety
the driver and front passenger fasten their
seat belts while the ignition is switched on. »

11
 Safety

Seat belt status display for rear seats Seat belt protection Ensure that your passengers wear their seat
The seat belt status display on the instru- belts as well. Accident statistics have shown
ment panel informs the driver, when the igni- that wearing seat belts is an effective means
tion is switched on, whether any passengers of substantially reducing the risk of injury
in the rear seats have fastened their seat and improving the chances of survival when
belts. The symbol  indicates that the pas- involved in a serious accident. Furthermore,
senger in this seat has fastened “his or her” properly worn seat belts improve the protec-
seat belt ››› Fig. 5. tion provided by airbags in the event of an
accident. For this reason, wearing a seat belt
The seat belt status is displayed for around is required by law in most countries.
30 seconds when a seat belt in the rear seats
is fastened or unfastened. You can switch off Although your vehicle is equipped with air-
this display by pressing the 0.0 / SET button. bags, the seat belts must be fastened and
Fig. 6 Drivers with properly worn seat belts worn. The front airbags, for example, are only
The seat belt status flashes for a maximum of will not be thrown forward in the event of sud- triggered in some cases of head-on collision.
30 seconds when a seat belt in the rear seats den braking The front airbags will not be triggered during
is unfastened while the vehicle is in motion. minor frontal or side collisions, rear-end colli-
An audible warning will also be heard if the Properly worn seat belts hold the occupants sions, rollovers or accidents in which the air-
vehicle is travelling at over 25 km/h in the proper position. They also help prevent bag trigger threshold value in the control unit
(15 mph). uncontrolled movements that may result in is not exceeded.
serious injury and reduce the risk of being
The rear seat display can be enabled or disa- thrown out of the vehicle in case of an acci- Therefore, you should always wear your seat
bled by a technical service centre. dent. belt and ensure that all vehicle occupants
have fastened their seat belts properly before
Vehicle occupants wearing their seat belts you drive off!
correctly benefit greatly from the ability of the
belts to absorb kinetic energy. In addition,
the front part of your vehicle and other pas-
sive safety features (such as the airbag sys-
tem) are designed to absorb the kinetic ener-
gy released in a collision. Taken together, all
these features reduce the releasing kinetic
energy and consequently, the risk of injury.
This is why it is so important to fasten seat
belts before every trip, even when "just driv-
ing around the corner".
12
 Seat belts

Frontal collisions and the laws of called “kinetic energy” is created both in the Even at low speeds the forces acting on the

Technical specifications
physics passengers and inside the vehicle. body in a collision are so great that it is not
possible to brace oneself with one's hands.
The amount of “kinetic energy” depends on
In a frontal collision, unbelted passengers
the speed of the vehicle and the weight of
are thrown forward and will make violent con-
the vehicle and its passengers. The higher
tact with the steering wheel, dash panel,
the speed and the greater the weight, the
windscreen or whatever else is in the way
more energy there is to be “absorbed” in an
accident.
››› Fig. 7.
It is also important for rear passengers to
The most significant factor, however, is the
wear seat belts properly, as they could other-
speed of the vehicle. If the speed doubles
wise be thrown forward violently through the
from 25 km/h (15 mph) to 50 km/h

Advice
vehicle interior in an accident. Passengers in
(30 mph), for example, the corresponding ki-
the rear seats who do not use seat belts en-
netic energy is multiplied by four.
Fig. 7 A driver not wearing a seat belt is danger not only themselves but also the front
thrown forward violently Because the vehicle occupants in our exam- occupants ››› Fig. 8.
ple are not restrained by seat belts, in the
event of crashing against a wall, all of the oc-
cupants' kinetic energy will be absorbed Using seat belts
solely by said impact.

Operation
Even at speeds of 30 km/h (19 mph) to Twisted seat belt
50 km/h (30 mph), the forces acting on bod- If it is difficult to remove the seat belt from
ies in a collision can easily exceed one tonne the guide, the seat belt may have become
(1000 kg). At greater speed these forces are twisted inside the side trim after being
even higher. wound too quickly on unfastening:
Vehicle occupants not wearing seat belts are ● Pull out the seat belt completely, carefully
Fig. 8 The unbelted rear passenger is thrown
not “attached” to the vehicle. In a head-on pulling on the latch plate.
collision, they will move forward at the same

Safety
forward violently, hitting the driver wearing a ● Untwist the belt and guide it back, assist-
seat belt speed their vehicle was travelling just before
the impact. This example applies not only to ing it by hand.
It is easy to explain how the laws of physics head-on collisions, but to all accidents and The seat belt must be fastened even if it is
work in the case of a head-on collision: when collisions. impossible to untwist it. In this case, the
a vehicle starts moving, a type of energy twisted area must not be in an area in direct
contact with your body. Have the seat belt »
13
 Safety

untwisted urgently by a specialised work- How to properly adjust your

shop.
seatbelt
WARNING
An improperly handled seat belt increases
Fastening and unfastening your seat
the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries. belt
● Regularly check that the seat belts and
their components are in perfect condition.
● Always keep your seat belt clean.
● Do not jam or damage the seat belt or rub it
with sharp edges.
● Make sure there are no liquids or foreign Fig. 10 Position of seat belt during pregnan-
bodies on the latch plate and in the buckle. cy.

Properly worn seat belts hold the vehicle oc-

cupants in the position that most protects
them in the event of an accident or sudden
braking ››› .

Fastening the seat belt

Fasten your seat belt before each trip.
● Adjust the front seat and head restraint cor-
rectly ››› page 6.
● Engage the seat backrest of the rear seat in
Fig. 9 Insert the latch plate into the buckle
an upright position ››› .
● Pull the latch plate and place the belt web-
bing evenly across your chest and lap. Do not
twist the seat belt when doing so ››› .
● Engage the latch plate in the buckle of the
corresponding seat ››› Fig. 9 A.

14
 Seat belts

● Pull the belt to ensure that the latch plate is ● The seat belt must lie flat and fit comforta- ● The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie

Technical specifications
securely engaged in the buckle. bly. Pull the belt tight if necessary to take up on the centre of the shoulder, never across
any slack. the neck or the arm.
Unfastening the seat belt ● The seat belt must lie flat and fit comforta-
In the case of pregnant women, the seat belt
The seat belt must not be unfastened until bly on the torso
must lie evenly across the chest and as low
the vehicle has come to a standstill ››› . as possible over the pelvis, never across the ● The lap part of the seat belt must lie across
stomach and must be worn properly at all the pelvis, never across the stomach. The
● Press the red button on the buckle ››› Fig. 9 seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably on
times during the pregnancy ››› Fig. 10.
B. The latch plate is released from the buckle. the pelvis Pull the belt tight if necessary to
● Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls take up any slack.
Adapting the position of the belt webbing to
up easily and the trim will not be damaged. your size ● For pregnant women, the lap part of the

Advice
seat belt must lie as low as possible over the
Correct belt position The seat belt can be adapted using the fol- pelvis and always lie flat, “surrounding” the
lowing equipment: stomach.
Seat belts offer their maximum protection in
● Do not twist the seat belt while it is fas-
the event of an accident and reduce the risk ● Belt height adjustment for the front seats.
tened.
of sustaining severe or fatal injuries only ● Front seat height adjustment.
when they are properly positioned. Further- ● Never pull the seat belt away from your
more, if the webbing is correctly positioned, body using your hand.
WARNING

Operation
the seat belt will hold the vehicle occupants ● Do not lie the seat belt across rigid or frag-
in the optimum position to ensure the airbag An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause ile objects, e.g. glasses, pens or keys.
severe or fatal injuries in the event of an acci-
provides the maximum protection. The seat ● Never use seat belt clips, retaining rings or
dent.
belt must therefore always be worn and the similar instruments to alter the position of
● The seat belt cannot offer its full protection the belt webbing.
webbing correctly positioned.
unless the seat backrest is in an upright posi-
Incorrectly worn seat belts can cause severe tion and the seat belt is worn correctly, ac-
or even fatal injuries ››› page 6, Sitting posi- cording to your size. Note
tion for occupants. ● Unbuckling your seat belt while the vehicle If your physical constitution prevents you
from maintaining the correct position of the

Safety
is in motion can cause severe or fatal injuries
● The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie
in the event of an accident or sudden braking. belt webbing, contact a specialised workshop
on the centre of the shoulder, never across for help with any special devices to ensure
● The seat belt itself, or a loose seat belt, can
the neck or the arm, under the arm or behind the optimum protection of the seat belt and
cause severe injuries if the belt moves from
the shoulder. airbag. SEAT recommends taking your car in
hard areas of the body to soft areas (e.g. the
● The lap part of the seat belt must lie across stomach). for technical service.
the pelvis, never across the stomach.
15
 Safety

Fastening or unfastening the seat belt ● Use latch plate of the belt ››› Fig. 11 1 to position and the seat belt is worn correctly,
with two buckles pull the seat belt down. Do not twist the seat according to your size.
belt when doing so ››› . ● Unbuckling your seat belt while the vehicle
● Engage the latch plate 1 in the buckle of is in motion can cause severe or fatal injuries
the corresponding seat A . in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
● Use the latch plate ››› Fig. 11 2 to pull the
seat belt across your lap. Note
● Engage the latch plate 2 in the buckle of Seat belts with two buckles include a dia-
the corresponding seat B . gram to show how to fasten the seat belt.
● Pull the belt to ensure that both latch
plates are securely engaged in the buckles.
Belt height adjustment
Fig. 11 Fasten the seat belt on the centre seat Unfastening the seat belt
in the second row of seats The seat belt must not be unfastened until
the vehicle has come to a standstill ››› .
Properly worn seat belts hold the vehicle oc-
cupants in the position that most protects ● Press the red button on the buckle
them in the event of an accident or sudden ››› Fig. 11 A . The latch plate is released from
braking ››› . the buckle.
The seat belts for the centre seat in the sec- ● Press the red button on the buckle
ond row of seats and for the seats in the third ››› Fig. 11 B . The latch plate is released from
row of seats are fastened using two buckles. the buckle.
● Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls
Fastening the seat belt up easily and the trim will not be damaged. Fig. 12 Next to the front seats: belt height ad-
juster
Fasten your seat belt before each trip.
WARNING
Using the height adjusters for the front seats
● Adjust the rear seat and head restraint cor-
An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause and the outer seats of the second row, the
rectly ››› page 6. severe or fatal injuries in the event of an acci- position of the seat belts can be adjusted in
● Engage the seat backrest of the rear seat in dent. the shoulder area according to the height of
an upright position ››› . ● The seat belt cannot offer its full protection the occupant:
unless the seat backrests are in an upright

16
 Seat belts

● Keep the guide device pressed down in the ic belt retainer on the seat belt is locked is Service and disposal of belt

Technical specifications
direction of the arrow ››› Fig. 12. pulled quickly. tensioners
● Move the guide device up or down until the
seat belt lies over the centre of your shoulder Belt tensioners If you work on the belt tensioners or remove
››› page 14. The seat belts on the front seats and the out- and install other parts of the vehicle when
● Release the guide device. er seats of the second row are equipped with performing other repair work, the seat belt
belt tensioners. may be damaged. The consequence may be
● Pull the belt sharply to check that the de- that, in the event of an accident, the belt ten-
vice is engaged securely. Sensors trigger the belt tensioners during se- sioners function incorrectly or not at all.
vere head-on, lateral and rear collisions and
WARNING retract and tighten the seat belts. If the seat So that the effectiveness of the belt tensioner
belt is loose, it is retracted to reduce the for- is not reduced and that removed parts do not

Advice
Never adjust the belt height while the vehicle cause any injuries or environmental pollu-
is in motion. wards movement of vehicle occupants or
movement in the direction of the collision. tion, regulations must be observed. These re-
The belt tensioner works in combination with quirements are known to specialised work-
the airbag system. The belt tensioner will not shops.
Seat belt tensioners be triggered in the event of the vehicle over-
WARNING
turning if the side airbags are not deployed.
Automatic belt retainer, belt Improper handling and homemade repairs of
If the belt tensioner is triggered, a fine dust is

Operation
seat belts, automatic belt retainers and ten-
tensioner, belt tension limiter produced. This is normal and it is not an indi-
sion devices increase the risk of sustaining
cation of fire in the vehicle. severe or fatal injuries. The belt tensioner
Seat belts are part of the vehicle’s safety fea-
may fail to trigger or may trigger in the wrong
tures and consist of the following important Belt tension limiter circumstances.
functions:
The belt tension limiter reduces the force of ● Never attempt to repair, adjust or remove or
the seat belt on the body in the event of an install parts of the belt tensioners or seat
Automatic belt retainer
accident. belts. Any work must be performed by a spe-
Every seat belt is equipped with an automatic cialised workshop only ››› page 189.

Safety
belt retainer on the shoulder belt. If the belt Note ● Belt tensioners and automatic belt retain-
is pulled slowly or during normal driving, the
The relevant safety requirements must be ob-
ers cannot be repaired and must be replaced. »
system allows for total freedom of movement
served when the vehicle is dismantled or sys-
on the shoulder belt. However, during sud- tem components are removed. These require-
den braking, during travel in mountains or ments are known to specialised workshops
bends and during acceleration, the automat- ››› page 17.
17
 Safety

For the sake of the environment Airbag system WARNING

Airbag modules and belt tensioners may con- Vehicle occupants sitting in the front of the
tain perchlorate. Observe the legal Brief introduction vehicle must never carry any objects in the
requirements for their disposal. deployment space between them and the air-
bags, as this increases the risk of sustaining
Introduction injuries if the airbag is triggered. This modi-
fies the airbag deployment space or the ob-
Front airbags have been installed for both jects may fly uncontrollably and hit your
driver and passenger. The front airbags can body.
also protect the chest and head of driver and ● Never carry objects in your hand or on your
passenger if the seats, seat belts head re- lap while the vehicle is in motion.
straints and, for the driver, the steering
● Never transport objects on the front pas-
wheel are correctly adjusted and used. Air-
senger seat. In the event of sudden braking
bags are considered as additional safety
and manoeuvres, the objects may end up in
equipment. An airbag cannot replace the the airbag deployment space and fly uncon-
seat belt, which must be worn at all times, trollably around the vehicle interior if the air-
even in front seats where front airbags have bag is activated.
been installed.
● Vehicle occupants of the front and outer
rear seats must never carry any other people,
WARNING pets or objects in the deployment space be-
Never exclusively trust the airbag system as a tween them and the airbags. Make sure chil-
means of protection. dren and other passengers also respect this
● Even when triggered, airbag protection is recommendation.
only auxiliary.
● The airbags provide the best protection WARNING
when the seat belts are properly fastened, The airbag system provides protection for
thus reducing the risk of sustaining injuries one accident only. If they have been de-
››› page 14, How to properly adjust your seat- ployed, they must be replaced.
belt.
● Ensure deployed airbags and the system
● Before each trip, every occupant must sit
components involved are immediately re-
properly, correctly fasten the seat belt be- placed with new, SEAT-approved components
longing to his or her seat and keeping it fas- for the vehicle.
tened throughout the trip. This rule is valid
for all vehicle occupants.
18
 Airbag system

● Have any repairs or modifications carried cidentally triggered, the detachment of plas- luminate for a few seconds every time the ig-

Technical specifications
out at a specialised workshop. Specialised tic parts could cause serious injury. nition is switched on (self-diagnosis).
workshops have the necessary tools, diag- ● Never clean the dash panel and the surfa-
nostics equipment, repair information and ces of the airbag modules with cleaners con- There is a fault in the system if the control
qualified personnel. taining solvents. lamp :
● Never fit recycled or reused airbag compo- ● does not light up when the ignition is
nents in your vehicle. switched on,
● Never modify the airbag system compo-
Description of airbag system ● turns off after 4 seconds after the ignition
nents.
is switched on
The airbag system is not a substitute for the ● turns off and then lights up again after the
WARNING seat belts. The airbag system offers addition-
ignition is switched on

Advice
al protection for the driver and passenger in
If the airbags are triggered, a fine dust is pro- ● illuminates or flashes while the vehicle is
duced. This is normal and it is not an indica-
combination with the seat belts.
moving.
tion of fire in the vehicle.
The airbag system comprises the following
● This fine dust may irritate the skin and eyes The airbag system is not triggered if:
modules (as per vehicle equipment):
and cause breathing difficulties, particularly
in people suffering from or who have suffered ● Electronic control unit. ● the ignition is switched off
from asthma or other illnesses of the respira- ● Front airbags for driver and passenger ● there is a minor frontal collision

Operation
tory tract. To reduce breathing difficulties,
● Knee airbag for the driver ● there is a minor side collision
get out of the vehicle and open and doors and
windows to breath in fresh air. ● Side airbags ● there is a rear-end collision
● Should you touch the dust, wash your ● Head airbag ● the vehicle turns over.
hands and face using a mild soap and water
before you eat. ● Airbag control lamp  on the instrument
WARNING
panel
● Prevent the dust from affecting the eyes or ● The seat belts and airbags can only provide
open wounds. ● Key-operated switch for front passenger air-
maximum protection if the occupants are
● Rinse your eyes with water if you have dust bag seated correctly ››› page 6.

Safety
in them. ● Control lamp to disconnect/connect the ● If a fault has occurred in the airbag system,
front airbag. have the system checked immediately by a
WARNING specialised workshop. Otherwise there is a
The airbag system operation is monitored danger that during a collision, the system
Solvents cause the surfaces of the airbag electronically. The airbag control lamp will il- may fail to trigger, or not trigger correctly.
modules to become porous. If an airbag is ac-

19
 Safety

Airbag activation the accident may cause extensive damage to General overview of the airbag
the car.
The airbags deploy extremely rapidly, within
Front airbags
thousandths of a second, to provide addi- The following airbags are triggered in
tional protection in the event of an accident. serious head-on collisions
A fine dust may develop when the airbag de- ● Driver airbag.
ploys. This is normal and it is not an indica-
tion of fire in the vehicle. ● Front passenger front airbag
● Knee airbag for the driver.
The airbag system is only ready to function
when the ignition is on.
The following airbags are triggered in
In special accidents instances, several air- serious side-on collisions
bags may activate at the same time.
● Front side airbag on the side of the acci-
In the event of minor head-on and side colli- dent.
sions, rear-end collisions, overturning or roll- ● Rear side airbag on the side of the acci-
over of the vehicle, airbags do not activate. dent.
● Curtain (head) airbag on the side of the ac-
Activation factors
cident.
The conditions that lead to the airbag system
activating in each situation cannot be gener- In an accident with airbag activation:
alised. Some factors play an important role,
● the interior lights switch on (if the interior
such as the properties of the object the vehi-
cle hits (hard/soft), angle of impact, vehicle light switch is in the courtesy light position);
speed, etc. ● the hazard warning lights switch on;
● all doors are unlocked; Fig. 13 Location and deployment area of the
Deceleration trajectory is key for airbag acti-
front airbag for the driver
vation. ● the fuel supply to the engine is cut.
The control unit analyses the collision trajec-
tory and activates the respective restraint
system.
If the deceleration rate is below the prede-
fined reference value in the control unit the
airbags will not be triggered, even though
20
 Airbag system

deploy fully when triggered, providing maxi- case be occupied by other passenger, pets

Technical specifications
mum protection. and objects.
The front airbag for the driver is located in ● Never fix any object to the windscreen
the steering wheel ››› Fig. 13 and the airbag above the front airbag on the front passenger
for the front passenger is located in the dash side.
panel ››› Fig. 14. Airbags are identified by the ● Do not alter, cover or stick anything to the
word “AIRBAG”. steering wheel hub or the surface of the air-
bag module on the passenger side of the
When the front airbags are triggered they fill dash panel.
the zones marked in red (deployment area)
››› Fig. 13. Therefore, objects should never be
placed or mounted in these areas ››› , Fac- WARNING

Advice
tory-fitted accessories are outside the range Front airbags are deployed in front of the
of the front airbag for the driver and the front steering wheel ››› Fig. 13 and the dash panel
passenger, e.g. the baseplate for the mobile ››› Fig. 14.
phone support. ● When driving, always hold the steering
wheel on the outer edge of the ring with both
The airbag covers fold out of the steering
hands: 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock position.
wheel or dash panel when the driver and
front passenger front airbags are triggered ● Adjust the driver seat so that there is at

Operation
››› Fig. 14. The airbag covers remain connec- least 25 cm distance between your chest and
ted to the steering wheel or the dash panel. the hub of the steering wheel. If your physi-
cal constitution prevents you from meeting
these requirements, make sure you contact a
WARNING
specialised workshop.
Fig. 14 Location and deployment area of the The airbag is deployed at high speed in frac- ● Adjust the front passenger seat so there is
front airbag for the front passenger tions of a second. as much distance as possible between the
● Always keep the deployment areas of the front passenger and the dash panel.
In conjunction with the seat belts, the front front airbags free.

Safety
airbag system gives the driver and the front ● Never secure objects to the covers or in the
passenger additional protection for the head deployment area of the airbag modules, e.g.
and chest in the event of a severe frontal col-
Types of front passenger front airbag
drink holders or phone supports.
lision. Always remains as far away as possi- systems
● The deployment space between the front
ble from the front airbag. This way, in the passengers and the airbags must not in any There are two different SEAT front passenger
event of an accident, the front airbags can
front airbag systems: »
21
 Safety

A B Knee airbag ployment area). Therefore, objects should

never be placed or mounted in these areas.
Characteristics of the front Characteristics of the front
passenger front airbag passenger front airbag WARNING
that can only be disabled that can be disabled man-
in a specialised workshop. ually ››› page 25. The airbag is deployed at high speed in frac-
tions of a second.
 Name: airbag system
 Name: airbag system. with front passenger front ● The knee airbag is deployed in front of the
airbag disabling. driver's knees. Always keep the deployment
areas of the knee airbags free.
 Control lamp  on the  Control lamp  on the ● Never not fix objects to the cover or in the
instrument panel. instrument panel.
deployment area of the knee airbag.
 Front passenger front ● Adjust the driver seat so that there is a dis-
airbag located in the dash Fig. 15 On the driver side: location of the tance of at least 10 cm (4 inches) between
panel. knee airbag your knees and the location of the knee air-
 Control lamp on the bag. If your physical constitution prevents
 Front passenger front you from meeting these requirements, make
dash panel  
airbag located in the dash sure you contact a specialised workshop.
  .
panel.
 Key switch in the glove
compartment on the front
passenger side of the
dash panel.

Fig. 16 On the driver side: radius of action of

the knee airbag.

The knee airbag is located on the driver side

below the dash panel ››› Fig. 15. Airbags are
identified by the word “AIRBAG”.
The area framed red ››› Fig. 16 A is covered
by the knee airbag when it is triggered (de-
22
 Airbag system

Side airbags The side airbags are located in the outer ● The built-in coat hooks should be used only

Technical specifications
cushion of the driver and front passenger for lightweight clothing. Do not leave any
seat backrests ››› Fig. 17. Depending on the heavy or sharp-edged objects in the pockets.
equipment of the model, the outer seats of ● Do not mount accessories on the doors.
the second row of seats may also be fitted
● Only used protective covers for the seats
with side airbags, located between the seat
that are approved for the vehicle. Otherwise,
backrests and the access area. Their position
the side airbag would be obstructed when de-
is indicated by the word “AIRBAG”. The red ployed.
area (dotted line) ››› Fig. 18 shows the field of
action of the side airbags.
WARNING
In a side collision, the side airbags are trig-

Advice
gered on the affected side of the vehicle, Incorrect handling of the driver's and front
Fig. 17 On the side of the front seat: location passenger seat could prevent the side airbag
thus reducing the risk of injury to passengers
of the side airbag from deploying properly and cause severe in-
on that side. juries.
● Never remove the front seats of the vehicle
WARNING
or modify any of their components.
The airbag is deployed at high speed in frac- ● Great forces must not be exerted on the
tions of a second.
seat backrest bolsters because the side air-

Operation
● Always keep the deployment areas of the bags might not deploy correctly, might not
side airbags free. deploy at all or might deploy unexpectedly.
● Vehicle occupants of the front and outer ● Any damage to the original seat upholstery
rear seats must never carry any other people, or around the seams of the side airbag units
pets or objects in the deployment space be- must be repaired immediately by a special-
tween them and the airbags. ised workshop.

Fig. 18 Range of action of the front and rear

side airbags. With 5 and 7 seats.

Safety
23
 Safety

Head-protection airbags

Fig. 19 On the left side of the vehicle: location and deployment area of the cur-
tain airbag

In a side collision, the curtain airbag on the ● The built-in coat hooks should be used only
side affected will be deployed. The airbag for lightweight clothing. Do not leave any
covers the windows and pillars. heavy or sharp-edged objects in the pockets.
In a side collision, the head-protection air- ● Do not mount accessories on the doors.
bags for the front and outer rear seats reduce ● Do not fit curtains to the windows other
the risk of injury to the areas of the body fac- than those expressly approved for use in the
ing the impact. vehicle.
● Only turn the sun blinds towards the win-
WARNING dows if there is no object, e.g. pens or garage
The airbag is deployed at high speed in frac- remote controls, secured to the sun blind.
Fig. 20 Deployed head-protection airbags.
tions of a second.
● Always keep the deployment areas of the
The curtain airbags are located on the driver
head-protection airbags free.
and front passenger side above the doors
››› Fig. 19. Airbags are identified by the word ● Do not fix objects to the cover or in the de-
“AIRBAG”. ployment area of the curtain airbag.
● Vehicle occupants of the front and outer
The area framed red ››› Fig. 19 is covered by
rear seats must never carry any other people,
the curtain airbag when it is deployed (de- pets or objects in the deployment space be-
ployment area). Therefore, objects should tween them and the airbags.
never be placed or mounted in these areas.

24
 Airbag system

Deactivating airbags Several warning and control lamps light up Deactivating and activating the front

Technical specifications
for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- passenger front airbag using the key
ed on, signalling that the function is being switch
Control lamp
verified. They will switch off after a few sec-
onds.
If the front passenger airbag is deactivated,
the lamp      does not re-
main lit, or if it is lit together with the control
lamp  on the dash panel, there may be a
fault in the airbag system ››› .

Advice
WARNING
In the event of a fault in the airbag system,
the airbag may not trigger correctly, may fail
Fig. 21 Control lamp for disabling the front to trigger or may even trigger unexpectedly, Fig. 22 In the glove compartment on the front
passenger front airbag on the dash panel leading to severe or fatal injuries. passenger side: Key switch for enabling and
● Have the airbag system checked immedi- disabling the front passenger front airbag.
It lights up on the combi-instru- ately by a specialised workshop.
 The front passenger front airbag must be dis-

Operation
ment ● Never mount a child seat in the front pas-
abled when a rear-facing child seat is moun-
senger seat or remove the mounted child
Fault in air- seat! The front passenger front airbag may
ted.
bag system Have the system checked immediately
deploy during an accident in spite of the
and seat belt by a specialised workshop. Disabling the front passenger front airbag
tensioners.
fault.
● Switch the ignition off.

  It lights up on the dash panel CAUTION ● Open the glove compartment on the front
Always pay attention to any lit control lamps passenger side.
Fault in the
Have the system checked immediately and to the corresponding descriptions and in- ● Unfold the vehicle key shaft ››› page 54.

Safety
airbag sys-
by a specialised workshop. structions to avoid damage to the vehicle.
tem. ● Insert the key into the slot of the switch for
deactivating the front passenger airbag
Front passen-
ger front air-
Check whether the airbag should re- ››› Fig. 22. About 3/4 of the key should enter,
bag disabled.
main disabled as far as it will go. »

25
 Safety

● Then turn the key gently to the OFF posi- mains lit (  stays yellow) ››› page 25, Transporting children safely
tion. Do not force it if you feel resistance, and Control lamp.
make sure you have inserted the key fully.
● Close the glove compartment on the front
If the      control lamp on Child safety
the centre console does not remain lit or is lit
passenger side. in combination with the control lamp  on
Introduction
● The      control lamp on the dash panel, a child restraint system can-
the dash panel will remain lit while the igni- not be mounted on the front passenger seat Please read the information regarding the air-
tion is switched on ››› page 25. for safety reasons. The front passenger front bag system fully before transporting babies
airbag may deploy during an accident. and children in a child seat or other child re-
Activating the front passenger front airbag straint system installed on the front passen-
WARNING
● Switch the ignition off. ger seat.
The front passenger front airbag must only be
● Open the glove compartment on the front This information is extremely important for
disabled in special cases.
passenger side. driver and passenger safety, particularly that
● Disable and activate the front passenger
● Insert the key into the slot of the switch for of babies and children.
front airbag when the ignition is switched off
deactivating the front passenger airbag to avoid damage to the airbag system. SEAT recommends the use of child seats from
››› Fig. 22. About 3/4 of the key should enter, ● It is the driver's responsibility to ensure the SEAT accessory programme. These child
as far as it will go. that the key operated switch is set to the cor- seats have been designed and tested for use
● Then turn the key gently to the ON position. rect position. in SEAT vehicles. You can purchase child
Do not force it if you feel resistance, and ● Only disable the front passenger front air- seats with different mountings from a techni-
make sure you have inserted the key fully. bag when a child seat is to be mounted under cal service centre.
● Close the glove compartment on the front exceptional circumstances.
passenger side. ● As soon as the child seat is no longer nee- Using child restraint systems with a base or
ded on the front passenger seat, reconnect foot
● Check that, with the ignition switched on,
the front passenger front airbag. Some child retention systems are secured to
the control lamp      on the
dash panel is not lit ››› page 25. ● Never leave the key in the airbag deactiva- the seat using a base or support leg. For cer-
tion switch as it could get damaged or acti- tain kinds of equipment the use of an addi-
vate or deactivate the airbag during driving. tional accessory will be necessary (e.g. an ac-
How to know whether the front passenger
front airbag is disabled cessory for the footwell) to fit the child reten-
tion system correctly and securely.
The only indication of the front passenger air-
bag being disabled is that the   
  control lamp on the dash panel re-
26
 Transporting children safely

WARNING ing the specially designed accessory so that Important information regarding the

Technical specifications
Make sure children are properly belted in and
the base or foot is correctly supported by the front passenger's airbag
closed compartment and the child seat is se-
correctly secured to avoid severe or fatal inju-
cured properly. If this compartment is not
ries while the vehicle is in motion.
suitably secured when using a child seat with
● Never use a rear-facing child seat in the a base or foot then the compartment cover
front passenger seat if the front passenger could rupture in an accident and the child will
front airbag is enabled. be ejected and suffer serious injury.
● Children up to 12 years old should always ● Please read and observe the child seat
travel on the rear seat. manufacturer's handling instructions.
● Children must always be protected with an
approved child restraint system suited to

Advice
WARNING
their height and weight.
● Children must assume the proper sitting An empty or loose child seat could fly uncon-
Fig. 23 Passenger's side sun visor: airbag
position and be properly belted in while trav- trollably around the vehicle interior and
sticker.
elling. cause injuries in the event of an accident or
sudden braking.
● Ensure the seat backrest is upright when a
● When not in use while the vehicle is in mo-
child seat is being used on it.
tion, always safely secure the child seat or
● Do not allow the child's head or other part store it in the luggage compartment.

Operation
of his or her body to fall into the deployment
area of the side airbags.
Note
● Make sure the belt webbing is correctly
positioned. Replace the child seat after an accident, as it
● Never hold children or babies on your lap or may have invisible damage.
in your arms.
● Only one child may occupy a child seat.
Fig. 24 On the rear frame of the passenger
● If you are using a child seat with a base or side door: airbag sticker.

Safety
foot, always install this base or foot correctly
and safely. A sticker with important information about
● If the vehicle has a storage compartment in the passenger airbag is located on the pas-
the footwell in front of the last row of seats, senger's sun visor and/or on the passenger
this compartment cannot be used as de- side door frame. Read and always observe »
signed; on the contrary: It must be filled us-

27
 Safety

the safety information included in the follow- Given that children's bodies are not yet fully Weight
ing chapters: developed, child restraint systems must be Weight of Installation of the child
catego-
used that are especially adapted to their the child seat
● Child seats and passenger side airbag ry
height, weight and constitution. There are
››› page 29, Use of the child seat on the laws in force in many countries that indicate Forward-facing. On the outer
front passenger seat. the use of approved seat systems for trans- rear seats or in the centre
seat of the second row of
● Safety distance with respect to the passen- porting babies and children. Group 2 15 to 25 kg
seats and on all seats in the
ger airbag ››› in Introduction on page 18. third row. Optionally with
Only used authorised, approved child seats
● Objects between the passenger and the that are suitable for the vehicle. Always con- ISOFIX system.
passenger side airbag ››› in Front airbags sult with a technical service centre or a speci- Group 3 22 to 36 kg Forward-facing.
on page 21. alised workshop should you have any
doubts. Not all children fit in the seat of their weight
group. Nor do all seats adapt to the vehicle.
General information on transporting Specific child seat regulations for each Therefore, always check whether the child fits
children in the vehicle country (selection) properly in the child seat and whether the
seat can be installed safely in the vehicle.
Legal regulations and provisions will always Regulation Further information
The rear seats are suitable for child seats
take priority over the descriptions of this in- ECE-R 44a) technical service centre with the ISOFIX system specially designed
struction manual. There are different regula-
a) ECE-R: Economic Comission for Europe Regulation. for this type of vehicle in accordance with
tions and provisions for the use of child seats
regulation ECE-R 44.
and their mountings (››› table on page 28).
In some countries, for example, the use of Categorisation of child seats according to Child seats approved under the ECE-R 44 reg-
child seats on certain seats in the vehicle ECE-R 44 ulation are fitted with the corresponding ap-
may be forbidden. proval symbol. The sign is an upper-case E in
Weight
Weight of Installation of the child a circle with the identification number below
The physical principles and the forces acting catego-
the child seat it.
on the vehicle in the event of a collision or ry
other type of accidents also apply to children
Group 0 up to 10 kg Rear-facing. On rear seats, WARNING
››› page 14. However, unlike adults and
optionally using the ISOFIX
youngsters, children do not have fully devel- Group 0+ up to 13 kg
In general, the rear seat is always the safest
system.
oped muscle and bone structures. In the place for correctly belted in children in the
event of an accident, children are subject to a Forward-facing. On rear event of an accident.
greater risk than adults of sustaining severe Group 1 9 to 18 kg seats, optionally using the ● A suitable child seat that is correctly instal-
ISOFIX system. led and used on one of the rear seats offer
injuries.
28
 Transporting children safely

the most protection possible for babies and Note curity and safely. Contact a technical service

Technical specifications
small children in most accidents. centre or specialised workshop.
Other accessories may be required to fit the
child retention system with a base or foot se-

Different mounting systems

Advice
Operation
Fig. 25 On the rear seats: Possible installations for the child seat.

Always secure child seats properly and safely system. Always tighten the Top Tether retain- The systems include the child restraint sys-
in the vehicle according to the child seat ing strap so that the child seat fits snugly tem mounting with an upper retaining strap
manufacturer's installation instructions. against the corresponding seat in the vehi- (Top Tether) and lower anchoring points on
cle. the seat.
Mounted child seats must rest correctly on
the vehicle's seat and must not move or rock
Specific mounting systems for each country
more than 2.5 cm (1 inch).
Use of the child seat on the front

Safety
A Europe: ISOFIX retaining rings and upper
Child seats equipped for a Top Tether strap
retaining strap ››› page 32 and passenger seat
must also be secured using the Top Tether re-
››› page 32.
taining strap in the vehicle ››› page 32. Only Transporting children on the front passenger
secure the retaining belt to the rings fitted for B Three-point seat belt and upper retaining
seat is not permitted in all countries. Further-
this purpose and identified as Top Tether. strap ››› page 31.
more, not all child seats are approved for use
Not all rings can be used with the Top Tether on the front passenger seat. Your technical »
29
 Safety

service centre has an updated list of all ap- ● The front passenger seat must be moved as seat would be struck by the inflated airbag
proved child seats. Only used child seats that far back as possible. and thrown against the seat backrest.
are approved for each vehicle. ● The seat backrest of the front passenger
The front airbag on the front passenger side seat must be upright. WARNING
is highly dangerous for a child. The front pas- ● The seat belt height adjustment must be as
If, in exceptional circumstances, a child must
senger seat is life-threatening to a child if he high as possible. be transported in a rear-facing child seat on
or she is transported in a rear-facing child the front passenger seat, strictly observe the
seat. Suitable child seats following:
If a rear-facing child seat is secured to the The child seat must be authorised by the ● Always disable the front passenger front
front passenger seat, an inflating front airbag manufacturer especially for use on a front airbag and leave it disabled.
can strike it with such great force that severe passenger seat with a front or side airbag. ● The child seat must be approved by the
or fatal injuries may result ››› . Therefore, manufacturer for use on a front passenger
If the front passenger seat is equipped with
rear-facing child seats must never be placed seat with front and side airbag.
retaining rings, the child seat can be secured
on the front passenger seat when the front ● Follow the installation instructions of the
using an approved retaining system provided
passenger front airbag is enabled. child seat manufacturer and observe the
it is approved for this type of vehicle in ac-
warnings.
Only use a rear-facing child seat on the front cordance with current regulations of the
passenger seat if the front passenger front country in question. ● Move the front passenger seat as far back
airbag is disabled. When it is disabled, the as possible and adjust it to its highest posi-
Universal seats for children of groups 0, 0+, tion to keep as far away as possible from the
yellow PASSENGER AIR BAG   control lamp
1, 2 or 3 according to the standard ECE-R 44 front airbag.
on the dash panel will be lit ››› page 20. If
can be mounted on the front passenger seat ● Move the seat backrest to the upright posi-
you cannot disable the front passenger front
and the rear seats. tion.
airbag and it remains activated, it is forbid-
den to transport children on the front pas- ● The seat belt height adjustment must be as
WARNING
senger seat ››› . high as possible.
If a child seat is mounted on the front passen- ● Children must always be protected with an
Things to note if using a child seat on the ger seat, the risk of the child sustaining se- approved child restraint system suited to
front passenger seat: vere or fatal injuries in the event of an acci- their height and weight.
dent increases. Rear-facing child seats must
● The front passenger front airbag must be never be mounted on the front passenger
disabled  when using a rear-facing child seat when the front passenger front airbag is
seat ››› page 25. enabled. This is life-threatening to the child Use of the child seat on the rear seat
● The seat backrest of the front passenger should the front airbag deploy, as the child
If a child seat is mounted on the rear seat,
seat must be upright.
adapt the position of the front passenger
30
 Transporting children safely

seat so that the child has enough space. Group Securing child seats with the seat belt

Technical specifications
Therefore, adapt the front passenger seat to ISOFIX child Seat position in
(weight
the size of the child seat and the height of seat category the rear seats Securing the child seat using the seat belt
category)
the child. Ensure the passenger is in the cor- ● Please read and observe the child seat
rect position  ››› page 6. Group 0:
E IUFa) manufacturer's handling instructions.
to 10 kg
Move the second and third rows of seats fully ● Positioning the child seat on the seat ac-
back and lock them. Place the seat backs in a E IUFa) cording to the manufacturer's instructions.
vertical position and fold the head restraints Group 0+:
D IUFa) ● The seat belt height adjustment must be as
down. to 13 kg
high as possible.
C IUFa)
● Fasten the seat belt or pass it around the
ISOFIX child seats approved for rear seats
IUFa)

Advice
D child seat structure in the manner described
The rear seats are suitable for child seats in the manufacturer's instructions.
C IUFa)
with the ISOFIX system specially designed
Group 1: ● Make sure the seat belt is not twisted.
for this type of vehicle in accordance with B IUFa)
9 to 18 kg ● Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the
regulation ECE-R 44.
B1 IUFa) appropriate seat and push it down until it is
ISOFIX child seats are divided into “specific
A IUFa) securely locked with an audible click.
categories for the vehicle”, “limited” or
“semi-universal”. ● Ensure that the upper belt web lies tightly

Operation
a)IUF: suitable for “universal” ISOFIX child seats authorised for
use in this group.
on the child seat.
Child seat manufacturers supply a list of ve-
● Pull the belt (it must be no longer possible
hicles with each ISOFIX seat, which includes
WARNING to pull the lower belt webbing out).
the models for which the ISOFIX child seat in
question is approved. If the vehicle is inclu- If child seats are fitted to all the seats in the
ded in the manufacturer's list and the ISOFIX second row then it is possible that the seats Removing the child seat
child seat belongs to a seat category inclu- of this row cannot be folded down from the The seat belt must not be unfastened until
ded in the list, then it can be used in your ve- third row of seats in case of an accident. In the vehicle has come to a standstill ››› .
hicle. If necessary, contact the child seat the event of an emergency, passengers in the
third row of seats will not be able to leave the

Safety
manufacturer for an updated list of vehicles. ● Press the red button on the buckle. The
vehicle or to help themselves. latch plate is released from the buckle.
● Child seats should never occupy all the ● Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls
seats of the second row if other passengers up easily and the trim will not be damaged.
are to occupy the third row of seats.
● Remove the child seat from the vehicle. »
31
 Safety

WARNING Child seats with rigid mounting Securing a child seat using a Top
Unbuckling the seat belt while the vehicle is ● Observe the manufacturer's instructions Tether retaining strap
in motion can cause severe or fatal injuries in when installing and removing the child seat
the event of an accident or sudden braking. ››› .
● The seat belt must not be unfastened until ● Press the child seat onto the retaining rings
the vehicle has come to a standstill. ››› Fig. 26 in the direction of the arrow. The
child seat must be safely engaged and click
audibly into place.
Fix the child seat with the lower ● Pull on both sides of the child seat to en-
anchor points (ISOFIX) sure that it is secure.

Child seat with adjustable retaining straps

● Observe the manufacturer's instructions Fig. 27 Upper retaining strap hooked in the
when installing and removing the child seat luggage compartment
››› .
● Place the child seat on the seat cushion ● Observe the manufacturer's instructions
and attach the retaining strap hooks to the when installing and removing the child seat
retaining rings ››› Fig. 26. ››› .
● Tighten the straps evenly using the corre- ● Raise the head restraint behind the child
sponding adjustment device. The child seat seat until it engages.
must sit flush against the vehicle seat. ● Secure the child seat to the lower anchor
Fig. 26 Version 2: identification of the anchor
points for the child seat on the vehicle seat ● Pull on both sides of the child seat to en- points ››› page 32.
sure that it is secure. ● Pull the upper child seat retaining strap
There are two retaining rings, the so-called back to the seat backrest of the rear seat, be-
lower anchor points, on each rear seat or, WARNING low or on both sides of the head restraint
where applicable, on the front passenger The lower anchor points for child seats do not (depending on the child seat model).
seat. The retaining rings are attached to the include rings. Only secure booster seats to ● Hook the upper retaining strap to the corre-
seat frames. lower anchor points. sponding retaining ring (for Top Tether) on
the back of the seat backrest on the rear seat
››› Fig. 27.

32
 Transporting children safely

● Push the head restraint down as far as it WARNING ● The seat belt must lie close to the upper

Technical specifications
will go. Ensure that it does not interfere with part of the body.
the seatbelt from the upper attachment. Child travelling without their seat belt fas-
tened or not secured using a suitable re- ● The lap belt part must lie across the pelvis,
● Tighten the strap so that the top of the straint system may sustain fatal injuries if not across the stomach, and always fit close-
child seat rests on the seat backrest. the airbag is deployed. ly.
● Children up to 12 years old should always ● Allow the belt to retract until it fits tightly
WARNING travel on the rear seat. over the child's seat.
Child seats with lower anchor points and with ● Always disable the front passenger front ● Never hold children or babies on your lap.
an upper retaining strap must be installed in airbag if, in exceptional cases, you have no ● Always use a child seat and the seat belt
line with the manufacturer's instructions. alternative but to transport a child in a rear- for children who are under 1.5 m tall. The nor-
Failure to comply could result in severe inju- facing child safety seat on the front passen- mal seat belt could cause injuries to the ab-

Advice
ries. ger seat. dominal and neck areas.
● Always secure just one retaining strap from ● Children must always be protected with a ● Only one child may occupy a child seat.
a child seat to a retaining ring (for Top Tether) child restraint system suited to their height ● Read and follow the information and warn-
on the seat backrest on the rear seat in the and weight.
boot. ings provided by the child seat manufacturer.
● Always fasten children's seat belts correct-
● Never secure a child seat to the retaining ● Never leave an unsupervised child alone on
ly.
rings. a child seat or in the vehicle.
● All modifications to the integrated child

Operation
● Never secure a child seat to the movable at-
WARNING seat must be carried out by a specialised
tachment elements for vehicles with an at-
tachment element and rail system. Children must travel in a child seat appropri- workshop.
ate to their weight and height while the vehi- ● Replace the child seat or any seat compo-
cle is in motion. nents damaged or involved in an accident.
● Children must always be protected with a
Integrated child seat child restraint system suited to their height WARNING
and weight.
Loose objects could fly uncontrollably around
Introduction ● Children must assume the proper sitting
the vehicle interior and cause injuries in the

Safety
position and be properly belted in while trav-
event of an accident or sudden braking.
The integrated child seat is only suitable for elling.
children in Group 2 (15-25 kg) and Group 3 ● Do not leave toys or other hard, loose ob-
● The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie
(22-36 kg), according to the ECE-R 44 regula- jects on the child seat or on the seat while
approximately on the centre of the shoulder,
tion. the vehicle is in motion.
never across the neck or the arm.

33
 Safety

Unfolding the integrated child seat Lifting the cushion

● Pull the unlock lever ››› Fig. 28 A on the
cushion in the direction of the arrow
››› Fig. 281 .
● Fold both sides ››› Fig. 28 B up in the di-
rection of the arrow ››› Fig. 28 2 .
● Push the cushion ››› Fig. 28 C back in the
direction of the arrow ››› Fig. 28 3 until it en-
gages.

Fitting the side head restraint

● Fold the seat backrest of the rear seat for-
wards ››› page 93.
Fig. 28 Integrated child seats. lift up the ● Remove the head restraint.
cushion ● Make sure the belt guide handle on the
window side is on the side head restraint
››› page 35.
● Insert the guide rods ››› Fig. 29 A 1 of the
head restraint into the guides on the side
head restraint ››› Fig. 29 2 .
● Insert the head restraint and the side head
Fig. 29 Integrated child seats. position the restraint into the guides on the correspond-
head restraint over the side head restraint A ing seat backrest ››› Fig. 29 B.
and fit into place B. ● Push the head restraint down as far as it
will go.
The integrated child seat can be fitted with a ● Fold the seat backrest of the rear seat back.
side head restraint. SEAT recommends al-
ways using the integrated child seat with the ● Pull the rear seat and the seat backrest to
side head restraint fitted and only using it for check whether they are engaged properly.
children above the age of 3.

34
 Transporting children safely

Seat belt routing on the integrated Using the guide handle ››› Fig. 31, position ● Children must assume the proper sitting

Technical specifications
child seat the seat belt so that the shoulder part of the position and be properly belted in while trav-
belt lies on the centre of the child's shoulder. elling.
● The shoulder belt must be positioned
Seat belt guide handle against the middle of the shoulder.
● Secure the seat belt guide handle to the ● The seat belt must lie flat and fit comforta-
side head restraint on the window side. The bly.
guide handle is secured by a button. ● Allow the belt to retract until it fits tightly
● Open the upper button on the seat belt over the child's seat.
guide handle and pass the belt webbing be- ● The lap part of the seat belt must lie across
low the side head restraint and through the the pelvis, never across the stomach.

Advice
guide handle. ● Only one child may occupy a child seat.
● Close the button again.

Adjusting the seat belt Removing the child seat

Fig. 30 Integrated child seats. adjusting the
● Guide the automatic three-point seat belt
seat belt.
below the side head restraint.

Operation
● Pull the latch plate and slowly place the
belt webbing across the child's chest and
lap.
● Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the
appropriate seat and push it down until it is
securely locked with an audible click.
● Pull the belt to ensure that the latch plate is
securely engaged in the buckle.
Fig. 32 Integrated child seats. lowering the

Safety
WARNING cushion
Fig. 31 Integrated child seats. seat belt rout-
The seat belt only offers maximum protection
ing with guide handle Lowering the cushion
from severe or fatal injuries when it is cor-
rectly positioned. ● Pull the unlock lever ››› Fig. 32 A on the
cushion in the direction of the arrow 1 . »
35
 Safety

● Push the cushion down through the central

area B in the direction of the arrow 2 until
it safely engages ››› . The side supports fold
away automatically.

Remove the head restraint on the child

safety seat
● Open the guide lever on the seat belt and
guide it by hand to pull the belt back in more
easily and without damaging the trim.
● Lift the child seat head restraint to the top.
● Fold the seat backrest of the rear seat for-
wards ››› page 93.
● Remove the head restraint on the child
safety seat.
● Fitting the head restraint.

CAUTION
When lowering the integrated child seat, only
press on the centre of the cushion ››› Fig. 32
2 . Otherwise the cushion could bend and
not engage properly.

36
 Operation

Fig. 33 Dash panel.

38
 Cockpit

Operation – Activate telephone main menu or – Lever with buttons for controlling

Technical specifications
accept an incoming call  the SEAT information system - ,
– SEAT information system control / . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Cockpit buttons , , OK,  12 Left seat heating controls  . . . . . . . 93
8 Lever for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 13 Radio or navigation system (fitted
Overview – Main beam headlights  at factory) ››› Booklet Radio or
››› Booklet Navigation system
1 Door release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 – Headlight flasher 
14 Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
2 Central lock button    . . . . . . . . . . 57 – Turn signals 
15 Hazard warning lights switch  . . . 242
3 Switch for adjusting the exterior – Parking lights 
mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
16 Switches for:

Advice
9 Instrument panel:
– Electronic manual air condition-
– Exterior mirror adjustment      – Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
– Heated exterior mirrors  – Digital display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 – Climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
– Folding exterior mirrors  – Control and warning lamps . . . . . . 45 17 Right seat heating controls  . . . . . 93
4 Instrument panel controls and light- 10 Horn (works only when the ignition
ing control  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
18 Button for:
is on)/Front driver airbag . . . . . . . . . 20
– Anti-slip regulation (ASR)  . . 137
5 Headlamp range adjustment  . . . 74 Windscreen wiper/ windscreen

Operation
11
wash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 – Start-Stop operation  . . . . . . . . . . 156
6 Light switch  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
– Windscreen wipers  –  – Parking distance warning system
– Light off --
(Park Pilot)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
– Automatic dipped beam head- – Intermittent wipe 
– Park Assist system  . . . . . . . . . . . 162
light control -- – “Brief wipe” x
– Tyre pressure monitor   . . . . . 177
– Side/dipped lights   – Windscreen wipers 
– Opening the rear lid  . . . . . . . . . 66
– Fog lights   – Automatic windscreen wash/wipe
– Opening and closing of electric
7 Controls on the multi-function 

Safety
steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 sliding doors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
– Rear window wiper 
– Volume control for radio, naviga-
19 Locking lever to open glove com-
– Automatic rear window
tion system and phone conversa- partment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
wash/wipe 
tions  –  20 Position of passenger front airbag
– Radio mute or voice control acti- on the dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 »
vation 
39
 Operation

21 Key-operated switch in glove com- 28 Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Note

partment for deactivating front pas- 29 Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 ● Some of the items of equipment listed here
senger front airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
30 Steering column adjustment lever . 6 are fitted only on certain model versions or
22 Passenger front airbag off warning are optional extras.
lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
31 Fuse box cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
● In versions with the steering wheel on the
Lever for:
32 Lever for:
23 right, the layout of the control elements is
– Cruise control system (CCS)  – somewhat different. But the symbols as-
– Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
 –  – /--/-- . . 169 signed to the controls correspond to the sym-
– Automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 bols used in the versions with the steering
33 Open bonnet lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
24 12 Volt power socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 wheel on the left
34 Controls for:
25 Auto Hold Switch - . . . . . . . . 156
– Electric windows  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
26 Electronic parking brake switch  137
– Childproof locks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
27 Start-up push button (Keyless Ac-
cess closing and start-up system)

Instruments
View of instrument panel

Fig. 34 Instrument panel, on dash panel

40
 Cockpit

Details of the instruments ››› Fig. 34: gine hot. However, it is advisable to WARNING

Technical specifications
change up a gear or move the selector
1 Clock set button 1). lever to D (or lift your foot off the acceler- Any distraction may lead to an accident, with
the risk of injury.
– Press button  to select the hour or ator) before the needle reaches the red
minute display. zone ››› . ● Do not operate the instrument panel con-
trols when driving.
– To continue setting, press 0.0 / SET 3 Engine coolant temperature display 
››› Fig. 34 . Hold button down to
7 ››› page 221.
scroll through the numbers quickly. CAUTION
4 Displays on the screen ››› page 41.
– Press button  again to end the clock To prevent damage to the engine, the rev
5 Fuel reserve display ››› page 206.
setting. counter needle should only remain in the red
6 Speedometer. zone for a short period of time.
2 Rev counter (with the engine running, in

Advice
7 Reset knob for trip recorder (trip).
thousands of revolutions per minute).
– Press button 0.0 / SET to reset to zero. For the sake of the environment
The beginning of the red zone of the rev
counter indicates the maximum speed in Changing up a gear in time reduces fuel con-
any gear after running-in and with the en- sumption and noise.

Displays on screen

Operation
A variety of information can be viewed on the ● Selector lever positions ››› page 143. ● Start-Stop operation indicator ››› page 43.
instrument panel display ››› Fig. 34 4 , de- ● Recommended gear (manual gearbox)
pending on the vehicle equipment: ››› page 143. Warning and information texts
● Warning and information text. ● Multifunction display (MFI) and menus for The system runs a check on certain compo-
● Mileage. different setting options ››› page 47. nents and functions when the ignition is
● Service interval display ››› page 44.
switched on and while the vehicle is moving.
● Time. Faults in the operation are displayed on the
● Second speed display (menu Configuration)

Safety
● Outside temperature. screen using red and yellow symbols and
››› page 47. messages on the instrument panel display »
● Compass.

1) Depending on the vehicle equipment, it is also

possible to set the time using the settings menu on

the instrument panel display ››› page 51.
41
 Operation

(››› page 45) and, in some cases, with audi-

ble warnings. The display may vary according
to the type of instrument panel fitted.

Type of message Symbol colour Description

Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with audible warnings.
Priority 1 warning. Red  Stop the vehicle! It is dangerous ››› in Control and warning lamps on page 47 !
Check the function that is faulty and repair it. If necessary, request assistance from specialised personnel.

Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with audible warnings.

A function fault, or fluids which are below the correct levels may cause damage to the vehicle ››› in Control and
Priority 2 warning. Yellow
warning lamps on page 47 !
Check the faulty operation as soon as possible. If necessary, request assistance from specialised personnel.

Informative text. – Information relating to different vehicle processes.

Mileage travelling at very low speeds, the tempera- D and S, and with the Tiptronic, the corre-
The odometer registers the total distance ture displayed may be higher than the true sponding gear is also displayed.
travelled by the car. outside temperature, as a result of the heat
produced by the engine. Recommended gear (manual gearbox)
The odometer (trip) shows the distance trav-
elled since the last odometer reset. The last The temperatures measured range from The recommended gear in order to save fuel
digit of the trip recorder indicates distances -40 °C to +50 °C (-40 °F to +122 °F). is displayed on the instrument panel while
of 100 metres or one tenths of a mile. you are driving ››› page 143.
Compass
Outside temperature display Second speed display (mph or km/h)
With the ignition on and the navigation sys-
When the outside temperature is below +4 °C tem on, the cardinal point corresponding to In addition to the speedometer, the speed
(+39 °F), the symbol “ice crystal” (warning of the vehicle's direction of travel is displayed can also be displayed in a different unit of
risk of freezing) is also displayed next to the on the instrument panel ››› page 43. measurement (in miles or in km per hour). To
temperature. At first this symbol flashes and change the units, in the Settings menu, se-
then it remains lit until the outside tempera- Selector lever positions lect the option Second speed ››› page 47.
ture rises above +6 °C (+43 °F) ››› . The range of engaged gears of the selector Vehicles without menu display on the instru-
When the vehicle is at a standstill, with the lever is shown on the side of the lever, and ment panel
auxiliary heating on (››› page 128), or when on the instrument panel display. In positions
● Switch on the engine.
42
 Cockpit

● Press button  three times. The odometer Note is permanently and automatically calibrated.

Technical specifications
display flashes on the instrument panel dis- If electronic or metal accessories (mobile
● Different versions of the instrument panel
play. phone, television) are subsequently mounted
are available and therefore the versions and
● Press button 0.0 / SET once. “mph” in the vehicle, the compass should be recali-
instructions on the display may vary. In the
or “km/h” is displayed briefly instead of the brated manually.
case of displays without warning or informa-
odometer. tion texts, faults are indicated exclusively by
the warning lamps. Adjusting the magnetic zone
● This activates the second speed display. To
switch it off, repeat the procedure. ● When several warnings are active at the ● Switch the ignition on.
same time, the symbols are shown succes- ● Select the Settings menu followed by the
This option cannot be deactivated in models sively for a few seconds and will stay on until option Compass and Zone.
destined for countries in which the second the fault is rectified.
● Select the magnetic zone corresponding to

Advice
speed must always be visible.
the position of the vehicle ››› Fig. 35.
Start-Stop operating display. ● Adjust and confirm the magnetic zone
Compass*
(1-15).
Updated information relating to the status is
displayed on the instrument panel
››› page 156. Calibrating compass
To calibrate the compass you must be in one

Operation
WARNING of the valid magnetic zones with sufficient
Observe the safety warnings ››› in Control space to be able to trace a circumference
and warning lamps on page 47. with the vehicle.
● Switch the ignition on.
WARNING ● Select the Settings menu followed by the
Even though outside temperatures are above option Compass and Calibrate.
freezing, some roads and bridges may be icy. Fig. 35 Magnetic zones ● Confirm the message Describe a complete
● At outside temperatures above +4°C circumference to calibrate the compass with

Safety
(+39°F), even when the “ice crystal symbol” The compass does not require calibration in OK and then trace a complete circumference
is not visible, there may still be patches of ice vehicles for which the navigation system was driving at approximately 10 km/h (6 mph).
on the road. mounted at the factory. The option compass
● Never rely on the outside temperature indi- disappears. When the corresponding cardinal point is dis-
cator! played, the calibration is complete.
The compass in vehicles in which the naviga-
tion system was not mounted at the factory,
43
 Operation

Service interval display not be viewed until 500 km after the last ● Press the button  on the instrument pan-
service. Prior to this only lines are visible on el several times until the spanner symbol is
The service indication is shown on the dash the display. displayed .
panel display ››› Fig. 34 4 . ● OR: select the Settings menu.
SEAT distinguishes between services with en- Inspection reminder
● From the Service submenu, select the op-
gine oil change (Interval Service) and serv- When the Service date is approaching, when tion Info.
ices without engine oil change (Inspection the ignition is switched on a Service remind-
Service). The service interval display only er is displayed. When the service date has past, a minus sign
gives information for service dates which in- is displayed in front of the number of kilome-
In vehicles without text messages, a spanner tres or days. In vehicles with text messages
volve an engine oil change. The dates for the
is displayed on the instrument panel  with the following is displayed: Service --- km
other services (e.g. the next Inspection Serv-
a figure given in km. The number of kilome- (miles) or --- days ago.
ice or change of brake fluid) are listed on the
tres shown is the maximum number that may
label attached to the door strut, or in the
be driven until the next service. After a few
Maintenance Programme. Resetting service interval display
seconds, the display mode changes. A clock
In vehicles with Services established by time symbol appears and the number of days until If the service was not carried out by a techni-
or mileage, the service intervals are already the next service appointment is due. cal service centre, the display can be reset as
pre-defined. follows:
In vehicles with text messages, Service in ---
In vehicles with LongLife Service, the inter- km (miles) or --- days is displayed on the in- In vehicles with text messages:
vals are determined individually. Technical strument panel.
progress has made it possible to considera- Select the Settings menu.
bly reduce servicing requirements. The tech- Service due
In the submenu Service, select the option Reset.
nology used by SEAT ensures that your vehi- After the service date, an audible warning is
cle only has an Interval Service when it is given when the ignition is switched on and Confirm with OK when requested to do so by the sys-
necessary. To establish when the Interval the spanner displayed on the screen flashes
tem.
Service is due (max. 2 years), the vehicle's for a few seconds . In vehicles with text
conditions of use and individual driving messages, Service in --- km or --- days is dis- In vehicles without text messages:
styles are considered. The service pre-warn- played on the instrument panel.
ing first appears 20 days before the date es- Switch the ignition off.
tablished for the corresponding service. The Press and hold the button.
Reading a service notification 0.0 / SET
kilometres (miles) remaining until the next
service are always rounded up to the nearest With the ignition switched on, the engine off Switch the ignition back on.
100 km (miles) and the time is given in com- and the vehicle at a standstill, the current
plete days. The current service message can- service notification can be read:
44
 Cockpit

In vehicles without text messages: Control lamps Sym-

Technical specifications
Meaning ››› See
bol
Release the 0.0 / SET button and, press  for the next
20 seconds. Control and warning lamps  Do not continue driving!
››› page
The control and warning lamps are indicators
 Fault in the engine cooling sys-
221
Do not reset the indicator to zero between tem.
two intervals, otherwise the display will be of warnings, ››› , faults ››› or certain func-
tions. Some control and warning lamps come  Do not continue driving! ››› page
incorrect.  Engine oil pressure too low. 218
on when the ignition is switched on, and
If, while the LongLife service is valid, the switch off when the engine starts running, or  Do not continue driving!
service interval display is reset to zero, the while driving. ››› page
“service will be activated by time or mile-
 At least one of the vehicles doors
63
is open, or is not correctly closed.
Depending on the model, additional text

Advice
age”. The service interval is no longer calcu-
lated individually ››› Booklet Maintenance messages may be viewed on the instrument  Do not continue driving!
››› page
Programme. panel display. These may be purely informa-  The rear lid is open or is incorrect-
66
tive or they may be advising of the need for ly closed.

Note action ››› page 40, Instruments.  Do not continue driving! ››› page
 Fault in the steering. 131
● The service message disappears after a few Depending upon the equipment fitted in the
seconds, when the engine is started or when vehicle, instead of a warning lamp, some- Engine cannot be started again! ››› page
OK is pressed. times a symbol may be displayed on the in-  "AdBlue" level too low. 212

Operation
● In vehicles with the LongLife system in strument panel.
Driver or passenger has not fas- ››› page
which the battery has been disconnected for When certain control and warning lamps are  tened seat belt. 14
a long period of time, it is not possible to cal- lit, an audible warning is also heard.
culate the date of the next service. Therefore Change
the service interval display may not be cor- ››› page
rect. In this case, bear in mind the maximum
Red symbols 143
service intervals permitted in the ››› Book-
 Use the foot brake!
Brake
Sym- ››› page
let Maintenance Programme. Meaning ››› See
bol 137

Safety
 Do not continue driving! ››› page
The electronic parking brake is on, ››› page  Faulty generator.
227 »
 the brake fluid level is too low or 137
the brake system is faulty.

45
 Operation

Yellow symbols Sym- Green symbols

Meaning ››› See
Sym- bol Sym-
Meaning ››› See Meaning ››› See
bol ››› page bol
 Fault in the steering system.
131
 Front brake pads worn. ››› page
Left or right turn signal.
››› page 74
it lights up: ESC malfunction or Tyre pressure too low. 
231
off.  ››› page
 ››› page ››› page
Hazard warning lights on.
242
flashes: ESC working. 137 Fault in the tyre pressure gauge.
177
Change
 ASR manually deactivated. Level of windscreen washer fluid ››› page ››› page
 too low. 81 143
 ABS faulty or does not work.  Use the foot brake!
Brake
››› page ››› page
››› page  Fuel tank almost empty.
206 137
 Electronic parking brake faulty.
137
flashes: engine oil sensor faulty. ››› page ››› page
››› page   Cruise control operating.
169
 Rear fog light switched on.
74 it lights up: insufficient engine oil. 218
Lane Assist is switched on and ac- ››› page
it lights up: Driving light totally or ››› page Fault in airbag system and seat ››› page  tive. 172
partially faulty. 266  belt tensioners. 20

flashes: Fault in the adaptive light ››› page  Front passenger front airbag is ››› page Blue symbols
system. 74 disabled (    ). 20
 Sym-
Meaning ››› See
 Fault in catalytic converter.
Top up "AdBlue", or there is a fault ››› page bol
it lights up: pre-ignition of diesel
 in the "AdBlue" system. 212
engine.
 Main beam on or flasher on.
››› page ››› page
 ››› page  Fuel tank not closed correctly.
206 Headlight adjustment (Light As- 74
flashes: Fault in engine manage-
151
 sist) on.
ment.
Lane Assist is switched on, but not ››› page
 active. 172
 Fault in engine management.

 Diesel particulate filter blocked

46
 Cockpit

Other control lamps ● A faulty vehicle represents a risk of acci- A specialised workshop will be able to pro-

Technical specifications
dent for the driver and for other road users. If gramme or modify additional functions, ac-
Sym- cording to the vehicle equipment. SEAT rec-
Meaning ››› See necessary, switch on the hazard warning
bol lamps and put out the warning triangle to ad- ommends taking your car in for technical
››› page vise other drivers. service.
 Electronic immobiliser active.
133 ● Before opening the bonnet, switch off the Some menu options can only be read when
engine and allow it to cool. the vehicle is at a standstill.
 Service interval display ››› page 44
● In any vehicle, the engine compartment is a
Mobile telephone is connected hazardous area and could cause severe inju- As long as a priority 1 warning is displayed, it
››› Book- will not be possible to read the menus. To
 via Bluetooth to the original tel- let Radio ries ››› page 214.
ephone device. display the menus, confirm the warning by
or
pressing OK .

Advice
Mobile telephone battery ››› Book- CAUTION
charge meter. Available only for let Navi-
 pre-installed factory-fitted devi- gation Failure to heed the control lamps and text
ces. system messages when they appear may result in Summary of the menu structure
faults in the vehicle.
Freezing warning. The outside ■ Multifunction display (MFI) ››› page 50
 temperature is lower than +4 °C ››› page 42
(+39 °F). ■ Journey duration

SEAT information system ■ Current fuel consumption

Operation
WARNING ■ Average fuel consumption

If the warning lamps and messages are ignor- Introduction ■ Operating range
ed, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may ■ Distance covered
cause accidents and severe injuries. With the ignition switched on, it is possible ■ Average speed
● Never ignore the warning lamps or text to read the different functions of the display
■ Digital display of speed
messages. by scrolling through the menus.
■ Oil temperature digital display
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. In vehicles with a multifunction steering ■ Speed warning
● Park the vehicle away from traffic and en- wheel, there are no buttons on the wind-

Safety
screen wiper lever. The multifunction display
■ Audio ››› Booklet Radio or ››› Booklet Navi-
sure that there are no highly flammable ma-
can only be controlled from the buttons on gation system
terials under the vehicle that could come into
contact with the exhaust system (e.g. dry the steering wheel. ■ Navigation ››› Booklet Navigation system
grass, fuel). ■ Telephone ››› Booklet Radio or ››› Book-
The number of menus displayed on the in-
let Navigation system
strument panel will vary according to the ve-
hicle electronics and equipment. ■ Auxiliary heating ››› page 128 »
47
 Operation

■ Activation ■ Automatic unlocking (Auto. unlock.) ■ Autohold

■ Programme On / Off On / Off ■ Service
■ Disconnection ■ Unlocking doors (Door unlock.: All, ■ Info
■ Timer 1-3 One door, Vehicle side, Individual) ■ Reset
■ Back
■ Day ■ Default setting
■ Electric windows
■ Time
■ Off
■ Minute
■ All
■ Activate
■ Driver
■ Duration
■ Back
■ Operating mode
■ Mirror angle (Mirror angle) On / Off
■ Heat
■ Adjusting mirrors (Adjust. mirrors)
■ Ventilation
■ Individual
■ Day
■ Synchronised
■ Default setting
■ Back
■ Vehicle condition ››› page 49
■ Factory settings (Factory settings)
■ Configuration ››› page 51
■ Back
■ Multifunction display data
■ Journey duration
■ Lights & visibility ››› page 52
■ Coming Home
■ Current fuel consumption
■ Leaving Home
■ Average fuel consumption
■ Footwell light
■ Distance covered
■ Convenience turn signals On / Off
■ Operating range
■ Default setting
■ Average speed
■ Tourist light On / Off
■ Digital display of speed
■ Speed warning
■ Time
■ Compass
■ Winter tyres
■ Convenience ››› page 52
■ Language
■ Central locking system (Central locking)
■ Units
■ Automatic lock (Auto. lock) On / Off
■ Second speed display On / Off

48
 Cockpit

Using the menus on the instrument ● If managed from the windscreen wiper lev- ● If managed from the windscreen wiper lev-

Technical specifications
panel er: the main menu list is displayed. er: hold down the rocker switch.
● If managed from the multifunction steering ● If managed from the multifunction steering
wheel: the main menu list is not displayed. wheel: press button  .
To scroll through the options of the main
menu, press the arrow keys  or  several
times ››› page 49. Main menu
Select a submenu Menu Function See
● Press the rocker switch ››› Fig. 36 B up-
Information and possible con-
wards or downwards, or, on the multifunction ››› page

Advice
MFI figurations of the multifunc-
steering wheel, the arrow keys  o  , until tion display (MFD).
50
reaching the required menu option.
Fig. 36 Windscreen wiper lever: buttons to ››› Book-
● The selected option is displayed between
access the instrument panel menus If the radio is on, the station is let Radio
two horizontal lines. In addition, a triangle is displayed. or ››› Book-
displayed on the right . Audio
In CD mode, the current CD is let naviga-
● To select the submenu, press OK . played. tion sys-
tem

Operation
Making changes according to the menu Navigation system informa-
tion:
● Use the rocker switch on the windscreen
when the navigation to desti-
wiper lever or the arrow keys on the multi- nation is on, change of direc-
function steering wheel to make the required tion arrows and a proximity
››› Book-
modifications. If the switch or keys are held Naviga-
bar are displayed. These sym-
let Naviga-
down, the scroll speed is faster (fast forward bols are similar to those used
tion tion sys-
in the navigation system.
or return).
If navigation to destination is
tem »
Fig. 37 Multifunction steering wheel: buttons ● Mark or confirm the selected option with not on, the direction of travel

Safety
to access the instrument panel menus OK . (compass) and the name of
the street on which you are
Enabling the main menu driving are displayed.
Returning to the main menu
● Switch the ignition on.
● Via the menu: in the submenu, select the
● If a message or vehicle symbol is dis- option Return to exit the submenu.
played, press OK (››› Fig. 36 A or ››› Fig. 37).
49
 Operation

Menu Function See shown in the upper right-hand corner of the Menu Function
display.
››› Book- The current fuel consumption while
let Radio With the ignition switched on, and memory 1 or driving is displayed in l/100 km (or
Mobile telephone pre-installa- Current fuel
Tele- or ››› Book- miles per gallon, mpg); when the en-
tion set up information and 2 displayed, briefly press OK to change from consumption
phone let Naviga- gine is running but the vehicle is not
options
tion sys- one memory to another. moving, in l/h (or gallons per hour).
tem
The memory stores the values for the When the ignition is switched on, the
Information and configura- journey and the consumption from the average consumption (in l/100 km or
tions of the parking heating: Trip moment the ignition is switched on until in mpg) is displayed after the vehicle
Parking ››› page memory it is switched off again. Average fuel
switching the parking heating has moved approximately 100 metres
heating 128 (for a If the journey is broken for more than 2 consumption
on or off. Select the operating 1 (328 feet). Otherwise horizontal lines
mode and duration. single hours, the memory is automatically are displayed. The value shown is up-
jour- erased. If the journey is continued in less dated approximately every 5 seconds.
Current warning or informa- ney). than 2 hours after the ignition is switch-
tion texts. ed off, the new data is added to the data Approximate distance in km (or miles)
This option only appears already stored in the memory. that can still be travelled with the fuel
Vehicle
condition
when one of the following ››› page 40 Operating remaining in the tank, assuming the
texts is available. The number The memory records the values for a spe- range same style of driving is maintained.
of available messages is dis- cific number of partial trips, up to a total This is calculated using the current fuel
played. Example 1/1 or 2/2. Total of 19 hours and 59 minutes or 99 hours consumption.
memory and 59 minutes, or 1999.9 km (or miles)
Different setting options, for 2 (for all for 9999 km (or miles), depending on the Distance cov- Distance travelled, after ignition is
example, the Convenience, jour- model of instrument panel. On reaching ered switched on, in km (or miles).
Lighting & Visibility menus, neys). either of these limits, the memory is au-
Configu- ››› page tomatically erased and starts to count After the ignition is switched on, the
and the time, speed warning
ration 51 from 0 again. average speed will be shown after a
with winter tyres, language,
units of measurement, or “Dis- distance of approximately 100 metres
play off”. Average speed (328 feet) has been travelled. Other-
Possible displays wise horizontal lines are displayed. The
value shown is updated approximately
Menu Function every 5 seconds.
MFI (multifunction display) menu This indicates the hours (h) and mi-
Journey dura- Digital display
nutes (min) since the ignition was Current speed displayed digitally.
tion of speed
The multifunction display (MFI) has two auto- switched on.
matic memories: 1 - Partial memory and 2 - Oil tempera-
Updated engine oil temperature digital
Total memory. The selected memory will be ture digital
display
display

50
 Cockpit

Menu Function Personalising the displays Configu-

Technical specifications
It is possible to select which of the displays ration Function
If the stored speed is exceeded (be-
in the multifunction display you wish to see Menu
Speed warn- tween 30 - 250 km/h, or 18 -
ing at --- km/h 155 mph), an audible warning is given on the instrument panel in the settings
Changing the visual and audible speed
together with a visual warning. menu. The units of measurement can also be
warnings. This function should only be
modified ››› page 51. Winter
used when the vehicle is fitted with winter
tyres
Changing between display modes tyres, which are not designed for travel at
high speeds.
● In vehicles without multifunction steering
Configuration Menu Changing the language of the display texts
wheel: press the lever. Language
and the navigation system.
● Vehicles with a multifunction steering
Configu-

Advice
wheel: press  or  . Changing the units of measurement for the
ration Function Units
temperature, consumption and distance.
Menu
Storing a speed for the speed warning Second
Multi- Switching second speed display on and off.
● Select the display Speed warning at --- km/h. Configuration of the multifunction display speed
function
data that you wish to see on the instrument
● Press OK to store the current speed and display Select if the Auto-Hold function should be
panel display ››› page 50. Auto-Hold
switch off the warning. data on permanently.
● In addition, set the required speed by Changing the magnetic region and calibra- Check the service notifications or reset the

Operation
Service
pressing the rocker switch on the windscreen Compass
tion of the compass. To calibrate the com- service intervals to zero.
wiper lever or buttons  or  on the multi- pass, please follow the instructions given
on the instrument panel display. Factory Some functions of the Configuration menu
function steering wheel for 5 seconds. Next, settings will be reset to the factory value.
press OK again or wait a few seconds. The Conven- Changing vehicle convenience functions
speed is stored and the warning activated. ience ››› page 52. Back The main menu is displayed again.
● To switch off, press OK . The stored speed is
Lights & Configuration of vehicle lighting
deleted. visibility ››› page 52.

Safety
Manually erasing memory 1 or 2 Changing the hours and minutes of the in-
strument panel clock and the navigation
● Select the memory to be erased. system. The time can be set here and the
Time choice can be made between the 24-hour
● Press and hold OK for approximately 2 sec-
and 12-hour display. The S in the upper
onds. part of the display indicates that the clock
is set to summer time.

51
 Operation

Submenu Convenience Conven- Lights &

ience Function visibility Function
Conven- menu menu
ience Function
Rear vi- Tilts passenger mirror downwards when re- Switching convenience turn signals on and
menu
sion mir- verse gear is engaged. This enables the Conven- off When the convenience turn signals are
Auto. lock (Auto Lock): automatic locking of ror ad- driver to see the edge of the pavement, for ience turn connected,, these flash at least three times
all doors and boot when reaching a speed justment example ››› page 85. signals when the turn signal is switched on
of approximately 15 km/h (10 mph). In or- ››› page 74.
If synchronised adjustment is selected,
der to unlock the vehicle when it is stop- Exterior
when the driver side exterior mirror is ad- All the configurations in the submenu
ped, push the central locking button, pull mirror ad- Factory
justed, the passenger exterior mirror is also Lights & visibility are reset to the prede-
the door handle or remove the key from the just. settings
moved. fined factory values.
ignition lock if the Auto unlock function is
enabled. Factory Some functions of the Convenience subme- Headlamp adjustment for countries in
settings nu will be reset to the factory value. which vehicles are driven on the other side
Auto unlock (Auto Lock): Unlocking all doors
Tourist of the road. When the mark is activated, the
and the boot by removing the ignition lock Back The Configuration menu is displayed again. light headlamps of a left-hand drive vehicle are
key.
Central adjusted for driving on the left. This func-
locking Door unlock: when unlocking the vehicle tion must only be used for a short period.
››› page with the key, the following doors unlock
57 based on the setting:
Lights & visibility submenu Back The Configuration menu is displayed again.
– All: all of the doors are unlocked.
– One door: when unlocking the vehicle Lights &
with the key, only the driver's door unlocks. visibility Function
Pressing the button  again unlocks all
Personal convenience settings
menu
doors and the boot.
– Vehicle side: the doors on the driver's side When two people use a vehicle, SEAT recom-
Coming This permits the adjustment of the time the
unlock. Home headlamps stay on after locking or unlock- mends that each person always uses “their”
On vehicles fitted with the Keyless Access ing the vehicle, the function can also be own remote control key. When the ignition is
››› page 57 system, when using the corre- Leaving connected or disconnected here switched off, or the vehicle is locked, the per-
sponding handle, all doors unlock on the Home ››› page 78. sonal convenience settings are stored and
side of the vehicle where the key is.
automatically allocated to the vehicle key
This permits the adjustment of the bright-
Adjusting the electric windows: this ena- Footwell ness of the footwell lighting when the doors ››› page 47.
bles the windows to be opened or closed light are open, the function can also be connec-
Handling
when the vehicle is unlocked or locked re- The values of the personalised convenience
windows ted or disconnected here
spectively. The open function can only be settings of the following menu options are al-
activated from the driver door ››› page 70. located to the vehicle key:
52
 Cockpit

■ Parking heating menu

Three button unit in headliner Fig. 38 Function

Technical specifications
■ Configuration Menu
Press the button for more than 2 seconds:
■ Time Three button module*  to obtain help from the network of SEAT
■ Language dealers in the event of a breakdown.
■ Units a) Not operational if a SEAT Media system 2.2 navigation system
■ Convenience settings menu with voice control is fitted.
■ Door unlock (individual opening, Auto
Lock)
■ Convenience handling of windows Information and assistance calls
■ Rear vision mirror adjustment

Advice
Communication with the SEAT Customer Care
■ Lights & visibility settings menu
Service is established using the  and  but-
■ Coming home and leaving home
tons of the three button unit1). The system
■ Footwell light will automatically connect you with the Assis-
Fig. 38 Three button unit in headliner: con-
■ Convenience turn signals trols for the telephone management system. tance Centre of the relevant country. You will
only be able to make calls if your mobile is
The stored settings are automatically activa-
turned on and connected to the pre-installed
ted, at the latest when the ignition is switch- Fig. 38 Function
Bluetooth.
ed on. Please refer to the information and

Operation
Press it briefly: to accept or end a call.
tips relating to the seat memory Press the button: to reject a call. Information call
››› page 93.
 Press it briefly: to start or stop the voice The Information call  button offers informa-
control function, for example, to make a tion on the SEAT brand and selected addi-
call.a) tional services related to traffic and your trav-
Press the button for more than 2 seconds: el.
to obtain information about the SEAT To establish communication, press the  but-
 brand and selected additional services re-
lated to traffic and travel.
ton for more than 2 seconds.

Safety
In countries where there is no information tel-
ephone number, an information call is made
after pressing the  button. »

1) Depending upon country.

53
 Operation

Assistance call Activating and deactivating Opening and closing

The assistance call  button gives immediate
help in case of a breakdown. To this end, the Switching on the speech control system
SEAT dealer network, with its mobile assis- ● Press the  button on the multi-function
Vehicle key set
tance vehicles, is at your disposal. steering wheel.
Vehicle key
To establish communication, press the  ● OR: press the button in the three button
button for more than 2 seconds. unit in the headliner .
● Wait for the acoustic signal.
Note ● Give the command.
Calls made with the and buttons take pri- ● Follow the dialogue instructions (extended
ority over normal calls. If the  or  button is
dialogue).
pressed during a normal telephone call, this
call will be cut off and a connection will be
made to the information or assistance centre. Ending voice control
● Press the  button on the multi-function
Note steering wheel.
● OR: press the button in the three button Fig. 39 Vehicle keys
Any call made to the information service will
be interrupted if the assistance button  is unit in the headliner .
pressed. The connection to the assistance
service will then be made (and vice versa). Interrupting the instructions
● During the instructions, press the  button
Note on the multi-function steering wheel.
Mobile phone coverage must be available to ● OR: press the button in the three button
place a call to the information and assistance unit in the headliner .
services. This service might not be available ● You will be able to give a command imme-
in some countries. diately afterwards.

Fig. 40 Vehicle key for vehicles with electric

sliding doors

54
 Opening and closing

Vehicle keys The vehicle keys or new spare keys can be CAUTION

Technical specifications
With the vehicle key ››› Fig. 39 or ››› Fig. 40 obtained from a technical service centre, a
specialised workshop or approved key serv- All of the vehicle keys contain electronic com-
the vehicle may be locked or unlocked re- ponents. Protect them from damage, impacts
motely. ice qualified to provide this kind of key.
and humidity.
The vehicle key includes an emitter and bat- New keys or spare keys must be synchron-
teries. The receiver is in the interior of the ve- ised before use ››› page 57. Note
hicle. The range of the vehicle key with re- ● Only use the key button when you require
mote control and new batteries is several me- WARNING
the corresponding function. Pushing the but-
tres around the vehicle. Careless or incorrect use of vehicle keys may ton unnecessarily could accidentally unlock
result in severe injury and accident. the vehicle or trigger the alarm. It is also pos-
If it is not possible to open or close the vehi-
● Always take all the keys with you whenever sible even when you are outside the radius of

Advice
cle using the remote control key, this should
you leave the vehicle. Children and unauthor- action.
be re-synchronised ››› page 57 or the bat-
ised individuals could lock the doors or the ● Key operation can be greatly influenced by
tery changed ››› page 56.
boot hatch, start the engine or turn on the ig- overlapping radio signals around the vehicle
Different keys belonging to the vehicle may nition, activating electrical systems, the elec- working in the same range of frequencies
be used. tric windows, for example. (e.g. radio transmitters, mobile telephones).
● Never leave children or disabled people ● Obstacles between the remote control and
Folding the key shaft in and out alone in the car. They could be trapped in the the vehicle, bad weather conditions and

Operation
car in an emergency and will not be able to draining batteries can considerably reduce
When the button is pressed A , the key shaft
get themselves to safety. For example, de- the range of the remote control.
is released and unfolds. pending on the time of the year, tempera-
To fold it press button A and fold the key tures inside a locked and closed vehicle can
shaft in until it locks in place. be extremely high or extremely low resulting
in serious injuries and illness or even death,
particularly for young children.
Replacing a key
● Never remove the key from the ignition if
To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys, the vehicle is in motion. The steering may
the vehicle chassis number is required. lock and it will not be possible to turn the

Safety
Each new key must contain a microchip and steering wheel.
be coded with the data from the vehicle elec-
tronic immobiliser. A vehicle key will not work
if it does not contain a microchip or the mi-
crochip has not been encoded. This is also
true for keys cut for the vehicle.
55
 Operation

Control lamp on the vehicle key Changing the battery To change the battery
● Unfold the vehicle key shaft ››› page 54.
● Remove the cover from the back of the ve-
hicle key ››› Fig. 42 in the direction of the ar-
row ››› .
● Extract the battery from the compartment
using a suitable thin object ››› Fig. 43.
● Place the new battery in the compartment,
pressing in the direction of the arrow as
shown ››› Fig. 43 ››› .
● Fit the battery compartment cover, pressing
Fig. 42 Vehicle key: battery compartment cov-
Fig. 41 Control lamp on the vehicle key in the direction of the arrow as shown
er
››› Fig. 42 until it clicks into place.
When a button on the vehicle key is pressed,
the control lamp flashes ››› Fig. 41 (arrow) CAUTION
once briefly. If the button is pressed and
● If the battery is not changed correctly, the
held, the indicator blinks several times (e.g.
vehicle key may be damaged.
for the convenience opening function).
● Use of unsuitable batteries may damage
When the control lamp does not light upon the vehicle key. For this reason, always re-
pushing a button, the batteries of the key place the dead battery with another of the
must be changed ››› page 56. same voltage, size and specifications.

For the sake of the environment

Fig. 43 Vehicle key: removing the battery
● Please dispose of your used batteries cor-
SEAT recommend having the batteries rectly and with respect for the environment.
changed in a specialised workshop. ● The vehicle key battery may contain per-
chlorate. Observe the legal requirements for
The battery is located to the rear of the vehi- their disposal.
cle key, under a cover ››› Fig. 42.
When changing the battery, use another bat-
tery of the same model and observe the po-
larity when fitting it ››› .
56
 Opening and closing

Synchronising the vehicle key with the ignition off and the driver's door Description of the central locking

Technical specifications
closed. system
If the button  is pressed frequently outside
The battery of an unlocked vehicle parked for
of the vehicle range, it is possible that the ve- The central locking system allows all doors
a long period (e.g. in a private garage) may
hicle can no longer be locked or unlocked us- and the rear lid to be locked and unlocked
run down and fail to start the motor.
ing the key. In this case, the vehicle key must centrally.
be synchronised once more as follows:
WARNING ● From outside, using the vehicle key.
● Unfold the vehicle key shaft ››› page 55. The incorrect use of the central locking sys- ● From outside with the Keyless Access sys-
● Remove the cover from the driver door han- tem may cause serious injuries. tem ››› page 59,
dle ››› page 259. ● The central locking system will lock all
● From inside, by pushing the central locking
doors. A vehicle locked from the inside can

Advice
● Press the button  on the vehicle key. For
prevent any non-authorised individual from
button ››› page 59.
this, it must remain with the vehicle.
opening the doors and accessing the vehicle. In the submenu Convenience in the Configura-
● Open the vehicle within one minute using Nevertheless, in case of emergency or acci-
tion menu, or by visiting a specialised work-
the key shaft. dent, locked doors will complicate access to
the vehicle interior to help the passengers.
shop, special functions of the central locking
● Turn on the ignition using the vehicle key. system can be switched on or off ››› page 47.
The key has been synchronised. ● Never leave children or disabled people
alone in the vehicle. The central locking but- In case of a vehicle key fault or central lock-
● Replace the driver door handle cover.
ton can be used to lock all the doors from ing system fault, all doors can be locked or

Operation
within. Therefore, passengers will be locked unlocked manually.
inside the vehicle. Individuals locked in the
vehicle can be exposed to very high or very
Central locking and locking low temperatures.
Automatic locking (Auto Lock)
system ● Depending on the time of the year, temper-
In this instance, the vehicle locks automati-
cally when moving at speeds above approx.
atures inside a locked and closed vehicle can
Introduction be extremely high or extremely low resulting 15 km/h (10 mph) ››› page 47. When the ve-
in serious injuries and illness or even death, hicle is locked, the control lamp  of the cen-
Central locking functions correctly when all particularly for young children. tral locking button ››› Fig. 45 lights up in yel-

Safety
the doors and the rear lid are correctly shut. ● Never leave individuals locked in a closed
low.
If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot and locked vehicle. In case of emergency,
be locked with the key. they may not be able to exit the vehicle by Automatic unlocking (Auto Unlock)
themselves or get help. When the key is removed from the ignition
If the vehicle has the Keyless Access closing
and ignition system, it may only be locked slot, here the vehicle unlocks all doors and
the boot automatically ››› page 47. »
57
 Operation

Locking the vehicle after the airbags have Locking and unlocking the vehicle Please note: depending on the selected func-
been deployed from the outside tion in the central locking submenu Conven-
If the airbags are deployed due to an acci- ience, you may push the button twice 
dent, the vehicle will be automatically and ››› page 47 to unlock all doors and the boot
completely unlocked. Depending on the hatch.
amount of damage, it can be locked follow- The vehicle key only locks and unlocks the
ing an accident in the following ways: vehicle if it is within range of the vehicle and
if the batteries have enough power. When
Function Action locking, the vehicle's turn signals will blink.
Lock the vehicle – Switch off the ignition. If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot
by pushing the – Open a door of the vehicle and be locked with the key. If you unlock the vehi-
central locking close it again. cle without opening any doors or the rear lid,
button: – Push the central locking button  .
it will lock again automatically after a few
Lock the vehicle – Disconnect the ignition button. seconds. This function prevents the vehicle
with the vehicle OR: remove the key from the igni- from remaining unlocked if the unlocking
key: tion. button is pressed by mistake.
– Open a door once.
– Lock the vehicle with the key.
Convenience open/close function
Fig. 44 Buttons on the vehicle key
● See "Electric windows: functions"
Note
››› page 70.
If the vehicle key buttons are pressed Function Handling the buttons on
the vehicle ● See "Panoramic sliding sunroof: operation"
››› Fig. 44 or one of the central locking but-
tons is pressed ››› Fig. 45 several times in ››› page 72.
Unlocking the vehicle. Press button . Keep it

quick succession, the central locking feature
pushed for the convenience
is disabled briefly to protect from overload-
opening.
ing. The vehicle will then remain unlocked for
around 30 seconds. If no door nor the boot is Lock the vehicle. Press button  . Keep it push-
opened during this time, the vehicle will then ed for the convenience lock-
automatically unlock. ing function.

Unlocking the rear lid. Press button  .

Open the sliding door. ››› page 64.

58
 Opening and closing

Locking and unlocking the vehicle tra safety, when stopped at traffic lights for

Technical specifications
from the inside example.
● The doors can be opened and unlocked in-
dividually from the inside by pulling the in-
side door handle. If necessary, pull the door
release lever twice.
● The driver door cannot be locked when
open. This avoids locking the vehicle key in-
side the vehicle when there is nobody inside.

Fig. 47 Lock and ignition system without Key-

Advice
less Access: sensor surface A for unlocking
Unlocking and locking the vehicle inside the door handle and sensor surface B
with Keyless Access for locking on the exterior of the handle.
Fig. 45 In the driver door: central locking but-
ton
Keyless Access is a key-free lock and ignition
system to unlock and lock the vehicle without
Push the button ››› Fig. 45: actively using its key. For this, only a valid ve-
 Unlocking the vehicle. hicle key is required to be in an area near

Operation
››› Fig. 46 the vehicle and one of the sensor
 Lock the vehicle. surfaces to be touched on the door handles
››› Fig. 47.
The central locking button is still operative
when the ignition is switched off. General information
The central locking button is only deactivated If a valid key is located in the proximity of the
if the deadlock is activated ››› page 61. Fig. 46 Lock and ignition system without Key- car ››› Fig. 46, the Keyless Access lock and ig-
less Access: in the proximity of the car. nition system gives the key entry as soon as
Please note the following when you use the
one of the sensor surfaces on the door han-

Safety
central locking button to lock your vehicle:
dles is touched or the push button on the
● Do not turn on the deadlock ››› page 61. boot hatch is operated. The following fea-
● Do not turn on the anti-theft alarm. tures are then available without having to
● It will not be possible to open the doors or
use the vehicle key actively: »
the rear lid from the outside this may offer ex-
59
 Operation

● Keyless-Entry: unlocking of the vehicle with ● Touch the surface sensor B once (arrow) Locking the vehicle with a second key
the handles on the four doors or the button on the door handle. The door being operated If there is a vehicle key inside the vehicle and
located on the boot hatch. must be closed. it is locked from the outside with a second
● Keyless-Go: engine ignition and driving. For vehicle key, the key inside the vehicle is
this to occur, there has to be a valid key in- On vehicles with a "safe" security system: blocked for engine ignition ››› page 133. In
side the vehicle and the ignition push button locking and unlocking doors (Keyless-Exit) order to enable engine ignition, the button 
needs to be pressed ››› page 133. ● Switch the ignition off. on the key inside the vehicle needs to be
● Keyless-Exit: unlocking of the vehicle with ● Close the driver's door. pressed ››› Fig. 44.
one of the four door handle. ● Touch the surface sensor B once (arrow)
Automatically disabling sensors
The central locking and locking systems oper- on the door handle. The vehicle locks with
the "safe" security system ››› page 61. The If the vehicle is not locked or unlocked for a
ate in the same way as a normal locking and
door being operated must be closed. long period of time, the proximity sensor on
unlocking system. Only the controls change.
the passenger door is automatically disa-
● Touch the sensor surface B twice (arrow)
Unlocking the vehicle is confirmed with a bled.
on the door handle to lock the vehicle with-
double flash of the indicator lights; locking
out the "safe" security system ››› page 61. If the exterior sensor on the door handle is
by a single flash.
often activated unusually with the vehicle
The vehicle will lock again after a few sec- Unlocking and locking the boot hatch locked (e.g. by the branches of a bush rub-
onds if you unlock the vehicle but fail to open bing against it), all proximity sensors are dis-
When the vehicle is locked, the hatch auto-
any door or boot hatch. abled for a time. If this only happens with the
matically unlocks on opening if ››› Fig. 46
exterior sensor on the driver's door, only this
there is a valid vehicle key in the proximity.
Unlocking and opening the doors (Keyless- sensor is disabled.
Entry) Open or close the hatch normally
Sensors will again be enabled:
● Grip the door handle. In doing this, the
››› page 66.
sensor surface ››› Fig. 47 A (arrow) is After closing, the hatch locks automatically. ● After a time.
touched on the handle and the vehicle un- In the following instances, the rear lid does ● OR: if the vehicle is unlocked with the but-
locks. not lock automatically after closing: ton  on the key.
● Open the door. ● OR: if the boot is opened.
● If the entire vehicle is unlocked.
● If the key used last is inside the vehicle. All
On vehicles without a "safe" system: locking Convenience functions
and unlocking doors (Keyless-Exit) vehicle indicator lights flash four times. The
vehicle will lock again after a few seconds if To close all electric windows, the sun roof
● Switch the ignition off. no door or boot hatch are opened. and electric tilting panoramic roof with the
● Close the driver's door. convenience feature, keep your finger for a
60
 Opening and closing

few seconds on the lock sensor surface terferes with the key signal (e.g. from a mo- curity system is activated (Lock SAFE or SAFE-

Technical specifications
››› Fig. 47 B located on the exterior part of bile device accessory) or if the key is covered LOCK).
the driver or passenger door handle until the by another object (e.g. an aluminium case).
windows and roof close. ● If the sensors are very dirty, e.g. have a lay- Disabling the "safe" security system
Opening the doors by touching the sensor er of salt, how the sensors on the door han- The "safe" security system may be disable in
surface on the handle takes places in accord- dles operate may be affected. If this is the one of the following ways:
ance with the settings activated on the menu case, wash the vehicle ››› page 195.
● Press the button  on the vehicle key
Configuration - Convenience ››› page 47. ● If the vehicle is equipped with an automatic
gearbox, it may only be locked in the gear twice.
CAUTION stick is in position P. ● Touch the Keyless Access close and igni-
The sensor surfaces on the door handles tion lock sensor surface located on the exteri-

Advice
could engage if hit with a water jet or high or part of the door handle twice ››› page 59.
pressure steam if there is a valid vehicle key Deadlock ● Switch the ignition on.
in the nearby area. If at least one of the win- ● Press the ignition push button of the
dows is open and the sensor surface B on Function Necessary operations Keyless Access lock and ignition system.
one of the handle permanently activates, all
windows will close. If the water jet or steam Locks the vehicle with
Press the button once on

When the “safe” security system is disabled,
is briefly moved away from the sensor sur- the "Safe" security sys-
the vehicle key.
face A on one of the handles and then poin- tem. the following needs to be taken into account:

Operation
ted at it again, all the windows will probably ● The vehicle can be opened and unlocked
Press the  button twice on
open ››› page 60, Convenience functions. from the inside using an inside door handle.
the vehicle key.
● The anti-theft alarm is activated.
Touch the Keyless Access
Note
close and ignition lock sensor ● The vehicle interior monitoring system and
Locks the vehicle with-
● If the vehicle battery has little or no charge, surface located on the exteri- the anti-tow system are disabled.
out the "Safe" security
or the vehicle key battery is almost or entire- or part of the door handle
system.
ly out of charge, it is likely that the vehicle twice ››› page 59.
WARNING
will not be able to be lock or unlocked with
Press the central locking but- Careless use of the “Safe” security system

Safety
the Keyless Access system. The vehicle can ton  on the driver door
be unlocked or locked manually ››› page 259. once.
can cause serious injury.
● If there is no valid key inside the vehicle or ● Never leave anybody inside the vehicle if it
the system fails to detect one, a warning will Depending on the vehicle, when disabling has been locked using the key. When the
display on the dash panel screen. This could the ignition, a warning on the dash panel "Safe" security system is activated, doors
happen if any other radio frequency signal in- screen may display stating that the "safe" se- cannot be opened from the inside! »
61
 Operation

● When the doors are locked, it is difficult to ● When the vehicle is towed (vehicles with ● If the vehicle battery is run down or flat
get to passengers in the vehicle interior in anti-tow system) then the anti-theft alarm will not operate cor-
case of an emergency. Passengers could re- ● When the vehicle is lifted (vehicles with an- rectly.
main trapped inside and unable to unlock the ti-tow system).
doors in case of an emergency.
● Transporting the vehicle on a ferry or by
railroad (vehicles with an anti-tow system or Interior monitoring system and anti-
interior monitoring). tow system*
Anti-theft alarm ● Unhitch a trailer connected to the anti-theft
The anti-theft alarm makes it more difficult to alarm ››› page 179.
break into the vehicle or steal it.
How to turn OFF the alarm
The anti-theft alarm is automatically turned
on when the vehicle is locked with the key. Unlock the vehicle with the unlocking button
on the key or turn on the ignition with a valid
key. On vehicles with the Keyless Access sys-
When does the system trigger an alarm?
tem, the alarm can also be disabled by grasp-
The anti-theft alarm siren will be triggered for ing the door handle ››› page 59.
about 30 seconds accompanied by optical
warning signals for about five minutes when Note
the vehicle is locked and the following unau- Fig. 48 On the roof console: interior monitor-
● The alarm will be triggered once more when ing sensors
thorised actions are taken:
anybody enters the same zone of surveillance
● When the door is mechanically unlocked or any other zone. If, for example, after open- The interior monitoring system triggers the
ing a door, the rear lid is also opened. alarm if the vehicle is locked and movement
using the vehicle key without turning the ig-
nition within the following 15 seconds. ● The anti-theft alarm is not activated when is detected inside the vehicle. The anti-tow
the vehicle is locked from within using the system triggers the alarm if the vehicle is
● A door is opened.
central locking button  . locked when the system detects the vehicle
● The bonnet is opened. ● If the driver door is unlocked mechanically is being raised.
● The rear lid is opened. with the key, only the driver door is unlocked,
● When the ignition is switched on with a the rest of the doors remain locked. Only Switching on the interior monitoring and the
when the ignition has been turned on will the anti-tow systems
non-authorised key.
other doors be available - but not unlocked -
● When the vehicle battery is disconnected. and the central lock button will be activated. Close the storage compartment ››› Fig. 48 1

● When there is movement inside the vehicle on the roof console, otherwise the interior
(vehicles with interior monitoring).
62
 Opening and closing

monitoring function (arrow) is not guaran- Risk of false alarms Doors

Technical specifications
teed to work freely. The interior monitoring system will only oper-
Use the key to lock the vehicle. If the anti- ate correctly if the vehicle is completely Introduction
theft alarm is turned on, the interior monitor- closed. Observe legal requirements. The
ing and the anti-tow systems are also activa- alarm may be accidentally triggered in the WARNING
ted. following cases:
If a door is not correctly closed, it could open
● When a window is completely or partially unexpectedly when driving and cause serious
Switching off the interior monitoring and the injuries.
open.
anti-tow systems
● If the sunglasses storage compartment in ● Always stop immediately and close the
The interior monitoring is switched off by door.
the roof console is open.
pressing the remote control lock button 

Advice
● When closing, ensure that the door has
twice. ● When the panoramic sliding sunroof is
closed correctly. A closed door should be
completely or partially open.
flush with the corresponding parts of the
● Lock all doors and rear lid. ● When suspended objects are hung from bodywork.
● Use the key to lock the vehicle. The interior the interior mirror (air freshener) or there are ● Open and close doors only when nobody is
monitoring and / or anti-towing alarm are loose papers in the vehicle. in the way of the door.
switched off until the next time the vehicle is ● If the separation net is fitted and moves
locked. (due to heating). WARNING

Operation
To turn off the interior monitoring and anti- ● Due to a vibrating mobile telephone inside
A door held open by its retainer could be
tow systems before unlocking the vehicle, for the vehicle. blown closed by the wind or close if the vehi-
example in the following situations: cle is on a hill, causing injury.
Note ● When opening and closing doors, always
● When leaving animals inside the vehicle 
Upon activating the alarm, if any door or the use the door handle.
››› page 57. rear lid is open, only the anti-theft alarm will
● When the vehicle must be loaded. be activated. The interior monitoring and an-
● When the vehicle is being transported, for ti-tow systems will only be activated when

Safety
example, by ferry. the doors and rear lid are fully closed.
● When the vehicle must be towed with the
axle raised.

63
 Operation

Warning lamp Sliding doors Manually opening and closing the

sliding door
It Introduction
lights Possible cause Solution
up WARNING
 Stop driving imme- If a sliding door is not correctly closed, it
At least one vehicle diately! could open unexpectedly when driving and
 door is open or not Open the correspond- cause serious injuries.
correctly shut. ing door and close it
immediately. ● Stop immediately and close it.
● When closing, ensure that the sliding door
Several warning and control lamps light up has closed correctly. A closed sliding door
for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- should be flush with the corresponding parts
ed on, signalling that the function is being of the bodywork.
verified. They will switch off after a few sec- ● Only open and close sliding doors when no
onds. body is in the way of the door.
Fig. 49 On the sliding door. door handle 1
If a door is open or incorrectly closed, the
warning lamp  or  on the instrument pan- WARNING
Function Necessary operations
el will light up. If a sliding door is not fully open, it could
close unexpectedly and cause serious inju- Open the sliding When the sliding door is released,
Depending on the vehicle equipment, a sym- door from the in- open the door fully by pulling on the
bol may be displayed on the dash panel ries.
side. outside handle.
screen instead of the warning lamp. The indi- ● Always open the sliding door fully.
cation is also visible when the ignition is Opening the When the sliding door is released,
sliding door open the door fully by pulling on its
switched off. The indication disappears WARNING from the inside. interior handle ››› Fig. 49 1 .
around 15 seconds after the vehicle has
Opening sliding doors while driving is dan-
been locked. Pull on the inside or outside door
gerous. These doors may be pushed open or Closing the slid- handle and close the sliding door by
closed when the vehicle accelerates or brakes ing door. pushing gently. Make sure that it is
and cause serious injuries. completely closed.
● Never open the sliding doors when the ve-
hicle is in movement.

64
 Opening and closing

Opening and closing the sliding door Function Necessary operations If an object gets in the way of the sliding

Technical specifications
electrically* door while it is opening, the door will be im-
Press the ››› Fig. 50 button on the dash mobilised at this point.
panel, on the remote control key and on
the interior lining of the sliding door. The ● Check the reason for which the sliding door
sliding door closes with the rollback anti- does not open or close.
Closing the trap function as long as the button is not
pressed again. As it closes, a warning ● Try to open or close the sliding door again.
sliding door
electrically. sound is given.
To close the sliding door without the rollback
Pull briefly on the interior or exterior door
handle. The sliding door closes with the
anti-trap function
roll-back function. As it closes, a warning ● Turn off the ignition and turn it on again.

Advice
sound is given.
● Press and hold the  ››› Fig. 50 button.
The sliding door closes with full force.
Fig. 50 On the dash panel, on the remote Note
control key and on the interior lining of the ● When the fuel tank cover is open, the right- WARNING
sliding door: button for opening and closing hand side electric sliding door is locked and
the electric sliding door. Closing the electric windows without the an-
can only be opened manually.
ti-trap function can cause serious injury.
● If the window of a sliding door is lowered
All of the electric sliding doors can be ● Always close the sliding doors carefully.

Operation
them this door cannot open fully.
opened and closed manually using more ● Nobody should ever get in the way of the
force. electric sliding doors, especially when clos-
ing without the anti-trap function.
Function Necessary operations Rollback anti-trap function of the ● The anti-trap function does not prevent fin-
electric sliding doors gers or other parts of the body getting
Press the ››› Fig. 50 button on the dash
panel, on the remote control key and on pinched against the window frame and caus-
the interior lining of the sliding door. The
The rollback anti-trap function of the electric ing injury.
sliding door opens with the rollback anti- sliding doors can reduce the risk of injury
Opens the
trap function as long as the button is not when opening and closing the sliding doors

Safety
sliding door
electrically. pressed again. ››› .
Pull briefly on the interior or exterior han- If an object gets in the way of the sliding
dle the door. The sliding door opens au- door while it is closing, it will open again.
tomatically.

65
 Operation

Electric child safety lock WARNING ● Ensure the rear lid is locked after closing,
otherwise, it may open unexpectedly while
When the electric child safety function is acti-
driving. A closed rear lid should be flush with
vated, the sliding door can be opened from
the corresponding parts of the bodywork.
the outside only.
● Always keep the rear lid closed while driv-
● Never leave children or disabled people
ing to avoid toxic gases entering the vehicle
alone in the vehicle if the doors are to be
interior.
locked. Therefore, passengers will be locked
inside the vehicle. They could be trapped in ● Do not open the rear lid when there is a
the car in an emergency and will not be able load carrier installed. Likewise, the boot
to get themselves to safety. Individuals hatch cannot be opened when a load is at-
locked in the vehicle can be exposed to very tached to it, for example bicycles. An open
high or very low temperatures. rear lid could close itself if there is an addi-
Fig. 51 In the driver door: electric child safety ● Depending on the time of the year, temper-
tional weight on it. If necessary, press down
locks buttons on the rear lid and remove the load.
atures inside a locked and closed vehicle can
be extremely high or extremely low resulting ● Close and lock both the rear lid and all the
The electric child safety lock avoids opening in serious injuries and illness or even death, other doors when you are not using the vehi-
and locking of the sliding door and its elec- particularly for young children. cle. Ensure that nobody remains inside the
tric windows from the inside so that children vehicle.
cannot accidentally open the door while the ● Never allow children to play inside or
vehicle is being driven. Using the left-hand around the vehicle without supervision, espe-
››› Fig. 51 1 or right-hand side 2 button, Rear lid cially if the rear lid is open. Children could
the childproof lock is activated on the left- or enter the luggage compartment, close the
right-hand side respectively. Introduction rear lid and become trapped. Depending on
the time of the year, temperatures inside a
locked and closed vehicle can be extremely
Turning on and off the electric child safety WARNING high or extremely low resulting in serious in-
Function Necessary operations Careless and unsuitable locking, opening and juries and illness or even death, particularly
closing of the rear lid can cause accidents for young children.
To switch sys- Press the button ››› Fig. 51 1 or 2 . and serious injury. ● Never leave children or disabled people
tem on: ● Open and close the rear lid only when no- alone in the vehicle. If the vehicle key or the
To switch sys- Press the button again. body is in the way. central locking button is used, they may be
tem off: ● Do not close the rear lid by pushing it down locked in the vehicle.
with your hand on the rear window. This
The yellow control lamp  indicates that the could break and cause injury.
feature is on for the corresponding button.
66
 Opening and closing

CAUTION WARNING

Technical specifications
Before opening the rear lid, ensure that there If the rear lid is not correctly closed, it could
is sufficient free space to open and close it, open unexpectedly when driving and cause
for example if you are towing a trailer or in a serious injuries.
garage. ● Always stop immediately and close the rear
lid.
● Ensure that the rear lid has been locked in-
Warning lamp to place by the element on the lock carrier
when you close it.
It Fig. 53 Opening the boot hatch from the out-
lights Possible cause Solution

Advice
side
up Opening the rear lid
 Stop driving imme-
Before opening the rear lid, always remove
The rear lid is open
diately! any load on its luggage rack ››› .
 or not correctly
Open the rear lid and
shut.
close it again. Opening with the ignition key
Press the button  on the vehicle key until
Several warning and control lamps light up
the rear lid opens automatically.

Operation
for a few seconds when the ignition is switch-
ed on, signalling that the function is being
verified. They will switch off after a few sec- To open using the centre console control
onds. Press the  button on the centre console
A warning lamp appears on the dash panel
››› Fig. 52. The rear lid will be automatically
Fig. 52 Detailed view of the centre console: opened.
 if the boot hatch is open or not properly
closed. button for unlocking the rear lid The button is still operative when the ignition
is switched off.
Depending on the vehicle equipment, a sym-

Safety
bol may be displayed on the dash panel
Opening the rear lid with the button
screen instead of the warning lamp. The indi-
cation is also visible when the ignition is ● Unlock the vehicle or open a door.
switched off. The indication disappears ● Raise the rear lid using the button
around 15 seconds after the vehicle has ››› Fig. 53 (arrow). »
been locked.
67
 Operation

WARNING ● Push the rear lid downwards until it locks temperatures, depending on the time of year,
into place in the lock. thus causing serious injuries/illness and
Unsuitable or careless unlocking and opening
● Ensure that it is correctly closed by pulling even death.
of the rear lid could cause serious injuries.
on it firmly.
● If there is a loaded luggage carrier on the
rear lid, it could be unlocked or open but not Note
recognised as such. An unlocked or open rear Locking the rear lid
Before closing the rear lid, make sure that the
lid could open unexpectedly while driving. If you unlock the vehicle without opening any key has not been left inside the luggage com-
doors or the rear lid, it will lock again auto- partment.
Note matically after 30 seconds. This function pre-
vents the vehicle from remaining unlocked if
At outside temperatures of less than 0 °C
the unlocking button is pressed by mistake. Opening the rear lid electronically
(+32 °F), the pressurised gas struts cannot
always automatically lift the rear lid. In this Locking is only possible when the rear lid is
case, open the rear lid manually. correctly and fully closed.
● The rear lid is also locked by a central lock-
ing.
Closing the rear lid
● If the vehicle rear lid is locked or unlocked
using the  button, when it is closed once
more it will lock automatically.
● A closed but not locked rear lid will lock au-
tomatically at a speed above about 9 km/h
(7 mph).
Fig. 55 Button with rear lid open
WARNING
Opening the rear lid
Unsuitable or careless closing and locking of
the rear lid could cause serious injuries. ● Press and hold the  button on the vehi-
● Never allow children to play inside or cle key until the rear lid opens automatically.
Fig. 54 Rear lid open: hand grip around the vehicle without supervision, espe- ● OR: press and hold the  button on the
cially if the rear lid is open. Children could centre console for approximately 1 second
Closing the rear lid enter the luggage compartment, close the ››› Fig. 52.
● Grab the handgrip inside the rear lid rear lid and become trapped. A locked vehicle
● OR: press the ››› Fig. 53 boot hatch button
››› Fig. 54 (arrow). can be subjected to extremely high and low
(arrow).
68
 Opening and closing

In case of difficulty or obstruction, automatic Interrupting the opening and closing process WARNING

Technical specifications
opening of the rear lid is interrupted. Rear lid opening and closing can be stopped Unsuitable or careless closing and locking of
Electronically opening the rear lid does not by pressing one of the  buttons. Each time the rear lid could cause serious injuries.
work when a trailer is electrically connected one of the  buttons is pressed, the rear lid ● Never allow children to play inside or
and hitched to a factory fitted tow hitch moves to its initial position. around the vehicle without supervision, espe-
››› page 179. Then, it can be opened or closed by hand. To cially if the rear lid is open. Children could
The rear lid can be opened manually by ap- do this, apply a little more force. enter the luggage compartment, close the
rear lid and become trapped. A locked vehicle
plying more force.
can be subjected to extremely high and low
Memorising the opening angle
temperatures, depending on the time of year,
Closing the rear lid The rear lid must be at least half open to resulting in serious injuries/illness or even

Advice
● Press and hold the  button on the vehi- memorise an opening angle. death.
cle key for approximately 1 second.
● Stop automatic opening in the opening po-
● OR: press and hold the  button on the WARNING
sition required ››› page 69.
centre console for approximately 1 second It is possible that the rear lid does not open
● Hold down the button ››› Fig. 55 with the
››› Fig. 52. completely or, if it is open, closes alone if a
rear lid open for at least three seconds. The
● OR: press the ››› Fig. 53 boot hatch button opening angle is memorised.
large amount of snow has built up on it or if a
(arrow). luggage rack is fitted. In this case, the rear lid

Operation
Memorisation is confirmed by blinking of the must be supported.
● Press the button  on the open rear lid
››› Fig. 55 ››› . hazard warning lights and an audible warn-
ing. CAUTION
● Manually push the rear lid down to close it.
To fully open the boot hatch again, the open- ● When using a trailer, ensure that there is
The rear lid will move down to the closed po- ing angle must be memorised once more. sufficient space to open and close the rear
sition to close and lock itself automatically lid.
using the power-close feature ››› . ● Release the rear lid and open it to the ● Before opening the rear lid, any kind of
memorised height. equipment carrier should be removed, for ex-
In case of difficulty or obstruction, automatic
● Push the rear lid all the way up. To do this, ample a bicycle carrier.

Safety
closing of the rear lid is interrupted and it will
open slightly. apply a little more force.
● Hold down the button ››› Fig. 55 with the CAUTION
Check why the rear lid could not close.
rear lid open for at least three seconds. In case of repeated short-term use, the sys-
Attempt to close it once more. ● The opening angle is reset to the original tem is turned off to avoid overheating. »
factory setting.
69
 Operation

● When it has cooled, it may be used once Electric windows Function Necessary operations
again. During this time, the rear lid may be
manually opened or closed applying a little To stop the Press or pull on the corresponding win-
Opening and closing the electric one touch dow button.
more effort.
windows function:
● If the vehicle battery is disconnected or the
fuse blows when the rear lid is open, the rear Press the button  for the electronic
lid system must be re-initialised. To do this, child safety lock to deactivate the con-
close the rear lid. trols for the electric windows on the
 sliding doors and to lock these doors
››› page 64. The indicator on the button
Note will light up.
Before closing the rear lid, make sure that the
key has not been left inside the luggage com- After turning off the ignition, the windows
partment. can be opened and closed for a short time
using the buttons on the door as long as the
driver door or passenger side door is not
open. When the key is removed from the igni-
Fig. 56 In the driver door: Buttons for front
and rear electric windows and child safety
tion and the driver door is open, all of the
lock electric windows can be opened or closed at
the same time keeping the button on the
Buttons on the driver door driver’s door pressed down. After a few sec-
onds, the convenience opening or closing
Legend for the Fig. 56: function will begin ››› page 71.
1 For the front electric windows.
WARNING
2 For the sliding door electric windows.
Careless use of the electric windows can
3 To lock the sliding doors and their win- cause serious injury.
dows.
● Only operate the electric windows when
nobody is in the way.
Opening and closing the windows
● Never leave children or disabled people
Function Necessary operations alone in the vehicle if the doors are to be
locked. The windows cannot be opened in
Opening: Press button  . case of an emergency.
Closing: Push the button  .
70
 Opening and closing

● Always take all the keys with you whenever been disconnected or is flat and will have to Note

Technical specifications
you leave the vehicle. After turning off the ig- be reset.
The one-touch function and roll-back function
nition, the windows can be opened and
● Close all windows and doors. will not work if there is a malfunction in the
closed for a short time using the buttons on
electric windows. Visit a specialised work-
the door as long as the driver door or passen- ● Pull the button of the corresponding win-
shop.
ger side door is not open. dow and hold it for one second in this posi-
● When transporting children in the rear tion.
seats, always deactivate the rear electric win- ● Release the button and pull upwards and
dows with the child safety lock so that they Electric Windows anti-trap function
hold again. The one-touch function is now
cannot be opened and closed. ready for operation. The anti-trap function of the electric windows
The automatic one-touch electric windows can reduce the risk of injury when opening

Advice
can be reinitialised individually or several at and closing the electric windows ››› . If a
Electric windows: functions window is not able to close because it is stiff
a time.
or because of an obstruction, it will automati-
One-touch opening and closing
Convenience opening and closing function cally open again.
The one-touch automatic opening and clos-
ing is used to open or close the windows The electric windows can be opened or ● Check why the window does not close.
completely. It will not be necessary to hold closed from outside using the vehicle key: ● Attempt to close the window again.
the button of the corresponding electric win-

Operation
● Keep the vehicle unlocking or locking but- ● If you try within the following 10 seconds
dow.
ton pressed. All windows which function elec- and the window closes with difficulty or there
For the one-touch closing function: pull the trically will be either opened or closed. is an obstruction once again, the one-touch
button for the corresponding window up- ● To interrupt the function, release the lock-
closing will stop working for 10 seconds.
wards until it reaches the second position. ● If the window is still obstructed, it will stop
ing or unlocking button.
For the one-touch opening function: push the at the corresponding position. When the but-
button for the corresponding window down- During convenience closing, first the win- ton is operated within 10 seconds, the win-
wards until it reaches the second position. dows and then the sliding sunroof will be dow will close without the anti-trap function
closed. ››› .

Safety
To stop the one touch function: push or pull
on the button of the corresponding window. In the Configuration - convenience menu,
there are different settings for operating the To close windows without the anti-trap
windows ››› page 47. function
Restoring one-touch opening and closing
● Attempt to close the corresponding electric
The one-touch opening and closing function window within 10 seconds after by holding
is not active after the vehicle battery has the button. The window is closed without the »
71
 Operation

anti-trap function, deactivated for a short Panoramic sliding sunroof* Opening or closing the panoramic
time. sliding sunroof
● After more than 10 seconds, the anti-trap Introduction
function is reactivated. The window will stop
once again if there is another difficulty or ob- WARNING
stacle.
Careless or uncontrolled use of the panoram-
● If the window will still not close, visit a spe-
ic sliding sunroof can cause serious injuries.
cialised workshop.
● Only close the panoramic sliding sunroof
and the sun blind when nobody is in the way.
WARNING
● Always take all the keys with you whenever
Closing the electric windows without the an- you leave the vehicle.
ti-trap function can cause serious injury.
● Never leave children or disabled persons in
● Always close the electric windows careful-
the vehicle, particularly if they have access to Fig. 57 On the interior roof lining: use the ro-
ly. the keys. Uncontrolled use of the key could tary button for opening and closing
● Nobody should be in the way of the electric lock the vehicle, start the engine, turn on the
windows, especially when the anti-trap func- ignition and operate the panoramic sliding
tion is deactivated. sunroof.
● The anti-trap function does not prevent fin- ● The panoramic sliding sunroof can be oper-
gers or other parts of the body getting ated for up to about ten minutes after the ig-
pinched against the window frame and caus- nition has been switched off, provided the
ing injury. driver door and the front passenger door are
not opened.
Note
Note
The anti-trap function also operates if the
windows are closed from the outside of the In case of a fault in the operation of the pan-
vehicle using the ignition key for convenience oramic sliding sunroof, the anti-trap function Fig. 58 On the interior roof lining: Press the
closing ››› page 71. will not operate correctly. Visit a specialised button and pull on it to lift and close the slid-
workshop. ing sunroof.

To open the panoramic sliding sunroof, the

switch must be in the position 1 .

72
 Opening and closing

Switch Necessary opera- has been switched off, provided the driver The panoramic sliding sunroof can be operat-

Technical specifications
Function door and the front passenger door are not ed for up to about ten minutes after the igni-
setting tions
opened. tion has been switched off, provided the driv-
››› Fig. 57 er door and the front passenger door are not
opened.
Completely open-
ing the tilting 3 Opening or closing the sun blind
sunroof:
Panoramic sliding sunroof: operation
To choose the
Rotate the switch to
convenience po-
sition for the slid-
2 the required posi- Convenience open/close function
tion.
ing sunroof: The panoramic sliding sunroof can be

Advice
Completely clos-
opened or closed from outside the vehicle
ing the tilting 1 using the vehicle key:
sunroof:
● Keep the vehicle unlocking or locking but-
››› Fig. 58 ton pressed. The panoramic sliding sunroof
is adjusted or closes.
To completely de-
Briefly push the ● Release the unlock or lock button to stop
ploy the tilting 4 Fig. 59 On the interior roof lining: switches
switch back (arrow).
sunroof: for the sun blind the function.

Operation
Briefly push back the During convenience closing, first the win-
To stop automatic Function Necessary operations
4 or 5 button again or pull
operation: dows and then the panoramic sliding sunroof
it.
To open com- will be closed.
To completely pletely (automat- Press button ››› Fig. 59 1 briefly.
Briefly push the ic):
close the tilting 5 Note
switch back (arrow).
sunroof:
To stop automatic Briefly press the button ››› Fig. 59 The rotary button of the panoramic sliding
Pull the button or operation: 1 o ››› Fig. 59 2 . sunroof remains in the last position selected
To set the inter- hold it back until the if the roof is closed using convenience clos-

Safety
4 or 5 Hold the button ››› Fig. 59 1
mediate position: roof is in the required To set the inter- ing from outside the vehicle, and will have to
position. or ››› Fig. 59 2 until the required
mediate position:
position is reached.
be re-positioned the next time you drive.

The panoramic sliding sunroof will only work To close com-

with the ignition on. It can be opened or pletely (automat- Press button ››› Fig. 59 2 briefly.
closed for a few minutes after the ignition ic):

73
 Operation

Anti-trap function of the panoramic ● If the panoramic sliding sunroof still cannot
be closed, visit a specialised workshop.
Lights and visibility
sliding sunroof and the sun blind
The anti-trap function reduces the risk of in- WARNING Lights
jury when opening and closing the panoram- Closing the panoramic sliding sunroof or sun
ic sliding sunroof and sun blind ››› . When blind without the anti-trap function can cause Introduction
they encounter an obstacle while closing, serious injuries.
they reopen. The legal requirements regarding the use of
● Always close the panoramic sliding sunroof
vehicle lights in each country must be ob-
carefully.
● Check why the panoramic sliding sunroof served.
or the sun blind did not close. ● Nobody should be in the way of the panor-
amic sliding sunroof or sun blind, especially The driver is personally responsible for the
● Attempt to close the panoramic sliding correct use and adjustment of the lights in all
when they are closed without the anti-trap
sunroof or sun blind once again. function. situations.
● If the panoramic sliding sunroof or sun ● The anti-trap function does not prevent fin-
blind is still obstructed, it will stop at the cor- gers or other parts of the body getting WARNING
responding position. Close it without the an- pinched against the window frame and caus- If the headlights are set too high and the
ti-trap function. ing injury. main beam is not used correctly, there is a
risk of dazzling or distracting other road
Closing without the roll-back function Note users. This could result in a serious accident.
● The switch ››› Fig. 57 should be in the The anti-trap function is activated if the win-
● Always make sure that the headlights are
“closed” position A . correctly adjusted.
dows and the panoramic sliding sunroof are
● Panoramic sliding sunroof: Within 5 sec- closed from the outside of the vehicle using ● Never use the main beam or flashed head-
onds of triggering the anti-trap function, pull the ignition key for convenience closing lamps as this could dazzle other drivers.
the control all the way back ››› Fig. 58 (arrow ››› page 71.
E ) until the panoramic sliding sunroof
closes fully.
● Sun blind: Within 5 seconds of triggering
the anti-trap function, push button ››› Fig. 59
2 until the sun blind closes completely.
● The panoramic sliding sunroof or sun blind
closes without the anti-trap function.

74
 Lights and visibility

Control lamps Flashes Possible cause Solution The legal requirements regarding the use of

Technical specifications
vehicle lights in each country must be ob-
It lights  Fault in the adap-
Contact a special- served.
Possible cause Solution ised workshop
up tive light system.
››› page 76. In vehicles with tow hitch fitted as standard:
if the trailer is connected electrically and is
Replace the corre-
sponding bulb Several warning and control lamps light up fitted with a rear fog light, the vehicle’s fog
››› page 266. for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- light is automatically switched off.
Driving light totally If all the bulbs are ed on, signalling that the function is being Turn the light switch to the required position
or partially faulty. OK, the vehicle verified. They will switch off after a few sec-
 should be taken to ››› Fig. 60:
onds.
a specialised work-
shop if necessary. When the igni-

Advice
WARNING When the ignition
tion is switched
Fault in adaptive
››› page 77. Observe the safety warnings ››› in Control
is on
light. off
and warning lamps on page 47.
Rear fog light Fog lights, dipped
Lights off or daytime
 switched on.  beam and side
driving light on.
››› page 75. lights off.
Front fog lights Turning lights on and off
 switched on The guidance lights Automatic dipped


Operation
may be switched beam control or day-
Left or right turn on. time driving light on.
signal.
The control lamp If necessary, check  Side light on. Side light on.
 flashes twice as the vehicle and
Dipped beam off; if
fast when a vehicle trailer lighting.
necessary, the side Dipped beam switch-
or trailer turn signal  light comes on for a ed on.
is faulty.
time.
Main beam on or
 flasher on.
››› page 76.

Safety
Fog lights
Headlight adjust- The warning lamps  or  on the light
 ment (Light Assist) ››› page 76. Fig. 60 Next to the steering wheel: diagram
switch also indicate that the fog lights are
on. of some of the types of light switch
switched on. »

75
 Operation

● Switching on the front fog lights : Turn Turn signal and main beam lever wards and release the lever. The turn signal
the switch to position  or pull out  to the will flash three times.
first stop.
The control turn signals are switched on and
● Switching on the rear fog light : turn the off from the menu Lights & Visibility on the in-
light switch to position  or pull out  to strument panel display ››› page 47. This func-
the maximum. tion can be disconnected at a specialised
● To switch off the fog lights, press the light workshop for those vehicles which do not
switch or turn it to position . have the menu Lights & Visibility.

Audible warnings to advise the driver that WARNING

the lights have not been switched off Incorrect use of the headlights may cause ac-
If the key is not in the ignition and the driver cidents and serious injury, as the main beam
Fig. 61 Turn signal and main beam lever may distract or dazzle other drivers.
door is open, an audible warning signal is
heard in the following cases: this is a remind- Move the lever to the required position:
er to turn off the lights. Note
1 Right turn signal. Right-hand parking ● The turn signal only works when the igni-
● When the parking light is on ››› page 76. light (ignition switched off) ››› page 76. tion is switched on. The hazard warning
● When the light switch is in position . 2 Left turn signal. Left-hand parking light lights also work when the ignition is switch-
(ignition switched off) ››› page 76. ed off ››› page 242.
WARNING
3 Main beam switched on ››› . The control ● If a turn signal on the vehicle or trailer is
The side lights or daytime driving lights are lamp  will light up on the instrument faulty, the warning lamp flashes twice as fast
not bright enough to illuminate the road panel. as usual.
ahead and to ensure that other road users are ● The main beam headlights can only be
able to see you. 4 Flashing the headlights. The flashed
switched on if the dipped beam headlights
beam comes on if the lever is pressed.
● Always use your dipped beam head lights if are already on.
The control lamp lights up.
it is raining or if visibility is poor.
Push the lever all the way down to turn off
the corresponding function. Lights and visibility: functions

Convenience turn signals Parking light

For the convenience turn signals, move the When the parking light is switched on, (right
lever as far as possible upwards or down- or left turn signal), the front side light and
76
 Lights and visibility

the rear light on the corresponding side of Automatic switching Automatic switching ● The automatic dipped beam control ()

Technical specifications
the vehicle stay lit. The parking lights will on- on off or switch to day- only switches on the dipped beam when
ly work with the ignition off. time running lighting there are no changes in brightness, and not,
for example when it is foggy.
Daytime driving light The rain sensor detects When the windscreen wip- ● Never drive with daytime lights if the road
rain and activates the er has been inactive for a
The daytime light reduces the risk of acci- is not well lit due to weather or lighting con-
windscreen wipers. few minutes.
dents by increasing the visibility of the vehi- ditions. Daytime lights do not provide
cle. These are independent lights which are enough light to illuminate the road properly
Adaptive headlights (AFS) or be seen by other road users.
built into the headlights and which come on
each time the ignition is turned on if the light The adaptive headlights only operate when ● The rear lights do not come on with the
switch is in position  or 0. the dipped beam is on and at speeds of over daytime driving light. A vehicle which does

Advice
10 km/h (6 mph). On bends, the adaptive not have the rear lights on may not be visible
When the light switch is in position , a headlights automatically improve lighting on to other drivers in the darkness, if it is rain-
photo sensor automatically turns the instru- the road ahead. ing or in conditions of poor visibility.
ment and switch lighting on and off.
The adaptive headlights can be switched on
Automatic dipped beam control  and off from the infotainment system.
Headlight adjustment
The automatic dipped beam control is merely
Static turning lights Headlight adjustment (Light Assist)
intended as an aid and is not able to recog-

Operation
nise all driving situations. When turning slowly to change direction or The headlight adjustment automatically con-
going round a tight bend, the static cornering nects and disconnects these lights depend-
When the light switch is in position , the lights automatically come on. The static cor-
vehicle lights and the instrument panel and ing on the environmental and traffic condi-
nering lights only work at speeds of less than tions and on the speed, within the limitations
switch lighting switch on and off automatical- 40 km/h (25 mph).
ly in the following situations ››› : of the system ››› . This is monitored by a
The static cornering lights may be incorpora- sensor located on the inside of the wind-
Automatic switching Automatic switching ted into the fog lights or the front headlights, screen, above the interior rear vision mirror.
on off or switch to day- depending upon the equipment. The automatic headlight adjustment auto-

Safety
time running lighting matically switches on the lights depending
WARNING
The photo sensor detects When adequate lighting is
on the vehicles travelling in front and in the
darkness, for example, detected. If the road is not well lit and other road users opposite direction, and on other environmen-
when driving through a cannot see the vehicle well enough or at all, tal and traffic conditions from an approxi-
tunnel. accidents may occur. mate speed of 60 km/h (37 mph) and turns »

77
 Operation

them off again at speeds below approximate- ● If the camera is damaged or if the power “Coming home” and “Leaving home”
ly 30 km/h (18 mph). supply has been cut off function (guidance lights)
● In the event of fog, snow or heavy rain
Switching on and off The “Coming home” function should be
● In the event of dust or sand storms
switched on manually. However the “Leav-
Action ● If the windscreen is damaged by the impact ing home” function is automatically control-
Switch- – With the ignition on, turn the lights control from a stone in the camera's field of vision led by a photo sensor.
ing on: to the position  and put the turn signal ● If the camera's field of vision is misted up,
and main beam lever in the main beam posi- dirty or covered by a sticker, snow or ice. Coming home: necessary operations
tion ››› page 76. When the headlight adjust-
ment (automatic lights also) is activated, the – Switch off the ignition.
warning lamp lights up in the dash panel WARNING
– Briefly flash the headlights for ap-
display . The greater comfort that the headlight ad- proximately one second ››› page 76.
justment provides (automatic also) must not To switch sys- The “Coming home” lighting comes on
Switch- – Disconnect the on button. tem on: when the driver door is opened. The
ing off: – OR: turn the lights control to a different po-
cause you to take risks. The system is not a
replacement for driver awareness. delay in switching off the headlights is
sition to  ››› page 75. counted from when the last door or
– OR: place the turn signal and main beam ● Always monitor the lights yourself and ad- boot hatch is closed.
lever in the headlight flasher or main beam just them depending on the light, visibility
position ››› page 76. and traffic conditions. – Automatically at the end of the delay
period.
● The headlight adjustment (automatic also)
The following conditions can cause the head- – Automatically, if 30 seconds after
may not correctly detect all situations and in To switch sys- coming on, a vehicle door or the boot
light adjustment to fail to turn off the main certain situations may only provide limited tem off: hatch remains open.
beam or fail to do so in time: function. – When the light switch is turned to po-
● On roads with insufficient lighting with very ● If the windscreen is damaged or modifica- sition .
tions are made to the vehicle lighting, this – When the ignition is switched on.
reflective signs
may harm the functioning of the headlight
● If road users are insufficiently lit up, e.g.
adjustment (automatic lights also), for exam- Leaving home: necessary operations
pedestrians or cyclists. ple, if additional headlight are fitted.
● On closed curves, when the traffic in the – Unlock the vehicle when the light
To switch sys-
switch is in position  and the pho-
opposite direction is partially hidden, on pro- Note tem on:
to sensor detects darkness.
nounced slopes
Main beam and flashed headlights can be
● On roads with traffic in the opposite direc-
turned on and off manually at any time with
tion and with a central reservation barrier the turn signal and main beam lever
where the driver can see through gaps or ››› page 76.
over it e.g. lorry drivers.
78
 Lights and visibility

Leaving home: necessary operations Adhesive strips for headlights or Headlight range control, instrument

Technical specifications
adjusting headlights and switch lighting
– Automatically, at the end of the delay
period. In those countries where vehicles drive on
To switch sys- – When the vehicle is locked.
tem off: – When the light switch is turned to po-
the other side of the road to the home coun-
sition . try, the asymmetric dipped beam may dazzle
– When the ignition is switched on. drivers of oncoming vehicles. Therefore,
when driving abroad, adhesive strips should
Lighting around the exterior mirrors be attached to the headlights or the head-
lights should be adjusted accordingly.
The lighting around the exterior mirrors illu-
minates the door area on entering and leav- The direction of the headlights can be adjus-

Advice
ing the vehicles. It comes on when the vehi- ted from the instrument panel, in the Tourist
cle is unlocked, when the vehicle door is light submenu of the Configuration menu
opened and when the “Coming home” or ››› page 51. Fig. 62 Next to the steering wheel: instru-
ment and switch lighting control 1 and
“Leaving home” function is switched on. If For those vehicles in which it is not possible headlight range control 2
the equipment includes the light sensor, the to adjust the headlights from the menu, ad-
lighting around the exterior mirrors only hesive strips are used to cover certain parts 1 Instrument and switch lighting
comes when it is dark. of the headlamp cover or the headlights may
When the headlights are switched on, the

Operation
be adjusted at a specialised workshop. For
Note brightness of the instruments and switch
further information, please refer to a special-
lighting can be regulated by turning the
● The time taken for the headlights to go off ised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a
switch ››› Fig. 62 1 .
can be changed in the Lights & Visibility menu technical service.
and the function can be switched on or off
››› page 47. Note
2 Headlight range control
● When the “Coming home” function is on, if Use of the Tourist light option and the adhe- The headlight range control ››› Fig. 62 2 is
the vehicle door is opened there is no audible sives on the headlights is only allowed if they modified according to the value of the head-
warning signal to advise that the light is still are to be used for a short period of time. To light beam and the vehicle load status. This

Safety
on. modify the direction of the headlights perma- offers the driver optimum visibility and the
nently, please take the vehicle to a special- headlights do not dazzle oncoming drivers
ised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a ››› .
technical service centre.
The headlights can only be adjusted when
the dipped beam is switched on. »
79
 Operation

To reset, turn switch ››› Fig. 62 2 : Interior and reading lights Note
The reading lights go out when the vehicle is
Value Vehicle load statusa) Button/ Function locked, or a few minutes after the key is re-
Two front occupants, luggage compart- Switch moved from the ignition. This prevents the
– vehicle's battery from discharging.
ment empty
 Switches interior lights off.
All seats occupied, luggage compartment
1  Switches interior lights on.
empty

All seats occupied, luggage compartment Switches door contact control on (cen- Visibility
2 tral position).
full With trailer and minimum drawbar load
The interior lights come on automati-
Driver only, luggage compartment full With cally when the vehicle is unlocked, a
Sun visors
3
trailer and maximum drawbar load  door is opened or the key is removed
from the ignition.
a) If the vehicle load does not correspond to those shown in the The lights go off a few seconds after all
table, it is possible to select intermediary positions. the doors are closed, the vehicle is
locked or the ignition is switched on.
Dynamic headlight range control
 Turning the reading light on and off
The control 2 is not mounted in vehicles
with dynamic headlight range control. The
Storage and luggage compartment lighting
headlight range is automatically adjusted ac-
cording to the vehicle load status when they When the glove compartment and the rear lid
are switched on. are opened and closed, a light automatically
switches on or off. Fig. 63 Sun visor
WARNING
Heavy objects in the vehicle may mean that Ambient lighting Options for adjusting driver and front
the headlights dazzle and distract other driv- The ambient lighting in the front covering of passenger sun visors:
ers. This could result in a serious accident. the ceiling lights up the controls on the cen- ● Lower the sun visor towards the wind-
● Adjust the light beam to the vehicle load tre console from above when the side light or screen.
status so that it does not blind other drivers. dipped beam lights are on. ● The sun visor can be pulled out of its
In addition, the lever on the door moulding mounting and turned towards the door
can also be illuminated. ››› Fig. 63
1 .
● Swing the sun visor towards the door, lon-
gitudinally backwards.
80
 Lights and visibility

Vanity mirror light Rear side window sun blinds Windscreen wiper and window

Technical specifications
There may be a vanity mirror, with a cover, on wiper systems
the rear of the sun visor. When the cover is
opened ››› Fig. 63 2 a light comes on.
Introduction
The lamp goes out when the vanity mirror
cover is closed or the sun visor is pushed WARNING
back up.
Water from the windscreen washer water bot-
tle may freeze on the windscreen if it does
WARNING
not contain enough anti-freeze, reducing for-
Sun visors and sun blinds may reduce visibili- ward visibility.

Advice
ty when open. ● In winter, ensure the windscreen washer
● Always roll or fold sun blinds and visors contains enough anti-freeze.
away when not in use. ● In cold conditions, you should not use the
Fig. 64 On the rear right-hand window: sun wash/wipe system unless you have warmed
Note blind the windscreen with the ventilation system.
The antifreeze could freeze on the windscreen
The light above the sun visor automatically and reduce visibility.
switches off after a few minutes in certain The sun blinds for the vehicle interior are fit-
ted in the side panels of the windows.

Operation
conditions. This prevents the battery from
discharging. WARNING
● Pull the sun blind by the handle ››› Fig. 64
A up to the top. Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility
and increase the risk of accident and serious
● Hook both rings of the fastening rod in the
injury.
spaces provided B . Check that the sun blind
● Always replace damaged or worn blades or
is securely hooked into the spaces provided
blades which do not clean the windscreen
when it has been lowered B . correctly.
● To put the sun blind away, unhook it at the

Safety
top and lower by hand ››› .
CAUTION
CAUTION In icy conditions, always check that the wiper
blades are not frozen to the glass before us-
To prevent damage to the blind or the interior ing the wipers for the first time. In cold
trim, do not lower the sun blind “quickly”. weather, it may help to leave the vehicle »
81
 Operation

parked with the wipers in service position Window wiper lever Move the lever to the required position ››› :
››› page 83.
Automatic wipe for cleaning rear win-
7  dows with the lever pressed.

Control lamp CAUTION

If the ignition is switched off while the wind-
It
screen wipers are on, the windscreen wipers
lights Possible cause Solution carry on wiping at the same level when the
up ignition is switched back on. Ice, snow and
Top up the windscreen other obstacles may damage the windscreen
Windscreen wiper wiper reservoir as wiper and the respective motor.
 fluid level too low soon as possible Fig. 65 Operating the windscreen wiper and
››› page 226. rear wiper Note
Several warning and control lamps light up ● The windscreen wipers will only function
for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- Move the lever to the required position ››› : when the ignition is switched on and the re-
ed on, signalling that the function is being spective bonnet or rear lid are closed.
verified. They will switch off after a few sec-
0  Windscreen wiper off.
● The interval wipe speed varies according to
onds. Windscreen wipers interval wipe. the vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle is
Using the control ››› Fig. 65 A adjust moving, the more often the windscreen is
1  the interval (vehicles without rain sen- cleaned.
sor), or the sensitivity of the rain sensor. ● The rear wiper is automatically switched on
when the windscreen wiper is on and the car
2  Slow wipe.
is in reverse gear.
3  Continuous wipe.

Brief wipe - short wipe. Hold the lever

4  down for more time to increase the wipe
frequency.

Automatic wipe for cleaning wind-

5  screens with the lever up.

Interval wipe for rear window. The wiper

6  wipes the window at 6-second intervals.

82
 Lights and visibility

Windscreen wiper functions the dipped beam or main beam are on. Any the windscreen wipers in the service posi-

Technical specifications
incrusted dirt (such as insects) should be tion, proceed as follows:
Windscreen wiper performance in different sit- cleaned regularly (e.g. when refuelling).
● The bonnet must be closed ››› page 214.
uations To ensure the headlight washers work cor-
● Switch the ignition on and off.
rectly in winter, any snow which has got into
If the vehicle ● Press the windscreen wiper lever down-
The activated position provisionally the bumper jet supports should be cleaned
is at a stand-
still
changes to the previous position. away. If necessary, remove snow with an anti- wards briefly ››› Fig. 65 4 .
icing spray.
The air conditioner comes on for ap- Before driving, always lower the wiper arms.
proximately 30 seconds in air recircula- Using the windscreen wiper lever, the wind-
During auto- Note
tion mode to prevent the smell of the screen wiper arms return to their initial posi-
matic wipe
windscreen washer fluid entering the The wiper will try to wipe away any obstacles tion.

Advice
inside the vehicle. that are on the windscreen. The wiper will
stop moving if the obstacle blocks its path.
Intervals between wipes depend on the Lifting and returning windscreen wiper arms
For the inter- Remove the obstacle and switch the wiper
vehicle's speed. The higher the vehicle
val wipe back on again. ● Place the wiper arms in the service position
speed the shorter the intervals.
››› .
● Only hold the wiper arms at the point
Heated windscreen washer jets
Windscreen wipers service position where the blade is fixed.
The heating only thaws the frozen jets, it

Operation
does not thaw the water in the washer hoses. CAUTION
The heated windscreen washer jets automati-
● To prevent damage to the bonnet and the
cally adjust the heat depending on the ambi-
wiper arms, only leave them in the service
ent temperature, when the ignition is switch-
position.
ed on.
● Before driving, always lower the wiper
arms.
Headlight wash/wipe system
The headlight washers/wipers clean the

Safety
headlight lenses.
After the ignition is switched on, the first and
every fifth time the windscreen washer is Fig. 66 Wipers in service position
switched on, the headlights are also washed.
Therefore, the windscreen wiper lever should The wiper arms can be raised when the wip-
be pulled towards the steering wheel when ers are in service position ››› Fig. 66. To place
83
 Operation

Rain sensor* Move the lever to the required position reduce the effectiveness of the rain sensor or
››› Fig. 67: make it react more slowly, later or not at all.
● Cracked windscreen: the impact of a stone
0 Rain sensor off.
will trigger a single wipe cycle with the rain
1 Rain sensor on; automatic wipe if neces- sensor on. Next the rain sensor detects the
sary. reduction in the sensitive surface area and
A Setting sensitivity level of rain sensor adapts accordingly. The behaviour of the sen-
– Set control to the right: highly sensi- sor will vary with the size of the damage
tive. caused by the stone.
– Set control to the left: less sensitive.
WARNING
When the ignition is switched off and then The rain sensor may not detect enough rain
Fig. 67 Windscreen wiper lever: adjusting the back on, the rain sensor stays on and starts to switch on the wipers.
rain sensor A operating again when the windscreen wipers ● If necessary, switch on the wipers manually
are in position 1 and the vehicle is travel- when water on the windscreen obstructs visi-
ling at more than 4 km/h (2 mph). bility.

Rain sensor modified behaviour Note

Possible causes of faults and mistaken read- ● Clean the sensitive surface of the rain sen-
ings on the sensitive surface ››› Fig. 68 of the sor regularly and check the blades for dam-
rain sensor include: age ››› Fig. 68 (arrow).
● Damaged blades: a film of water on the ● To remove wax and coatings, we recom-
damaged blades may lengthen the activation mend a window cleaner containing alcohol.
time, reduce the washing intervals or result
Fig. 68 Rain sensor sensitive surface in a fast and continuous wipe.
● Insects: insects on the sensor may trigger
The rain sensor controls the frequency of the
the windscreen wiper.
windscreen wiper intervals, depending on
the amount of rain ››› . The sensitivity of the ● Salt on roads: in winter, salt spread in the
rain sensor can be adjusted manually. Man- roads may cause an extra long wipe when the
ual wipe ››› page 82. windscreen is almost dry.
● Dirt: dry dust, wax, coating on glass (Lotus
effect) or traces of detergent (car wash) may
84
 Lights and visibility

Rear vision mirror CAUTION

Technical specifications
In the event that an automatic anti-dazzle
Introduction rear vision mirror breaks, an electrolyte fluid
may leak. This liquid attacks plastic surfaces.
WARNING Therefore, it should be cleaned as fast as
possible with a damp sponge or similar.
The automatic anti-dazzle rear vision mirror
contains an electrolytic fluid which may leak
if the mirror is broken. This could cause irrita-
tion to the skin, eyes and respiratory organs. Rear vision mirror
● The electrolytic fluid may cause irritation to
Fig. 70 Automatic anti-dazzle function for
the skin, eyes and respiratory organs, partic-

Advice
rear vision mirror
ularly in individuals suffering from asthma or
other illnesses. Make sure that adequate
The driver should always adjust the rear vi-
quantities of fresh air enter and leave the ve-
hicle if it is not possible to open all the doors
sion mirror to permit adequate visibility
and windows. through the rear window.
● If the electrolytic fluid comes into contact
Manual anti-dazzle function for interior rear
with eyes or skin, wash the area for at least
vision mirror

Operation
15 minutes with plenty of water, and seek
medical advice. ● Basic position: point the lever at the bot-
● If the electrolytic fluid comes into contact Fig. 69 Manual anti-dazzle function for rear tom of the mirror forwards.
with shoes or clothing, wash the area for at vision mirror ● Pull the lever to the back to select the anti-
least 15 minutes with plenty of water. Wash dazzle function ››› Fig. 69.
shoes and clothing before wearing them
again.
Automatic anti-dazzle function for interior
● If the electrolytic fluid is swallowed, wash mirror
your mouth with plenty of water for at least
Legend for the Fig. 70:

Safety
15 minutes. Do not try to provoke vomiting
unless recommended by a Doctor. Seek medi-
cal advice immediately.
1 Control lamp
2 Control
3 Light incidence sensor »

85
 Operation

This function can be activated and deactiva- Exterior mirrors Synchronised mirror adjustment
ted by pressing the rear-view mirror switch ● In the Settings - Convenience menu, select
››› Fig. 70 2 . When it is activated, the warn- whether or not the mirrors should move in
ing lamp lights up 1 . synchronisation ››› page 47.
When the ignition is on, the sensor 3 auto- ● Turn the knob to position L.
matically moves the rear vision mirror to the ● Adjust the left-hand exterior mirror. The
anti-dazzle position depending upon the in-
right exterior mirror will be adjusted at the
cidence of the light from behind.
same time (synchronised).
The automatic anti-dazzle function is deacti- ● If necessary the right exterior mirror adjust-
vated when reverse gear is engaged or the in- ment may need correcting. turn the control to
terior or reading lights are on. position R.
Fig. 71 In the driver door: exterior mirror con-
Note trols Automatic anti-dazzle exterior mirror, driver
If the light is obstructed or prevented from side
reaching the sensor, e.g. by the sun blinds, Turn the knob to the required position: The automatic anti-dazzle exterior mirror is
the rear vision mirror with automatic anti-
dazzle function will not operate correctly.
controlled in the same way as the automatic
 Electric folding exterior mirrors ››› .
anti-dazzle rear vision mirror ››› page 85.
Switch on the exterior mirror heating This only
 heats up if the ambient temperature is less Store the reverse settings for the passenger
than +20 °C (+68 °F). exterior mirror
Adjust the left-hand exterior mirror by turning ● Select the vehicle key in which the setting
 the knob forward, backward, to the right or to is to be stored.
the left.
● Use this key to unlock the vehicle.
Adjust the right-hand exterior mirror by turning ● Connect the automatic parking brake.
 the knob forward, backward, to the right or to
● Switch the ignition on.
the left.
● Move the gear lever to neutral.
Zero position. Exterior mirror unfolded, exterior
 mirror heating off, adjustment of exterior mir- ● In the menu Settings - Convenience activate
ror not possible. the function Mirror adjustment.
● Select reverse gear.

86
 Lights and visibility

● Adjust the front passenger side exterior WARNING Note

Technical specifications
mirror so that you can see, for example, the
kerb area. Failure to correctly estimate the distance of ● The exterior mirror heating initially heats
the vehicle behind could lead to serious acci- up with a high power, after two minutes the
● The new position of the mirror will be stor- dent. heat will depend upon the ambient tempera-
ed automatically and allocated to the vehicle ● Rear-view convex or aspheric mirrors in- ture.
key that was used to unlock the vehicle. For crease the field of vision, however objects ap- ● In the event of faults, the electric exterior
vehicles with seat memory, please see pear smaller and further away in the mirrors. mirrors can be adjusted manually by pressing
››› page 93. ● The use of these mirrors to estimate the the edge of the mirror surface.
distance to the next vehicle when changing
Activating the passenger exterior mirror lane is imprecise and could result in serious
settings accident.

Advice
● Turn the exterior mirror knob to position R. ● If possible, use the rear vision mirror to es-
● With the ignition switched on, select re- timate distances to vehicles behind you or in
verse gear. other circumstances.
● Make sure that the rear visibility is ade-
● The stored position of the passenger exteri-
quate.
or mirror for reverse gear is deleted when
driving forwards at 15 km/h (9 mph), or if the
knob is turned from position R to another po- CAUTION

Operation
sition. ● Before entering a car wash, always ensure
that the exterior mirrors are correctly folded
WARNING in.
Fold and unfold the exterior mirror, taking ● Electrically-folding exterior mirrors should
care to avoid injuries. not be folded and unfolded mechanically as
● Only fold or unfold the exterior mirror when this may damage the electrical operation.
there is no-one in the way of the mirror.
● When moving the mirror, take care not to For the sake of the environment

Safety
trap fingers between the mirror and the mir- The exterior mirror heating should be switch-
ror bracket. ed off when it is no longer needed. Other-
wise, it is an unnecessary fuel waste.

87
 Operation

Seats and head restraints Fig. 72 Function Necessary operations

Adjusting the
Adjusting the seats and head 2 lumbar sup- Turn the lever.
port*.
restraints
Adjusting the
3 seat backrest Turn the wheel.
Manually adjusting the front seat
angle.

Pull the lever up or push

Adjusting the down (several times if
4
seat height. necessary) from its home Fig. 74 Adjusting the lumbar support
position.
The controls are mirrored for the front right-
hand seat.
Electrical controls on the front seat* Mechanically and electrically adjusted con-
trols can be combined on the seat.

Fig. 73 Press the control in the direction of the

Fig. 72 Front left seat controls arrow:

The controls are mirrored for the front right- Move the seat backwards or for-
1
hand seat. wards.

Mechanically and electrically adjusted con- A 2 and

Raise or lower the seat.
3
trols can be combined on the seat.
2 or 3 Adjust the seat angle.
Fig. 72 Function Necessary operations
Fig. 73 Adjusting the front left seat forwards Forwards
Pull the lever and move or backwards, the height, the seat angle and B or back- Adjust the seat backrest angle.
Moving the wards.
the seat forwards. The the front seat backrest
head restraint
1 front seat must be engag-
backwards or
ed when the lever is re-
forwards.
leased!

88
 Seats and head restraints

Fig. 74 Press the corresponding area of the Adjusting the rear seats CAUTION

Technical specifications
switch: ● Tilting the seat backrest of the second row
1 or 2 Adjust the curve of the lumbar support.
of seats fully back could damage the luggage
compartment tray. Remove the tray before
3 or 4 Adjust the height of the lumbar support. adjusting the seat backrest.
● Objects in the luggage compartment could
WARNING cause damage when moving the rear seats
forwards or backwards.
Using the front electric seats in a careless or
uncontrolled manner may lead to severe inju-
ries.

Advice
● The front seats can also be electrically ad-
justed when the ignition is switched off. Nev- Fig. 75 Adjusting rear seats
er leave children or disabled people alone in
the vehicle.
Necessary opera-
● In the event of an emergency, stop electri- Fig. 75 Function
tions
cal adjustment by pressing any button.
Pull the lever and adjust
CAUTION the seat backrest to the

Operation
required position ››› .
So as not the damage the electrical compo- The seat backrest must
nents of the front seats, do not kneel on the Adjusting the
be engaged when the
seats or apply specific pressure to one point lever is released! There is
1 seat backrest
of the seat or seat backrest. a handle instead of the
angle.
lever on the third row of
seats and on the central
Note seat of the second row. It
is used in the same man-
● It may not be possible to electrically adjust
ner as the lever.
the seat if the vehicle battery is very low.

Safety
● Seat adjustment is stopped when the en- On the second
Pull the lever and move
gine is started. row of seats
the seat forwards or
only: moving
2 backwards. The seat
the seat back-
must be engaged when
wards or for-
the lever is released!
wards.

89
 Operation

Adjusting the head restraints Correct adjustment of head restraints

Adjust the head restraint so that its upper
edge is at the same level as the top of your
head, or as close as possible to the same lev-
el as the top of your head and under no cir-
cumstances below eye level. Keep the back
of your neck as close as possible to the head
restraint.

Adjusting the head restraint for short people

Fig. 77 Adjust the head restraints in the sec-
Lower the head restraint completely, even if
ond or third row of seats
your head is below its upper edge. When the
head restraint is at its lowest, it is possible
All seats are equipped with a head restraint.
that a small gap remains between it and the
seat backrest.
Adjusting height
● Raise the head restraint in the direction of Adjusting the head restraint for tall people
the arrow or lower it ››› Fig. 76 or ››› Fig. 77 1
Raise the head restraint completely.
with the button pressed ››› .
● The head restraint must engage securely in WARNING
position. There are three possible positions
on the second row of seats and two possible Travelling with the head restraints removed
or improperly adjusted increases the risk of
positions on the third row of seats.
Fig. 76 A: Adjust the head restraints with no severe or fatal injuries in the event of acci-
possibility of lengthways direction adjust- dents and sudden braking or manoeuvres.
ment; B: Adjust the head restraints with
Adjusting the front head restraints
● Always fit and adjust the head restraint
lengthways direction adjustment ● Push the head restraint forward in the di- properly whenever a person is occupying a
rection of the arrow or backward ››› Fig. 76 1 seat.
B with the button pressed. ● All vehicle occupants must correctly adjust
● The head restraint must engage securely in the head restraint according to their height to
position. reduce the risk of back injuries in the event of
an accident. The upper edge of the head re-
straint must be as close as possible to the

90
 Seats and head restraints

same level as the top of your head and under Removing and fitting the head

Technical specifications
no circumstances below eye level. Keep the restraints
back of your neck as close as possible to the
head restraint.
● Never adjust the head restraint while the
vehicle is in motion.

Fig. 79 Fitting the head restraints in the sec-

Advice
ond or third row of seats

All seats are equipped with a head restraint.

Removing the front head restraints in

vehicles without the lengthways direction
adjustment of the head restraints
● If necessary, adjust the seat backrest so

Operation
that the head restraint can be fitted.
● Push the head restraint up as far as it will
go ››› .
● Pull out the head restraint pressing the but-
ton completely ››› Fig. 78 1 A.
Fig. 78 A: Fitting the head restraints with no
possibility of lengthways direction adjust-
ment; B: Fitting the head restraints with Fitting the front head restraints in vehicles
lengthways direction adjustment without the lengthways direction adjustment

Safety
of the head restraints
● Correctly place the head restraint into the
guides on the seat backrest and insert it.
● Completely press the button 1 A and push
the head restraint downwards. »
91
 Operation

● Adjust the head restraint according to the Removing the head restraints from the ● Always fit and adjust the head restraint
correct seat position and secure it second and third row of seats properly whenever a person is occupying a
››› page 90. ● Fold the seat backrest of the rear seat for- seat.
wards ››› page 100. ● Refit any removed head restraints immedi-
Removing the front head restraints in ately so that passengers are properly protec-
● Push the head restraint up as far as it will
vehicles with the lengthways direction ted.
adjustment of the head restraints go ››› .
● Pull out the head restraint ››› Fig. 79 1
● If necessary, adjust the seat backrest so CAUTION
with the button pressed.
that the head restraint can be fitted.
● Fold the seat backrest of the rear seat back- When removing and fitting the head restraint,
● Push the head restraint up and backward make sure it does not hit the headliner of the
wards until it is engaged.
as far as it will go ››› . vehicle or the front seat backrest. Otherwise,
● Place a flat object, e.g. a plastic card 2 B, the interior roof and other parts of the vehicle
Fitting the head restraints in the second and could be damaged.
on both sides between the seat backrest cov- third row of seats
er and the end protector of the seat backrest
● Fold the seat backrest of the rear seat for-
retaining bar and unlock the retaining bars
with a little pressure. wards ››› page 100.
● Completely pull out the head restraint. ● Insert the head restraint into the guides on
the seat backrest.
Fitting the front head restraints in vehicles ● Push the head restraint down while press-
with the lengthways direction adjustment of ing the button 1 .
the head restraints ● Fold the backrest of the rear seat backward
● Pull out the two retaining bars from the again until it is engaged.
head restraint as far as possible. ● Adjust the head restraint to the correct po-
● Correctly place the head restraint into the sition ››› page 90.
guides on the seat backrest and insert it.
WARNING
● Push the head restraint down as far as pos-
sible until the two retaining bars are secured. Travelling with the head restraints removed
or improperly adjusted increases the risk of
● Adjust the head restraint according to the
severe or fatal injuries in the event of acci-
correct seat position and secure it dents and sudden braking or manoeuvres.
››› page 90.

92
 Seats and head restraints

Seat functions The seat cushions can be heated electrically WARNING

Technical specifications
when the ignition is switched on. The back-
rest is also heated in some versions. People whose pain and temperature thresh-
Seat heating* old has been affected by some kind of medi-
Switch off seat heating if there is nobody in cine, paraplegia or chronic illness (e.g. diabe-
the seat. tes) may sustain burns to the back, buttocks
and legs from using the seat heaters that
Function Action ››› Fig. 80, ››› Fig. 81 may lead to a long healing process or that
may never completely heal. Seek medical ad-
Activate Press button . Seat heating is vice if you have doubts regarding your health.
switched on fully. ● People with limited pain and temperature
Adjusting the Keep pressing button  until the re- thresholds must never use seat heating.

Advice
heating output quired intensity is set.

Deactivating Keep pressing button  until all of CAUTION

the lights are switched off ››› Fig. 80, ● To avoid damaging the heating elements of
Fig. 80 Detailed view of the centre console: ››› Fig. 81. the seat heaters, please do not kneel on the
front seat heating controls, here with the sec- seat or apply sharp pressure to a single point
ond temperature level set WARNING on the seat cushion or backrest.
Inappropriate use of the seat functions can ● Liquids, sharp objects and insulating mate-

Operation
cause severe injuries. rials on the seat could damage the seat heat-
ing.
● Assume the proper sitting position before
your trip and remain in it throughout. This al- ● In the event of smells, switch off the seat
so applies to the other occupants. heating immediately and have the unit in-
spected by a specialised workshop.
● Only adjust the seat position memory when
the vehicle is stationary.
● Only switch the lumbar massage function For the sake of the environment
on and off when the vehicle is stationary. The seat heating should remain on only when

Safety
● Keep hands, fingers, feet and other limbs needed. Otherwise, it is an unnecessary fuel
Fig. 81 Detailed view of the centre console: away from the seat operating and adjustment waste.
controls for the front seat heating in vehicles radius.
equipped with Climatronic

93
 Operation

Seat with position memory* Storing front passenger exterior mirror cle key. An audible warning confirms the set-
settings for driving in reverse gear tings have been activated.
● Connect the automatic parking brake.
Adjusting the wing mirrors for driving and
● Move the gear lever to neutral.
assigning driver seat settings to a vehicle
● Switch the ignition on. key
● Press the required memory button. ● Activate the memory function of the vehicle
● Select reverse gear. key
● Adjust the front passenger side exterior ● Adjust the front seat and the exterior mir-
mirror so that you can see, for example, the rors.
kerb area. ● Lock the vehicle. The settings are assigned
Fig. 82 Memory buttons on the outside of the ● The new position of the mirror will be stor- to the vehicle key.
driver seat ed automatically and allocated to the vehicle
key that was used to unlock the vehicle. To deactivate the memory function of the
Memory buttons vehicle key
Individual settings for the driver seat and the Activating exterior mirror settings Important: a position must be memorised in
exterior mirror can be assigned to each mem- ● With the driver door open and the ignition the memory.
ory button. turned off, push the memory button of the
● Press and hold the SET button.
corresponding door briefly.
Storing exterior mirror settings for driving ● Within the following 10 seconds, push the
● OR: with the ignition switched on, hold in
forwards the corresponding memory button until the open button  on the vehicle key. An audi-
memorised position is reached. ble warning confirms the settings have been
● Connect the automatic parking brake.
deactivated.
● Move the gear lever to neutral.
To activate the memory function of the
● Switch the ignition on.
vehicle key Initialising the seat position memory
● Adjust the front seat and the exterior mir- The position memory system must be restar-
Important: a position must be memorised in
rors. ted if, for example, the driver seat has been
the memory.
● Keep the SET button held down for more changed.
than one second ››› Fig. 82. ● Open the driver-side door.
Restarting deletes all memories and assign-
● Press the required memory button for the ● Press and hold any memory button. ments for the seat with position memory. The
following 10 seconds. An audible warning ● Within the following three seconds, push memory buttons can then be reprogrammed
confirms the settings have been stored. the button  to open the vehicle on the vehi- and the vehicle keys re-assigned.
94
 Seats and head restraints

● Open the driver door and do not get into Convenient entry function for the third ● Push the head restraint down as far as it

Technical specifications
the vehicle. row of seats will go ››› page 6.
● Operating the seat settings from outside ● Push the lever ››› Fig. 83 1 forwards and
the vehicle. fold the seat backrest of the rear seat. This
● Move the angle of the seat backrest com- seat folds forward completely ››› and can
pletely forwards. still be moved further forward.
● Release the control to set the angle and ● Always take care when entering and leav-
then press again until an audible warning is ing the vehicle ››› .
heard.
Repositioning the seat in the second row
Note ● Lift the seat backrest of the rear seat in an

Advice
The front passenger side exterior mirror auto- upright position. The entire seat folds back-
matically changes from the position stored wards ››› .
for reversing as soon as the vehicle moves ● Make sure that the rear seat is securely en-
forward at a speed of at least 15 km/h gaged so that the seat belts can provide
(9 mph) or when the gear selection lever is Fig. 83 Second row of seats: convenient entry
proper protection in the rear seats. The red
changed to a position other than R. function controls
mark ››› Fig. 83 2 should no longer be visi-
ble ››› in Folding down rear seats to create

Operation
The outer seats of the second row can be fol-
ded to make it easier to get in and out of the load space on page 102.
third row of seats.
Emergency exit function
Folding down the second row seats If the lever ››› Fig. 83 1 does not work, e.g.
● If necessary, open the belt loop and wind after an accident, the seats on the second
up the seat belt by hand. row can be folded forwards from the third row
to allow vehicle occupants of the third row of
● If necessary, remove the side head restraint
seats to get out of the vehicle ››› .
of the integrated child seat ››› page 33.

Safety
● If necessary, raise the armrests. ● Pull the handle ››› Fig. 83 3 back and fold
the seat backrest of the rear seat. The com-
● Remove any objects located in the footwell
of the second row of seats, where applicable
plete rear seat folds forward ››› . »
››› .

95
 Operation

WARNING WARNING Folding the seat backrest of the front

Careless or uncontrolled use of the conven- If child seats are fitted to all the seats in the
passenger seat*
ient entry assistant may result in severe in- second row then it is possible that the seats
jury and accident. of this row cannot be folded down from the
● Never use the convenient entry function third row of seats in the event of an accident.
when the vehicle is in motion. In the event of an emergency, passengers in
the third row of seats will not be able to leave
● Avoid trapping or damaging the seat belt
the vehicle or to help themselves.
when folding the rear seats back.
● Child seats should not occupy all the seats
● Keep your hands, fingers, feet and other
of the second row if other passengers are to
body parts out of the hinges and the seat occupy the third row.
locking mechanism when folding and unfold-
ing.
● Mats or other objects can be caught in the CAUTION
Fig. 84 Folding the seat backrest of the front
hinges of the seat backrests or rear seat. This ● Before folding down the rear seat backrest
passenger seat
could prevent the seat backrest from locking for returning it to its position, adjust the front
safely when positioned upright. seats so that the head restraints and seat
● All seat backrests must engage correctly for backrests do not hit each other when folding
the seat belts on the rear seats to work prop- and unfolding.
erly. When the seat backrest of an occupied ● Any objects located in the footwell of the
seat is not correctly locked in place, the pas- second row of seats may be damaged on fold-
senger can be thrust forward with the seat ing the rear seat forwards. Remove any ob-
backrest in case of sudden braking, sudden jects before folding the seat down.
manoeuvres or an accident.
● A red mark on the side of the seat ››› Fig. 83
2 indicates that the seat backrest is not en-
gaged. The mark is no longer visible when it
is correctly engaged.
● If the seat backrest or seat are folded down
and are not correctly locked in place, no pas- Fig. 85 Unlocking the folding seat backrest of
senger should use them. the front passenger seat
● When getting in or out, never lean or hold
onto the folded seat on the second row of The seat backrest of the front passenger seat
seats. can be folded and locked horizontally.
96
 Seats and head restraints

The front passenger front airbag must be dis- ● The upright seat backrest of the front pas- folded may lead to severe injuries in the

Technical specifications
abled ››› page 20 if objects are being trans- senger seat must safely engage. event of an accident or sudden braking.
ported on the folded front passenger seat. ● Never carry people or children on the front
WARNING passenger seat when the seat backrest is fol-
Folding the seat backrest of the front Folding and lifting the seat backrest of the ded.
passenger seat front passenger seat uncontrollably or with- ● When the seat backrest of the front passen-
● Remove any objects from the front passen- out paying attention may lead to severe inju- ger seat is folded, only the outer seat behind
ger seat cushion ››› . ries. the driver on the second row of seats may be
● Adjust the front passenger seat to its low- ● Only fold and lift the seat backrest of the occupied. This also applies to children sitting
front passenger seat when the vehicle is sta- in a child seat.
est position ››› page 6.
tionary.
● Push the head restraint down as far as it

Advice
● While the seat backrest of the front passen-
will go ››› page 6. ger seat is folded, the front airbag must re- Centre armrest
● Unlock the seat backrest of the front pas- main disabled and the PASSENGER AIRBAG
senger seat in the direction of the arrow OFF  light on.
››› Fig. 84 1 . ● Keep your hands, fingers, feet and other
● Fold the seat backrest of the front passen- body parts out of the hinges and the seat
ger seat forwards in the direction of the arrow locking mechanism when folding and unfold-
››› Fig. 842 until it is horizontal. ing.

Operation
● Mats or other objects can be caught in the
● The seat backrest of the front passenger
hinges of the seat backrest of the front pas-
seat must engage safely in its folded posi- senger seat. This could prevent the seat
tion. backrest from locking safely when positioned
upright.
Lifting the seat backrest of the front ● The upright seat backrest of the front pas-
passenger seat Fig. 86 Front centre armrest
senger seat must engage. If the seat backrest
● Check that there are no objects or parts of of the front passenger seat is not locked, it
may suddenly move and cause severe inju-
To lift the central armrest, lift it upwards in
the body in the hinge area.

Safety
ries. the direction of the arrow ››› Fig. 86, setting
● Lift the seat backrest of the front passenger by setting.
seat by first unlocking it again ››› Fig. 85.
WARNING To lower the centre armrest, pull it down-
● Lift the seat backrest of the front passenger
Seat anchors and hinges exposed when the
wards. Then lower the centre armrest. »
seat until it is upright. The seat backrest
must be engaged. seat backrest of the front passenger seat is

97
 Operation

WARNING Transport and practical ● Always ensure that objects inside the vehi-
cle cannot move into the area of the airbags
The centre armrest may limit the freedom of
movement of the driver's arm and cause a se-
equipment while driving.
rious accident. ● While driving, always keep object compart-
● Keep the centre armrest compartments Transporting objects ments closed.
closed while the vehicle is in motion. ● Remove all objects from the front passen-
● The centre armrest is not designed for chil- Introduction ger seat when it is folded down. When the
seat backrest is folded down, it presses on
dren to sit on! Sitting in this incorrect posi-
Always transport heavy loads in the luggage small and light objects and these are detec-
tion can cause severe injuries.
compartment and place the seat backs in a ted by the weight sensor on the seat; this
vertical position. Always use the anchors pro- sends false information to the airbag control
vided with suitable rope to secure heavy ob- unit.
jects. Never overload the vehicle. Both the ● While the seat backrest of the front passen-
carrying capacity as well as the distribution ger seat is folded, the front airbag must re-
of the load in the vehicle affect driving be- main disabled and the PASSENGER AIRBAG
OFF  light on.
haviour and braking ability ››› .
● Objects secured in the vehicle should never
WARNING be placed in such a way as to make passen-
gers sit in an incorrect position.
Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects can
● If secured objects occupy a seat, this seat
cause serious injury in case of a sudden ma-
noeuvring or breaking or in case of an acci- should not be occupied or used by anyone.
dent. This is especially true when objects are
struck by a detonating airbag and fired WARNING
through the vehicle interior. To reduce the
risks, please note the following: The driving behaviour and braking ability
change when transporting heavy and large
● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always
objects.
keep equipment and heavy objects in the lug-
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visi-
gage compartment.
bility, road, traffic and weather conditions.
● Always secure objects with suitable rope or
● Accelerate gently and carefully.
slings so that they cannot enter the areas
around the front or side airbags in case of ● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
sudden braking or an accident. ● Brake early.

98
 Transport and practical equipment

Transporting a load Driving with the rear lid open WARNING

Technical specifications
Secure all objects in the vehicle Driving with the rear lid open creates an addi- Toxic gases may enter the vehicle interior
when the rear lid is open. This could cause
● Distribute the load throughout the vehicle, tional risk. Secure all objects and secure the
loss of consciousness, carbon monoxide poi-
on the roof and in a trailer as uniformly as rear lid correctly and take all measures possi-
soning, serious injury and accidents.
possible. ble to reduce toxic gases from entering the
● To avoid toxic gases entering the vehicle al-
vehicle.
● Transport heavy objects as far forward as ways drive with the rear lid closed.
possible in the luggage compartment and WARNING ● In exceptional circumstances, if you must
lock the seat backs in the vertical position. drive with the rear lid open, observe the fol-
Driving with the rear lid unlocked or open lowing to reduce the entry of toxic gases in-
● Secure luggage in the luggage compart-
could cause serious injuries. side the vehicle:
ment with suitable straps on the fastening

Advice
● Always drive with the rear lid closed.
rings ››› page 100. – Close all windows and the sliding sun-
● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Loose roof.
● Check the headlight adjustment
items could fall out of the vehicle and injure – Turn off the air recirculation for the heat-
››› page 74. other road users or damage other vehicles. ing and air conditioner.
● Use the suitable tyre pressure according to ● Drive particularly carefully and think
– Open all of the air outlets in the dash
the load being transported. Read the tire in- ahead. panel.
flation information label ››› page 231. ● Avoid sudden manoeuvres and braking giv-
– Turn the heating fan and heater to the

Operation
● For vehicles with a tire pressure indicator, en that this could cause an uncontrolled highest level.
change the vehicle load status ››› page 177. movement of the open rear lid.
● When transporting objects that protrude
CAUTION CAUTION
out of the luggage compartment, indicate
Objects on the shelf could chafe against the them suitably. Observe legal requirements. An open boot hatch changes the length and
wires of the heating element in the heated ● If objects must project out of the luggage height of the vehicle.
rear window and cause damage. compartment, the rear lid must never be used
to “secure” or “attach” objects.
Note ● If a baggage rack is fitted on the rear lid, it Driving a loaded vehicle

Safety
should be removed before travelling with the
Please note the information about loading a rear lid open. For the best handling when driving a loaded
trailer ››› page 179 and the roof carrier sys-
vehicle, note the following:
tem ››› page 110.
● Secure all objects ››› page 99.
● Accelerate gently and carefully. »
99
 Operation

● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres. WARNING ● While driving, always keep object compart-
● Brake early. ments closed.
When the vehicle is not in use or being
● If necessary, read the instructions for driv- watched, always lock the doors and the rear ● Do not place hard, heavy or sharp objects
ing with a trailer ››› page 179. lid to reduce the risk of serious injury or inside the vehicle interior, in open storage
death. compartments, the rear shelf or on the dash
● If necessary, read the instructions for driv-
● Do not leave children unwatched, especial-
panel.
ing with a roof carrier system ››› page 110.
ly when the boot is open. Children could ● Remove hard, heavy and sharp objects from
climb into the luggage compartment, close clothes and pockets inside the vehicle and
WARNING
the rear lid from inside and be unable to es- store securely.
A sliding load could considerably affect the cape themselves. This could lead to serious
stability and safety of the vehicle resulting in injury or death. WARNING
an accident with serious consequences. ● Never allow children to play in or around
● Secure loads correctly so they do not move. The transport of heavy object changes vehi-
the vehicle.
cle handling and increases braking distance.
● When transporting heavy objects, use suit- ● Never transport people in the luggage com- Heavy loads that have not been stored or se-
able ropes or straps. partment. cured correctly could cause loss of control
● Lock the seat backs in vertical position. and result in serious injury.
WARNING ● Vehicle handling changes when transport-
ing heavy objects due to a change in the cen-
Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects can
tre of gravity.
Loading luggage compartment cause serious injury in case of a sudden ma-
● Distribute the load as uniformly and as low
noeuvring or breaking or in case of an acci-
dent. This is especially true when objects are down on the vehicle as possible.
Introduction struck by a detonating airbag and fired ● Store heavy objects in the luggage com-
through the vehicle interior. To reduce the partment as far from the rear axle as possi-
Always transport heavy loads in the luggage risks, please note the following: ble.
compartment and place the seat backs in a
● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always
vertical position. Always use the fastening
place equipment and heavy objects in the CAUTION
rings with suitable rope or straps. Never over- boot.
load the vehicle. Both the carrying capacity ● Hard objects on the rear shelf could chafe
● Always secure objects with suitable ropes
as well as the distribution of the load in the the wires of the heating element and antenna
or straps so that they cannot be pushed in-
vehicle have effects on the driving behaviour of the rear window and cause damage.
side the cabin and move around the areas
and braking ability ››› . around the front or side airbags in the event ● The side window antenna could be dam-
of sudden braking or an accident. aged due to chafing from objects.

100
 Transport and practical equipment

Note ● If required, remove the head restraints from

Technical specifications
the integrated seats for children and refit
The ventilating slits between the heated rear
them ››› page 33.
window and the shelf must not be covered so
that used air can escape from the vehicle. ● If necessary, raise the armrests.
● Remove objects from the footwell in front of
and behind the rear seat ››› .
Folding down rear seats to create load ● Move the rear seat all the way back.
space ● Push the head restraint down as far as it
will go ››› page 6.
● In the middle seat, close the drinks carrier

Advice
in the rear of the centre console, if necessary.
● Pull lever ››› Fig. 87 1 back and fold the
seat backrest forwards. The complete rear
seat folds forward ››› .
● Fold the seat backrest forwards until it
locks into the load surface position ››› Fig. 87
B.

Operation
● If necessary, pull on the lever ››› Fig. 88 2
to move the seat to the required position.
● When the seat is folded down, no adults or
children should travel in it ››› .
Fig. 88 Third row of seats: fold down the rear
seat to load A then return to position B Folding the seats in the third row of seats for
loading
Each rear seat can fold down individually to ● If necessary, open the belt loop and wind

Safety
extend the luggage compartment. up the seat belt by hand.
● Open the rear lid.
Folding the seats in the second row of seats
for loading ● Push the head restraint down as far as it
Fig. 87 Second row of seats: folding the rear
● If necessary, open the belt loop and wind
will go ››› page 6. »
seat A, rear seat as load space B.
up the seat belt by hand.
101
 Operation

● Remove objects from the footwell in front of ● Pull on the handle ››› Fig. 88 3 . The entire backrest in case of sudden braking, sudden
and behind the rear seat ››› . seat folds backwards. manoeuvres or an accident.
● Remove objects from the space below the ● Press on the seat tray in the seat backrest ● No seat must be occupied if the seat back-
rear seat. until it is held in position by its magnets. rest or seat is folded or not correctly engag-
● Remove the attachment elements and sup- ● Open the sliding door. ed.
ports for the net from the rail system. ● Put the seat backrest into position and
● Pull lever ››› Fig. 88 1 back and fold the press firmly until it clicks into place. CAUTION
seat backrest forwards. The rear seat folds ● Pull on the rear seats and the seat backrest ● Before folding the rear seat backrest, ad-
forward ››› and the cushion also moves for- to ensure that they are correctly locked in just the front seats so that neither the head
ward. place and that the seat belt protection is restraint or backrest hit them when folded.
● Fold the seat tray forward on top of the fol- guaranteed for rear seat passengers. ● Objects placed in the footrest area in front
ded seat. of and behind the rear seats can be damaged
WARNING when seats are folded down or put back into
● When the seat is folded down, no adults or
position. Remove any objects in the way be-
children should travel in it ››› . Folding and lifting the rear seats carelessly fore folding seats down or repositioning
without paying attention could cause serious them.
Putting the seats in the second row back in injury.
● Objects placed in the moulding on the back
place ● Never fold or lift the seats while driving. of the third row of seats can be damaged
● Pull lever ››› Fig. 87 1 upwards and place ● Do no trap or damage seat belts when rais- when folding down the seats or putting them
the seat backrests in vertical position. The ing the seat backrest. back into position. Remove any objects in the
entire seat folds backwards. ● Keep your hands, fingers, feet and other way before folding seats down or reposition-
body parts out of the hinges and the seat ing them.
● Pull on the rear seats and the seat backrest
locking mechanism when folding and unfold- ● The attachment elements and supports for
to ensure that they are correctly locked in
ing. the net partition placed on the rail system
place and that the seat belt protection is
● Mats or other objects can be caught in the can be damaged when folding down seats
guaranteed for rear seat passengers. from the third row or putting them back into
hinges of the seat backrests or rear seat. This
could prevent the seat or seat backrest from position and these can also damage the seats
Putting the seats in the third row back in themselves. Before folding down or reposi-
locking securely in the vertical position.
place tioning the seats, remove the attachment ele-
● All seat backrests must engage correctly for
● Open the rear lid. ments and supports for the net from the rail
the seat belts on the rear seats to work prop- system.
● Pull on the handle ››› Fig. 88 2 to put the erly. When the seat backrest of an occupied
seat tray back in position. seat is not correctly locked in place, the pas-
senger can be thrust forward with the seat

102
 Transport and practical equipment

Rear shelf* ● Release the shelf upwards by the side sup-

Technical specifications
ports and guide it forward.

Closing the shelf

● Pull the unfolded shelf evenly on the guide
backwards.
● Secure the shelf using the left and right
side supports.

Installing the shelf behind the second row of

seats

Advice
Fig. 89 In the luggage compartment: rear ● Place the shelf in its position in the side
shelf lining, left-hand side first.
● Release the shelf in the direction of the ar-
row ››› Fig. 89 B .
● Insert the shelf into the right-hand support,
pressing down.

Operation
Installing the shelf behind the third row of
seats
● Remove the shelf from the support in the
side lining ››› Fig. 90 A. To do this, press the
Fig. 90 Remove the shelf supports A then put shelf upwards (arrow) and remove it.
them away safely B.
● Open the compartment in the left-hand
The rear shelf can be fitted behind the sec- side boot lining ››› page 112 and hook the
shelf to the rear of the compartment lid

Safety
ond or third row of seats ››› .
››› Fig. 90 B.
Opening the shelf ● Close the rear left-hand side lining com-
● Pull the shelf handle ››› Fig. 89 A back- partment.
wards. ● Place the shelf in its position in the side
lining, left-hand side first. »
103
 Operation

● Lift the shelf off in direction of the arrow ● Do not leave hard, heavy or sharp objects
››› Fig. 89 B . (loose or in bags) on the rear shelf.
● Insert the shelf into the right-hand support, ● Never transport animals on the rear shelf.
pressing down.

Removing the shelf

Net partition*
● Release the shelf in the direction of the ar-
row ››› Fig. 89 B and lift it in the direction of
the arrow C .
● Remove the shelf from the right-hand side
support.
● In addition, when removing the shelf be-
Fig. 92 In the luggage compartment: install
hind the third row of seats: cover the side lin-
the net partition behind the second row of
ing supports with their covers. seats.
● Only with 5 places: support the released
shelf by placing it on the front section of the The net partition can prevent objects in the
boot floor ››› page 112. luggage compartment entering the vehicle
interior / the driver area.
WARNING
First remove the net from its bag and unfold
If the shelf is placed on one of the rear seats, it.
this could cause serious injury in case of sud-
den braking or an accident. Fold out the net partition
● Whenever it the third row seats are occu-
Fold out the cross support rods ››› Fig. 91 1
pied, the shelf should be put behind this row.
for the net partition fully in the direction of
the arrow until you hear a “click”.
WARNING
Fig. 91 Unfold the net partition 1 then fold
Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects or Installing the net partition behind the
it again 2 and 3
animals on the rear shelf could cause serious second row of seats
injuries in case of a sudden manoeuvre or ● Hook in the net partition on the left-hand
braking or even an accident.
side roof support ››› Fig. 92. To do this, guide
the rod from up to down.
104
 Transport and practical equipment

● Hook in the net partition on the rear right- Folding in the net partition Fastening rings*

Technical specifications
hand side roof support by pressing on the ● Press on the release button ››› Fig. 91 2
rod. and bend the rod A in the direction of the
● Secure the net partition hooks into the arrow with the release button pressed.
straps in the front of the boot ››› Fig. 92 then ● Press on the release button ››› Fig. 91 3
tighten the belts. and bend the rod B in the direction of the
arrow with the release button pressed.
Installing the net partition behind the front
● Store the net partition securely in the vehi-
seats
cle.
● Hook in the net partition on the front left-
hand side roof support ››› Fig. 92. To do this, WARNING

Advice
guide the rod from up to down.
Loose objects in the vehicle interior can be vi- Fig. 93 In the luggage compartment: fasten-
● Hook in the net partition on the rear right- olently thrown in case of a sudden manoeu- ing rings
hand side roof support by pressing on the vre or braking and especially in accidents
rod. causing serious injury. To the front and rear of the luggage compart-
● Secure the hooks of the net partition to the ● Ensure that the rods are correctly locked in ment, there are fastening rings for securing
attachment rings in the left and right hand place. objects ››› Fig. 93 (arrows). On some models,
side footwells on the second row of seats ● Even when the net partition is correctly fit- the fastening rings are located right at the

Operation
then tighten the straps. ted, objects must be secured. the back, in the area of the lock carrier plate.
● When driving with the net partition, no pas- There are other fastening rings located to the
Removing the net partition sengers should be behind it. left and right hand side of the second row
● Loosen the net partition straps. footrests.
● Release the net partition hooks from the Some models of fastening rings must be lif-
rings ››› Fig. 92. ted to use them.
● Unhook the net partition on the right-hand
side roof support ››› Fig. 92 by pressing on WARNING

Safety
the rod. Unsuitable or damaged ropes or straps may
● Unhook the net partition from the left-hand be released in case of sudden braking or an
side roof support. accident. As a result, objects may be fired
through the vehicle interior causing serious
injury or death. »
105
 Operation

● Always use suitable ropes and straps in Rails and attachment system* ● Move the attachment element to the de-
good condition. sired position.
● Secure the ropes and straps to the fasten- ● Always ensure that the attachment inserts
ing rings. into the guide system ››› .
● Loose objects in the luggage compartment
can suddenly slide and change the way the Removing the attachment elements
vehicle handles. ● Remove the attachment element from the
● Secure all objects, little and large. guide and pull downwards.
● Never secure a load that is too heavy for
the fastening rings. Securing a load
● Never secure a child seat to the fastening ● Pull the strap through the attachment ele-
rings.
Fig. 94 In the luggage compartment: system ment and secure the load ››› .
including rails, adjustable attachment ele-
Note ments 1 and adjustable tightening straps WARNING
2 .
● The maximum load of the fastening rings is In case of an accident or sudden braking, the
approximately 3.5 kN (3.57 kp). attachment elements in the parts of the rails
The rails and attachment system consists of close to the seats of the third row could in-
● You can find suitable transport straps and four rails, movable attachment elements, jure seat occupants.
load securing systems at a specialised work- straps to be secured to the rails and a net
shop. SEAT recommends taking your car in for ● Whenever the seats on the third row are to
with supports to cover baggage ››› page 108. be occupied, remove the attachment ele-
technical service.
The rail and attachment system is designed ments from the rails or move them all the way
to secure light objects. If the seats in the back.
third row are to be occupied by passengers
then attachment elements should never be
WARNING
placed in the section of the rails close to the
seats ››› . Movable attachment elements that are not
secured correctly can be released from the
Installing the attachment elements guide in case of sudden braking or accident.
As a result, objects may be fired through the
● Fit the attachment element with the ruts vehicle interior causing serious injury or
facing upwards ››› Fig. 94 1 to the upper death.
part of the guide and press downwards.

106
 Transport and practical equipment

● Always ensure that the movable attach-

Technical specifications
ment elements are correctly inserted into the
guides.

WARNING
Unsuitable or damaged ropes or straps may
be released in case of sudden braking or an
accident. As a result, objects may be fired
through the vehicle interior causing serious
injury or death.
● Always use the attachment straps of the

Advice
rail and attachment system.
● Secure the attachment straps firmly to the
attachment elements.
● Loose objects in the luggage compartment
can suddenly slide and change the way the
vehicle handles.
● Secure all objects, little and large.

Operation
● Never secure a child seat to the attachment
elements.

CAUTION
● The attachment elements placed on the rail
system can be damaged when folding down
seats from the third row or putting them back
into position and these can also damage the

Safety
seats themselves. Before folding down or re-
positioning the seats, remove the attachment
elements and supports for the net from the
rail system.

107
 Operation

Baggage net* Using the net for bag type baggage

● Fit the baggage net supports to each one of
the upper rails.
● Fit a movable baggage net attachment ele-
ment to each one of the lower guides
››› page 106.
● Hook the baggage net into the supports.
● Hook the baggage net attachment strap un-
derneath into one of the movable attachment
Fig. 96 Release the baggage net elements ››› Fig. 95 B.
● Join the baggage net supports to the upper
If the seats in the third row are to be occu- rails as much as possible by pushing them.
pied by passengers then attachment ele-
● Press the sides of the baggage net together
ments should never be placed in the section
so that they are held by the Velcro.
of the rails close to the seats ››› .
Using the baggage net to separate the
Installing the baggage net supports
luggage compartment
● Fit the baggage net support into the guide
● Fit the baggage net supports to each one of
from the back and press downwards.
the upper rails.
● Move the baggage net support to the re-
● Fit the baggage net supports to each one of
quired position.
the lower rails.
● Always ensure that the net support inserts
● Hook the baggage net into the supports.
into the rail system ››› .
To release the baggage net
Hooking the baggage net into the support
● Rotate the attachment rod 90° to the right
Fig. 95 Hook the baggage net A and use it as Place the attachment rod on the baggage net
a bag B. support ››› Fig. 95 1 and rotate 90° to the
››› Fig. 961 until you can see the red mark
on the rod. Pull the attachment rod upwards
left 2 . The red mark on the attachment rod
2 .
should not be visible ››› .
● Only with 5 places: after removing, place
the baggage net safely in the front compart-
ment on the floor of the boot ››› page 112.
108
 Transport and practical equipment

Removing the baggage net supports down or repositioning the seats, remove the CAUTION

Technical specifications
● Remove the net attachment element from baggage net supports from the rail system.
The hooks can support a maximum of 2.5 kg
the rail and pull it out downwards. (about 5 lbs).

WARNING Retaining hooks

In case of an accident or sudden braking, the Luggage net*
net attachment elements in the parts of the
rails close to the seats of the third row could
injure seat occupants.
● Whenever the seats on the third row are to
be occupied, remove the attachment ele-

Advice
ments from the rails or move them all the way
back.

WARNING
Baggage net supports that are not secured
correctly can be released from the guide in Fig. 97 In the luggage compartment: retain-
case of the sudden braking or accident. As a ing hooks
Fig. 98 In the luggage compartment: net

Operation
result, objects may be fired through the vehi- used on secured baggage
cle interior causing serious injury or death. On the right-hand side of the luggage com-
partment, there are folding retaining hooks The baggage net can be used to secure light-
● Always ensure that the baggage net sup-
ports are correctly inserted into the rails; the
››› Fig. 97 that can be used to secure light er items.
red mark should not be visible. shopping bags.
● Never secure a child seat to the baggage ● Press the retaining hooks down ››› Fig. 97 Hooking the baggage net into the boot floor
net supports. (arrow) and fold them. ● Hook the baggage net into the fastening
● Hook the bags in place. rings ››› Fig. 98 1 and 2 .

Safety
CAUTION ● After use, raise the hooks again.
● The baggage net supports placed on the Releasing the baggage net
rail system can be damaged when folding WARNING The secured baggage net is taut ››› .
down seats from the third row or putting
them back into position and these can also Never use these hooks to secure objects. In ● Carefully unhook the baggage net hooks
the event of sudden braking or an accident,
damage the seats themselves. Before folding
they could be pulled out.
from the fastening rings ››› Fig. 98 1 . »
109
 Operation

● Carefully unhook the baggage net hooks When should the roof carrier system be ● The roof antenna, the range of the panor-
from the fastening rings ››› Fig. 98 2 . removed? amic sliding sunroof and the boot hatch
● When it is not being used. should not be affected by the roof carrier sys-
WARNING tem and the load being transported.
● When the vehicle is being washed in a car
The elastic baggage net stretches when it is ● Take extra care not to let the hatch strike
wash.
secured to the luggage compartment fasten- the roof load when opening.
ing rings. The secured baggage net is taut. ● When the vehicle height exceeds the maxi-
The hooks on the net can cause injury if the mum height (e.g. in a garage).
For the sake of the environment
net is incorrectly hooked or unhooked.
● Always ensure that the hooks do not sud- WARNING The vehicle uses more fuel when the roof car-
denly release from the fastening rings when rier system is fitted.
The risk of an accident is increased by trans-
hooking or un-hooking. porting heavy or bulky loads on the roof,
● Always keep your face and eyes protected which affects the car's handling by shifting
at a safe distance to avoid injury should a the centre of gravity and increasing suscepti- Securing the base supports and roof
hook slip while hooking or unhooking. bility to cross winds. carrier system
● Always engage the hooks in the order giv- ● Always secure loads correctly with suitable
en. If a baggage net hook springs back this and undamaged attachment rope or straps.
can cause injury. ● Large, heavy, wide and flat loads negatively
affect the vehicle aerodynamics, centre of
gravity and handling.
● Avoid brusque manoeuvres and sudden
Roof carrier system* braking.
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visi-
Introduction bility, road, traffic and weather conditions.

The vehicle roof has been designed to opti-

mise aerodynamics. For this reason, conven- CAUTION
Fig. 99 Attachment points for the basic sup-
tional roof carrier systems cannot be secured ● Always remove the roof carrier system from port and the roof carrier system
to the roof water drain channel. the roof before entering a car wash.
Given that the water drains have been incor- ● The height of your vehicle is changed by The mounts are the basis of a complete roof
porated into the roof for aerodynamic rea- the installation of the roof carrier and the carrier system. Special fixtures must then be
sons, only the SEAT approved basic supports load secured on it. Compare the vehicle added in order to safely transport luggage,
height with the passage height, for example bicycles, skis, surf boards, boats, etc. on the
and roof carrier systems can be used.
in underground car parks or for garage doors.
110
 Transport and practical equipment

roof. All these system components are ● Always fit the roof carrier system correctly Distributing a load

Technical specifications
available from a technical service centre. for wheels, skis, surfboards, etc. Uniformly distribute loads and secure them
● Never modify or repair the basic supports correctly ››› .
Securing the base supports and roof carrier or roof carrier system.
system Check attachments
Always secure the base supports and roof Note After fitting the base supports and the roof
carrier system correctly. carrier system, always check the attachments
Read and take into account the instructions
The roof carrier system must always be instal- included with the roof carrier system fitted after a short trip and at regular intervals.
led exactly according to the instructions pro- and keep them in the vehicle.
vided. WARNING

Advice
The position openings are located on the in- Exceeding the maximum authorised roof load
ner side of the side roof rods ››› Fig. 99. Loading the roof carrier system can result in accidents and/or vehicle dam-
age.
WARNING Loads can only be correctly secured when the ● Never surpass the maximum authorised
roof carrier system is correctly fitted ››› . weight for the roof, the maximum authorised
If the base supports and the roof carrier sys- weight on the axles and the total maximum
tem are incorrectly fitted or used in an unsuit- authorised weight of the vehicle.
able manner, the entire system could break Maximum authorised roof load
● Never exceed the capacity of the roof carri-
free causing accident and injury. The maximum authorised roof load is 100 kg

Operation
er system even if this is less than the maxi-
● Always take the manufacturer assembly in- (about 220 lbs). The roof load includes the
mum authorised roof load.
structions into account. roof carrier system and the load being trans-
● Secure heavy items as far forward as possi-
● Only use base supports and roof carrier ported ››› .
ble and, in general, distribute the vehicle
systems that are not damaged and are cor- Always check the roof carrier system weight load uniformly.
rectly fitted. and the weight of the load to be transported
● The base support should only be fitted to and, if necessary, weigh them. Never exceed
the points indicated in the diagram ››› Fig. 99. WARNING
the maximum authorised roof load.
● Secure the base supports and roof carrier Loose and incorrectly secured loads can fall

Safety
If you are using a roof carrier with a lower from the roof carrier system causing acci-
system correctly.
weight rating, you cannot transport the maxi- dents and injury.
● Check the screws and attachments before
mum roof load. Do not exceed the maximum ● Always use suitable ropes and straps in
driving and after a short distance. During weight limit for the roof carrier given in the
each long journey, check the attachments good condition.
fitting instructions.
during every break. ● Always secure loads correctly.

111
 Operation

Storage compartments ● Make sure the pedals can be used at all Spectacle case in the roof console
times, with no objects rolling underneath
Introduction them.
● The floor mat should always be secured to
Storage compartments must only be used to the floor.
store light or small objects. ● Never place other mats or rugs on top of
the original mat supplied by the factory.
The front central armrest compartment hous-
es the factory-fitted AUX-IN or multimedia ● Make sure that no objects can fall into the
(MEDIA-IN) connection sockets. driver's footwell while the vehicle is in mo-
tion.
The factory-fitted CD changer is located in the
left-hand storage compartment of the boot.
CAUTION
Fig. 100 On the roof console: sunglasses
WARNING ● Objects on the shelf could chafe against storage compartment.
the wires of the heating element in the heat-
In the event of sudden braking movements or
ed rear window and cause damage. To open, press and release the button
turns, loose objects may be thrown around
the vehicle interior. This could cause serious ● Do not keep heat-sensitive objects, food or ››› Fig. 100 (arrow).
injuries to passengers and cause the driver to medicines inside the vehicle. Heat and cold
To close, press the cover upwards until it
lose control of the vehicle. could damage them or render them useless.
clicks into place.
● Do not transport animals or place hard, ● Light-transparent objects placed inside the
heavy or sharp objects inside the vehicle in: vehicle, such as lenses, magnifying glasses To ensure the interior monitoring works cor-
open storage compartments, dash panel, rear or transparent suction caps on the windows, rectly, the spectacle case must be closed
shelf, items of clothing or bags. may concentrate the sun's rays and cause when the vehicle is locked ››› page 62.
damage to the vehicle.
● While driving, always keep object compart-
ments closed.
Note
WARNING The ventilating slits between the heated rear
window and the shelf must not be covered so
Objects falling into the driver's footwell could
that used air can escape from the vehicle.
prevent use of the pedals. This could lead the
driver to lose control of the vehicle, increas-
ing the risk of a serious accident.

112
 Transport and practical equipment

Storage compartment on the roof Compartment on the instrument Compartment on the centre console

Technical specifications
console panel*

Advice
Fig. 103 Compartment in the front centre con-
Fig. 101 On the roof console: storage com- Fig. 102 Storage compartment on the dash sole.
partment panel
There is an open compartment on the centre
To open press the button and release it The storage compartment on the instrument console ››› Fig. 103 in which there may be a
››› Fig. 101. panel may have a cover. 12 volt power socket ››› page 119.

Operation
To close, press the storage compartment up- To open, press the button on the cover
wards until it clicks into place. ››› Fig. 102 (arrow).
To ensure interior monitoring works properly, To close, press the cover down until it clicks
the storage compartments must be closed into place.
when the vehicle is locked ››› page 62.

Safety
113
 Operation

Compartment in the front central Card compartments* Glove compartment

armrest

Fig. 105 Centre console, lower section: card Fig. 106 Glove compartment
Fig. 104 Storage compartment in the front compartment
central armrest.
To the bottom of the centre console there is a
To open, fully lift the central armrest in the di- compartment ››› Fig. 105 1 for coins, cards,
rection of the arrow ››› Fig. 104. car park tickets and similar items.
To close, lower the central armrest. Note

WARNING To avoid theft or use by others, do not use the

compartment to store credit or ATM cards or
The centre armrest may limit the freedom of similar.
movement of the driver's arm and cause a se-
rious accident.
Fig. 107 Glove compartment open
● Keep the centre armrest compartments
closed while the vehicle is in motion.
Opening and closing the glove compartment
Unlock the glove compartment where neces-
WARNING
sary. The glove compartment is locked when
The centre armrest is not designed for chil- the key slot is vertical.
dren to sit on!
Pull the lever to open ››› Fig. 106.
Press the cover upwards to close.
114
 Transport and practical equipment

Vehicle wallet compartment Storage compartments in the rear this compartment cannot be used as de-

Technical specifications
The glove compartment is designed to store footwell* signed; on the contrary, it must be filled us-
the vehicle documentation. ing the specially designed accessory so that
the base or foot is correctly supported by the
The vehicle on-board documentation wallet closed compartment and the child seat is se-
should always be kept in the glove compart- cured properly. If this compartment is not
ment. Insert it crosswise in the glove com- suitably secured when using a child seat with
partment. a base or foot then the compartment cover
could rupture in an accident and the child will
Glove compartment cooling be ejected and suffer serious injury.
● Please read and observe the child seat
There is an air vent ››› Fig. 107 A on the rear
manufacturer's handling instructions.

Advice
panel so that cooled air from the air condi-
tioner (this must be connected) is fed into
the glove compartment. Turn the air vent to
open and close it. Drawers*
Fig. 108 Storage compartments in the foot-
WARNING
well of the second row of seats.
The risk of serious injuries in the event of an
accident during a sudden braking manoeuvre

Operation
Move the mat to one side (where applicable).
or turn is increased if the glove compartment
is left open. To open, pull on the rear centre part of the
● Keep the glove compartment closed while
cover ››› Fig. 108 (arrow).
the vehicle is in motion. To close, press the cover down.

CAUTION WARNING

For structural reasons, some model versions Make sure children are properly belted in and
Fig. 109 Drawer under the front seat
will have gaps behind the glove compartment correctly secured to avoid severe or fatal inju-

Safety
into which small objects may fall. This could ries while the vehicle is in motion.
There may be a drawer below the front seats.
lead to strange noises and damage to the ve- ● If you are using a child seat with a base or
hicle. You should therefore not keep very foot, always install this base or foot correctly
Opening and closing the drawer
small objects in the glove compartment. and safely.
● If the vehicle has a storage compartment in To open, press the button on the drawer han-
the footwell in front of the last row of seats, dle and pull the drawer out. »
115
 Operation

To close, push the drawer under the seat until WARNING Other storage compartments
it clicks into place.
The folding table must not be folded down
while the vehicle is in motion to avoid the
WARNING
risk of injuries.
If the drawer is open it could obstruct use of
the pedals. This could result in serious acci-
dent.
Portable waste bin*
● The drawers must remain closed while the
vehicle is in motion. Otherwise, the drawer
and any objects in it could fall into the driv-
er's footwell and obstruct the pedals.

Folding table*
Fig. 112 In the luggage compartment: Side
storage compartment

Fig. 111 Left sliding door trim: portable waste

bin.

The portable waste bin fits onto the bottle

holder on the trim of the left-hand sliding
door.

Fig. 110 Folding table on the front seat WARNING

Do not use the portable waste bin as an ash-
Fold out the table by pulling on it ››› Fig. 110 Fig. 113 Other compartments in the boot
tray to avoid the risk of fire.
(arrow). floor.
A drink holder is built into the folding table
››› page 117.
To fold it back, push the folding table down
as far as possible ››› Fig. 110.
116
 Transport and practical equipment

Side compartments in the luggage ● Bag hook in the luggage compartment WARNING

Technical specifications
compartment ››› page 100.
Improper use of the drink holders can cause
There are other compartments ››› Fig. 112 1 injury.
and 2 in the side of the boot. To open the WARNING
● Never place hot drinks in the drink holders.
compartment 1 , turn the catch clockwise. To Clothing hung on the coat hooks could re- During sudden braking or driving manoeu-
open the compartment 2 , lift the cover. strict the driver's view and lead to serious ac- vres, the hot drink could be spilled and lead
Compartment 1 houses the factory fitted CD cidents. to scalding.
changer. The compartment lid 1 can safely ● Hang the clothes from the hooks so that
● Ensure that no bottles or other object are
store the tray support covers. driver's view is not restricted. dropped in the driver footwell, as they could
● The coat hook is suitable for light items of get under the pedals and obstruct their work-
Compartments in the boot floor clothing. Never place heavy, hard or sharp ing.

Advice
More storage compartments can be found in objects in the bags. ● Never place heavy containers, food or other
the boot floor. heavy objects in the drink holder. In the
CAUTION event of an accident, these heavy objects
Function Necessary operations could be “thrown around” the vehicle interior
Keep the CD changer compartment closed and cause serious injuries.
Open the rear com- while the vehicle is in motion to reduce vibra-
 Lift the rear of the boot floor tions that could damage the changer.
partment ››› Fig. 113
using the handle. WARNING
4 :

Operation
Note Closed bottles inside the vehicle could ex-
 Move the hook at the rear
Keeping the rear com- plode or crack due to the heat or the cold.
right of the boot and hook the The first aid kit is located in the rear left com-
partment open:
boot floor onto it ››› page 100. partment of the luggage compartment. ● Never leave a closed bottle in the vehicle if
the inside temperature is too high or too low.
 Push back the hook and
Closing the compart-
push the rear of the boot floor
ment:
4 down. CAUTION
Drink holders Do not leave open cans in the drink holders
Other storage compartments: when the vehicle is in motion. They could
Introduction

Safety
● in the centre console, front and rear. spill during braking, for example, and cause
damage to the vehicle and the electrical sys-
● in the door trims, front and rear. Bottle holders tem. »
● Coat hooks on the central door pillars and There is a bottle holder in the open compart-
on the rear roof handles. ments in the driver and front passenger
doors and in that of the sliding door.
117
 Operation

Note Drink holders, rear* Ashtray and cigarette lighter*

The drink holders can be removed for clean-
ing. Ashtray

Drink holders in front centre console

Fig. 115 Centre console, rear section: folding

out the drink holder
Fig. 116 Front centre console: ashtray closed
Opening and closing the drink holder in the
rear centre console
There are ashtrays located on the front of the
● To open, move the drink holder downwards centre console ››› Fig. 116 and on the rear lin-
Fig. 114 Front centre console: drink holder
in the direction of the arrow ››› Fig. 115. ing of the rear door.
● To open, move the cover backwards ● To close, lift the drink holder.
››› Fig. 114. Opening and closing the ashtray
The third row of seats has a drink holder in
● To close, move the cover forwards. ● To open, lift the ashtray cover.
the side trim compartment on the rear left.
● To close, push the ashtray cover down.

Emptying the ashtray

● Remove the ashtray from the drink holder
or lining of the door by pulling it upwards.
● After emptying the ashtray, insert it from
above into the drink holder or door lining.

118
 Transport and practical equipment

WARNING WARNING ● Should a connected electrical device over-

Technical specifications
heat, switch it off and unplug it immediately.
Incorrect use of the ashtray may cause a fire Undue use of the cigarette lighter may cause
or burns and other serious injuries. a fire or burns and other serious injuries.
● Never put paper or other flammable objects ● The cigarette lighter must only be used to CAUTION
in the ashtray. light cigarettes or similar. ● To avoid damage to the vehicle's electrical
● Never leave children unsupervised in the system, never connect equipment that gener-
vehicle. The cigarette lighter can be used ates electrical current, such as solar panels
Cigarette lighter when the ignition is switched on. or battery chargers, to the 12 Volt power
sockets in order to charge the vehicle's bat-
tery.
Note
● Only use accessories with approved elec-

Advice
The cigarette lighter can also be used with tromagnetic compatibility according to cur-
the 12 Volt power socket ››› page 119. rent regulations.
● To avoid damage due to voltage variations,
switch off all devices connected to the 12 V
power sockets before switching the ignition
Power sockets on or off and before starting the engine.
● Never connect an appliance to the 12 Volt
Introduction

Operation
power socket that consumes more than the
power indicated in watts. Exceeding the max-
Fig. 117 Front centre console: lighter Electrical equipment can be connected to the imum power absorption could damage the ve-
power sockets in the vehicle. hicle's electrical system.
Depending on the vehicle equipment, there
All connected appliances should be in per-
may be a lighter to the front of the centre
fect working order without any faults. For the sake of the environment
console ››› Fig. 117 or in the compartment to
the front of the centre console. Do not leave the engine running when the ve-
WARNING
hicle is at a standstill.
● Push the button on the cigarette lighter in- Improper use of the power sockets or electri-

Safety
wards with the ignition on ››› Fig. 117. cal devices could lead to a fire and cause seri-
Note
● Wait for the lighter to pop out slightly. ous injuries.
● Never leave children unsupervised in the ● Using devices with the engine stopped and
● Pull out the cigarette lighter and light the
vehicle. The power sockets and equipment the ignition switched on will drain the bat-
cigarette on the glowing coil ››› . tery. »
connected to them can be used when the ig-
● Replace the cigarette lighter in its insert. nition is switched on.
119
 Operation

● Unshielded equipment can cause interfer- 12 volt power socket

ence on the radio equipment and the vehi- The 12 Volt power socket will only work with
cle's electrical system. the ignition on.
● Interference can occur on the radio's AM
Using electrical appliances with the engine
waveband if electrical appliances are used
near the rear window aerial. stopped and the ignition switched on will
drain the battery. Therefore, electrical devi-
ces connected to the power socket can only
be used when the engine is running.
Vehicle power sockets
To prevent voltage variations from causing
Fig. 119 Rear centre console: 230 Volt Euro damage, switch off the electrical consumer
power socket connected to the 12 Volt power socket before
switching the ignition on or off and before
Depending on your vehicle version, you may starting the engine.
have a 12-volt power socket and/or a 230
12 Volt power sockets can be found in the
volt power socket.
following locations in the vehicle:
Maximum power consumption ● Compartment in the centre of the centre
console.
Power sock-
Maximum power consumption ● Compartment in the front centre console.
et
Fig. 118 Centre console, rear section: 12 volt ● Storage compartment in the front central
socket 12 Volts 120 Watts
armrest.
230 Volts 150 Watts (300 Watt peak) ● Rear centre console ››› Fig. 118.
● At the rear right of the luggage compart-
The maximum capacity of each power socket
must not be exceeded. The power consump- ment.
tion is indicated on the rating plate of each
appliance. 230 Volt Euro power socket*

Where two or more appliances are connected The power socket only works when the en-
at the same time, the total rating of all the gine is running ››› .
connected devices must never exceed 190 Connecting an electrical appliance: plug the
Watts ››› . device into the power socket as far as possi-
ble to unlock the built-in childproof lock. The
120
 Transport and practical equipment

current only flows when the childproof lock is ● Do not plug adapters or extension cords in- the device and try plugging it back in af-

Technical specifications
unlocked. to the 230 Volt Euro power connector. Other- ter around 10 seconds.
wise, the built-in child safety device will
LED on the power socket ››› Fig. 119 switch off and the connector will become live.
Note
● Do not plug current conductors such as a
Steady green light: The childproof lock is un- ● Some appliances may not work properly in
locked. The power socket can knitting needle into the 230 Volt Euro power
connector. the 230 Volt Euro power connector due to a
now be used.
lack of power (Watts).
Flashing red light: There is some kind of fault ● The 230 Watt Euro power connector can be
(e.g. disconnection due to ex- CAUTION
modified for 115 Watt appliances and vice
cess current or temperature). ● Always follow the operating instructions for versa. Consult a specialist shop for advice on
the appliances to be connected! accessories to adapt the connector. SEAT rec-

Advice
Heat protection ● Never exceed the maximum power rating as ommends taking your car in for technical
this could damage the vehicle's general elec- service.
The 230 Volt Euro power connector converter
switches off automatically when a certain trical system.
temperature is exceeded. This disconnect ● 12 volt power socket:
prevents overheating in the event of an in- – Only use accessories with approved elec-
crease in power consumption of the connec- tromagnetic compatibility according to
ted appliance and where the atmospheric current regulations.

Operation
temperature is too high. The inverter will – Never power the socket.
switch on again automatically after it has ● 230 Volt Euro power socket:
cooled down. Appliances that are switched
– Do not plug in devices or connectors that
on and connected to the power socket will
are too heavy (e.g. a transformer) into the
start up again. Therefore, switch off all elec-
power socket.
trical appliances connected to the power
socket when the current converter switches – Do not connect lamps which contain a ne-
off due to overheating. on tube.
– Only plug appliances with a voltage that

Safety
WARNING matches the power socket voltage into
the power socket.
High voltage in the electrical installation!
– Where devices have with a high start-up
● Liquids must not be spilt over the power
current, surge protection prevents them
socket. from switching on. In this case, unplug

121
 Operation

Air conditioning ● Always ensure that you use the air condi- ● Do not smoke when air recirculation is
tioner and heated rear window to maintain switched on in vehicles with an air condition-
good visibility. er. The smoke taken in could lie on the cool-
Air conditioner ● Never leave the air recirculation on for a ing system vaporiser and on the activated
long period of time. If the cooling system is charcoal cartridge of the dust and pollen fil-
Introduction switched off and air recirculation mode ter, leading to a permanently unpleasant
switched on, the windows can mist over very smell.
Viewing Climatronic information quickly, considerably limiting visibility.
The factory-fitted radio or navigation system ● Switch air recirculation mode off when it is Note
screen briefly displays information relating to not required. ● When the cooling system is turned off, air
Climatronic. coming from the outside will not be dried. To
The units of temperature measurement is dis- WARNING avoid fogging up the windows, SEAT recom-
played on the factory-installed radio or navi- mends leaving the cooler (compressor) on. To
Stuffy or used air will increase fatigue and re- do this, press the A/C button. The button
gation system and, depending on the vehicle duce driver concentration possibly resulting lamp should light up.
equipment, can be set using the Configura- in a serious accident.
● If the humidity and temperature outside the
tion menu on the instrument panel. ● Never leave the fresh air fan turned off or
vehicle are high, condensation can drip off
use the air recirculation for long periods of the evaporator in the cooling system and
WARNING time; the air in the vehicle interior will not be form a pool underneath the vehicle, this is
Reduced visibility through the windows in- refreshed. completely normal and there is no need to
creases the risk of serious accidents. suspect a leak.
● Ensure that all windows are free of ice and CAUTION ● Keep the air intake slots in front of the
snow and that they are not fogged up pre- ● Switch the air conditioner off if you think it windscreen free of snow, ice and leaves to en-
venting a clear view of everything outside. sure heating and cooling are not impaired,
may be broken. This will avoid additional
● The maximum heat output required to de- damage. Have the air conditioner checked by and to prevent the windows from misting
frost windows quickly is only available when a specialised workshop. over.
the engine has reached its normal running ● Repairs to the air conditioner require spe-
temperature. Only drive when you have good
cialist knowledge and special tools. SEAT rec-
visibility.
ommends taking your car in for technical
service.

122
 Air conditioning

Controls

Technical specifications
Fig. 120 Detailed view of the centre console: Electronic manual air condition-
ing controls

Advice
Operation
Fig. 121 Detailed view of the centre console: Climatronic controls

To switch a function on or off, press the ap- used to make the appropriate settings for the
propriate button. Press the button again to rear seats. »
switch off the function.

Safety
The LED on each control lights up to indicate
that the respective function of a control has
been switched on.
Some Climatronic controls may also be on
the air conditioner control panel located in
the rear centre console. These controls are
123
 Operation

Con- Additional information. Electronic Con- Additional information. Electronic Con- Additional information. Electronic
trol manual air conditioning ››› Fig. 120; trol manual air conditioning ››› Fig. 120; trol manual air conditioning ››› Fig. 120;
button Climatronic ››› Fig. 121. button Climatronic ››› Fig. 121. button Climatronic ››› Fig. 121.

Electronic manual air conditioning: rotate the Electronic manual air conditioning: defrost Climatronic: manual and automatic air recir-
control to adjust the temperature accordingly. function. The airflow is directed at the wind-  culation ››› page 127.
1 In the  MAX position, the cooling output will screen. In this position, air recirculation is au-
Tem- be set to maximum. The air recirculation tomatically switched off or is not switched on. Instant auxiliary heating on/off button
pera- mode and the cooling system are automati-
 Increase the fan power to clear the wind-  ››› page 128.
ture cally switched on. screen of condensation as soon as possible.
 ...  Climatronic: the left and right sides can be to dry the air, the cooling system will auto-  Buttons for the seat heating ››› page 93.
adjusted separately. Rotate the control to ad- matically switch on.
just the temperature accordingly. Climatronic: depending on the vehicle equip-
Climatronic: defrost function. The air drawn ment there may be a button for the wind-
Electronic manual air conditioning: Setting 0: in from outside the vehicle is directed at the screen heating on the air conditioner control
air fan and air conditioning system (manual) windscreen and air recirculation is automati-  panel. The windscreen heating only works
2 Fan switched off, setting 4: maximum setting of  cally switched off. To defrost the windscreen when the engine is running and switches off
fan. more quickly, the air is dehumidified at tem- automatically after a few minutes.
 Climatronic: the power of the fan is automati- peratures over approximately +3 °C (+38 °F)
cally adjusted. Rotate the control to manually and the fan runs at maximum output. Press the button to switch on or off the cool-
adjust the fan.
 ing system.
The air is directed at the chest of driver and
Electronic manual air conditioning: rotate the
 passengers by the dash panel air vents. Climatronic: accept the temperature selection
continuous control to direct the airflow to the for the driver and front passenger sides.
3 Air desired area.  Air distribution towards the footwell. When the SYNC button light is lit, the temper-
distri- Climatronic: the airflow will be automatically ature settings on the driver side also apply to
bution adjusted to a comfortable flow. It can also be
Electronic manual air conditioning: air distri-  the passenger side. Press the button or ad-
switched on manually with the buttons 3 .
 bution towards the windscreen and the foot- just the temperature control for the passen-
well. ger side in order to set a different tempera-
Climatronic: display of the selected interior ture. No lamp lights up on the button.
4
temperature for the left and right sides.
 Climatronic: upward air distribution.
Climatronic: automatic temperature, fan, and
Heated rear window: only works when the en- air distribution control. Press the button to
 gine is running and switches off automatical-  switch on the function. The control lamp
ly after a 10 minutes. lights up on the AUTO button.
Electronic manual air conditioning: air recir-
 culation ››› page 127.

124
 Air conditioning

Con- Additional information. Electronic Rear operation Setting for conditions of optimal visibility

Technical specifications
trol manual air conditioning ››› Fig. 120; When the air conditioning is switched on, the
button Climatronic ››› Fig. 121. temperature and the air humidity in the vehi-
cle interior drop. In this way, when the out-
Climatronic: press the REAR button to adjust side air humidity is high, the windows do not
the air conditioner for the rear seats from the mist over and comfort for the vehicle occu-
front seats. A lamp is lit on the REAR button if
pants is improved.
the feature is activated. The settings for the
 rear seats will be displayed. Press the button
again to switch the function off or do not Electronic manual air conditioning
touch any other button for around 10 sec- ● Switch off the air recirculation ››› page 127.
onds.

Advice
● Set the fan to the required setting.
Climatronic: Press the REST button to use the
Fig. 122 Centre console: details of the con- ● Turn the temperature control to the centre
heat that the engine produces. When the en-
gine is still warm but the ignition switched trols in the rear seats position.
off, the heat given off by the engine can be ● Open and direct all the air outlets in the
 used to keep the vehicle interior warm. The Control
Description dash panel ››› page 126.
REST button will light up when the function is ››› Fig. 122
switched on. The function will switch off after ● Turn the air distribution control to the re-
around 30 minutes and if the battery level is A Temperature selector quired position.

Operation
low.
B Air flow regulator
Switch off. With Climatronic
Electronic manual air conditioning: turn the ● Press the AUTO button.
fan switch to setting 0.
 a)
Climatronic: press the OFF button or manual- Air conditioner user instructions ● Set the temperature to +22 °C (+72 °F).
ly set the fan to 0. When the device is switch- ● Open and direct all the air outlets in the
ed off the OFF button will light up. The interior cooling system only works when dash panel ››› page 126.
a) Depending on the version of the model.
the engine is running and fan is switched on.
The air conditioner operates most effectively Climatronic: Switching the measuring units

Safety
Note with the windows and the electric sliding for temperature on the radio display or the
● Not all Climatronic buttons are operational panoramic roof closed. However, if the vehi- navigation system installed with the default
in REAR mode. cle has heated up after standing in the sun settings
● The REAR button is locked in defrost mode. for some time, the air inside can be cooled Switching the temperature indication from
more quickly by opening the windows and Celsius to Fahrenheit on the radio display or »
the sliding electric panoramic sunroof briefly.
125
 Operation

the navigation system is carried out in the ● The outside temperature is lower than ap- the vaporiser in the cooling system and form
menu on the instrument panel ››› page 51. proximately +3 °C (+38 °F). a pool underneath the vehicle. This is normal
● The air conditioner compressor has been and does not indicate a leak!
The cooling system does not switch on temporarily switched off because the engine
coolant temperature is too high. Note
If the air conditioning system cannot be
switched on, this may be caused by the fol- ● Another fault in the vehicle. Have the air After starting the engine, any residual humid-
lowing: conditioner checked by a specialised work- ity in the air conditioner could mist over the
windscreen. Switch on the defrost function as
shop.
● The engine is not running. soon as possible to clear the windscreen of
● The fan is switched off. condensation.
Things to note
● The air conditioning fuse is blown. If the humidity and temperature outside the
vehicle are high, condensation can drip off

Air vents

Fig. 123 Air vents in the dash panel

Air vents ● Turn the thumbwheel in the required direc- There are other air vents that cannot be ad-
Never close the air vents ››› Fig. 123 A com- tion to open and close the air vents. When justed on the dash panel B , in the footwell
pletely to ensure heating, cooling and venti- the thumbwheel is in the  position, the cor- and in the rear area of the interior.
lation inside the vehicle. responding air vent is closed.
● Change the air direction using the ventila-
tion grille lever.
126
 Air conditioning

CAUTION Switching off: press the button  until the (+59 °F). The windscreen wiper is switched

Technical specifications
lamp on the button switches off. on.
Never place food, medicines or other heat-
sensitive objects close to the air vents. Being
Switching the recirculation mode on and off Switching the automatic air recirculation
heat-sensitive, they may be damaged or
made unsuitable for use by the air coming manually on the Climatronic  mode on and off
from the air vents. Switching on: press the button  until the Switching on: press the button  until the
lamp on the button lights up. right lamp on the button lights up.
Note Switching off: press the button  until the Switching off: press the button  until all
The air from the vents flows through the vehi- lamp on the button switches off. the lamps on the button are switched off.
cle interior and out through the outlets below
the rear window. The slots must not be cov- Automatic air recirculation mode  Switching the automatic air recirculation

Advice
ered with items of clothing or other objects. mode off temporarily
Fresh air enters the vehicle interior in posi-
tion . If the system detects a high con- ● Press the  button once to temporarily
centration of hazardous substances in the switch to manual air recirculation mode in
Air recirculation mode ambient air, air recirculation mode is switch- the event of unpleasant smells from outside.
ed on automatically. When the level of impur- The left indicator lamp turns on.
Air recirculation mode prevents the ambient ities drops to within a normal range, recircu- ● After more than two seconds, press the 
air from entering the interior. lation mode is switched off. button again to restart automatic air recircu-

Operation
When the outside temperature is very high, The system is unable to detect unpleasant lation. The right indicator lamp turns on.
selecting manual air recirculation mode for a smells.
short period refreshes the vehicle interior WARNING
more quickly. With the following outside temperatures and
conditions the air recirculation does not Observe the safety warnings ››› in Intro-
For safety reasons, air recirculation mode is switch on automatically: duction on page 122.
switched off when the  button is press- ● If the cooling system is switched off and air
ed or the air distributor turned to  ››› . ● The cooling system is switched on (the A/C recirculation mode switched on, the windows
button is lit up) and the outside temperature can mist over very quickly, considerably limit-

Safety
Switching the recirculation mode on and off is below +3 °C (+38 °F). ing visibility.
manually on the air conditioning (Electronic ● The cooling system and the windscreen ● Switch air recirculation mode off when it is
manual air conditioning)  wipers are switched off and the outside tem- not required. »
Switching on: press the button  until the perature is below +10 °C (+50 °F).
lamp on the button lights up. ● The cooling system is switched off and the
outside temperature is below +15 °C
127
 Operation

CAUTION WARNING Switching the auxiliary heater on and

Do not smoke when air recirculation is The auxiliary heater fumes contain carbon di-
off
switched on in vehicles with an air condition- oxide, an odourless and colourless toxic gas.
er. The smoke taken in could lie on the cool- Carbon monoxide can cause people to lose Switching the auxiliary heater on:
ing system vaporiser and on the activated consciousness. It can also cause death.
charcoal cartridge of the dust and pollen fil- Manually using the instant on/off ››› page
● Never switch on the auxiliary heater or  button. 123
ter, leading to a permanently unpleasant leave it running in places that are enclosed or
smell. unventilated.
ON
Manually using the remote control. ››› page
● Never program the independent heating 129
Note system to be activated and operated in
closed, unventilated areas.
Automatically at the programmed ››› page
Climatronic: air recirculation mode switches and enabled on time. 130
on to prevent exhaust gas from entering the
vehicle interior when it is in reverse and WARNING
while the automatic windscreen wipers are Switching the auxiliary heater off:
working. The components of the auxiliary heater ex-
haust system heat up a great deal. This could Manually using the instant on/off ››› page
cause a fire.
 button for the air conditioner. 123
● Always park your vehicle so that no part of Manually using the remote control. ››› page
Auxiliary heater* (additional the exhaust system can come in contact with OFF
129
flammable materials (such as dried grass).
heater) Automatically after the programmed ››› page
time. 130
CAUTION
Introduction
Never place food, medicines or other heat- Automatically when the light comes ››› page
sensitive objects close to the air vents. Food, on  (fuel reserve). 206
The auxiliary heater is powered by fuel from
the vehicle's fuel tank and can be used while medicines and other heat-sensitive objects Automatically when the battery pow- ››› page
the vehicle is in motion and at a standstill. may be damaged or made unsuitable for use er drops to a very low level. 227
Select the mode required (heat or fan) by the air coming from the air vents.
››› page 130 on the dash panel. Things to note
In winter, the auxiliary heater can be used in After switching the auxiliary heater off, it con-
heat mode before switching on the ignition to tinues to run for a short period to completely
remove any ice, mist or snow from the wind-
screen (thin layers only).

128
 Air conditioning

burn any fuel remaining in the auxiliary heat- Remote control light Battery light

Technical specifications
er. The exhaust gases are also extracted from Meaning
The remote control light provides users with Fig. 124 B
the system. different information at the push of a button:
The remote control battery is
Flashes orange for flat. The on or off signal has
Battery light around five seconds. not been received, respective-
Remote control Meaning
Fig. 124 B ly.

The auxiliary heater has been a) Within its range, the remote control might not receive the sig-
Lights up green for
switched on using the ON but- nal sent by the vehicle receiver. In this case, the remote control
around two seconds.
ton. will send an error message whether the auxiliary heater is on or
off. Come closer to the vehicle and press the corresponding but-
The auxiliary heater has been ton on the remote control once again.
Lights up red for

Advice
switched off using the OFF but-
around two seconds.
ton. Replacing the remote control battery
Slowly flashes green
No ona) signal has been re-
When the light ››› Fig. 124 B on the remote
for around two sec- control does not come on when the button is
ceived.
onds. pressed, the remote control battery should
The auxiliary heater is locked. soon be replaced.
Fig. 124 Auxiliary heater: remote control Quickly flashes green Possible causes: the fuel tank
The battery is located beneath a cover on the
for around two sec- is almost empty, the battery

Operation
onds. charge is very low or there is a back of the remote control. Turn the slot to
Fig. 124 Meaning the left using a flat, blunt object (e.g. a coin).
fault.
ON Switch the auxiliary heater on. When changing the battery, use another bat-
Flashes red for No offa) signal has been re- tery of the same model and observe the po-
around two seconds. ceived.
OFF Switch the auxiliary heater off: larity when fitting it ››› .
A Aerial. The remote control battery is
Lights up orange for
around two seconds,
almost flat. However, the on or Range
B Light. off signal has been received,
then green or red. The receiver is in the interior of the vehicle.
respectively.
The remote control, when fitted with new bat-

Safety
The auxiliary heater may accidentally switch Lights up orange for The remote control battery is
on if a button is pressed on the remote con- teries, has a range of several hundred me-
around two seconds, almost flat. The on or off signal tres. Obstacles between the remote control
trol by mistake. This may also occur outside then flashes green or has not been received, respec-
the range of the remote control or if the light red. tively.
and the vehicle, bad weather conditions and
flashes. discharged batteries can considerably reduce
the range of the remote control. »
129
 Operation

An optimum range is obtained by keeping Before programming, check that the day is Menu op-
the remote control vertical, with the aerial correctly set in the Auxiliary heater - day of the Description
tions
››› Fig. 124 A pointing upwards. When doing week menu ››› .
so, do not cover the aerial with your fingers The operating time may vary between 10
or with the palm of your hand. Enabling the Auxiliary heater menu on the Duration and 60 minutes and can be set to 5-mi-
nute intervals.
instrument panel
There must be a minimum distance of 2 me-
tres between the remote control and the vehi- ● From the main menu, select the Auxiliary Set to heat or ventilate the vehicle interi-
Operating
or when the auxiliary heater is switched
cle. heater submenu and press the OK button on mode
on.
the windscreen wiper lever.
CAUTION ● OR: press the  or  arrow buttons on the Day Set the current day of the week.
● The radio frequency remote control con- multi-function steering wheel until the Auxili- Factory set- The predefined factory values for the
tains electronic components. Therefore, avoid ary heater menu is displayed. tings functions of this menu are restored.
getting it wet and being knocked and protect
it from direct sunlight. Menu op- Back This returns to the main menu.
Description
● Use of inappropriate batteries may damage tions
the remote control. For this reason, always re- Checking programming
place the used battery with another of the The auxiliary heater can be set to come
on automatically if required. To do so, If the timer has been switched on after
same voltage, size and specifications.
select a timer: switching the ignition off, the light on button
– The timer is displayed marked with a  will remain lit for around 10 seconds.
For the sake of the environment .
– Only one timer can be selected. If a
● Please dispose of old batteries so that they Switching on WARNING
timer has been selected, Prog. ON will be
Switching off
do not harm the environment. displayed on the screen. If no timer has Never program the independent heating sys-
● The remote control battery may contain been selected, the dash panel display tem to be activated and operated in closed,
perchlorate. Observe the legal requirements will show Prog. OFF. unventilated areas. The auxiliary heater
– To modify the programmed timer, se- fumes contain carbon dioxide, an odourless
for their disposal.
lect another timer or select the Off op- and colourless toxic gas. Carbon monoxide
tion.
can cause people to lose consciousness. It
Three different timers (hh.mm) can later can also cause death.
Programming the auxiliary heater be selected using the On option. If the
Timer 1
auxiliary heater is to be switched on for
The heater or ventilation inside the vehicle Timer 2
just a certain day of the week, select the
Timer 3
can be programmed for a certain period. day of the week and the time for the aux-
iliary heater to come on.

130
 Driving

Operating instructions er will switch off automatically or will not Driving

Technical specifications
even switch on. This avoids problems when
The auxiliary heater exhaust system located starting the engine.
below the vehicle must be kept clear of snow, ● The heater will switch on just once each
Address
mud and other objects. The exhaust gases time. The timer will also have to be switched
must not be obstructed in any way. The ex- back on every time it is required. Introduction
haust gases generated by the auxiliary heater
are removed via an exhaust pipe fitted under- Note
The power steering is not hydraulic but elec-
neath the vehicle. tromechanical. The advantage of this steer-
● Noise will be heard while the auxiliary ing system is that it disposes of hydraulic
On heating the vehicle interior, depending on heater is running. tubes, hydraulic oil, the pump, filter and oth-
the outside temperature the warm air is first ● When the air humidity is high and the out- er components. The electromechanical sys-

Advice
directed at the windscreen and then to the side temperature low, the heating system tem saves fuel. While a hydraulic system re-
rest of the vehicle interior through the air may evaporate condensation from the auxili- quires oil pressure to be maintained, electro-
vents. If the air vents are turned towards the ary heater. In this case, steam may be re- mechanical steering only requires energy
windows, for example, the form of air distri- leased from underneath the vehicle. This is when the steering wheel is turned.
bution may be affected. completely normal and there is no need to
suspect a fault! With the power steering system, the assisted
Depending on the outside temperature, the
● If the auxiliary heater runs several times steering function automatically adjusts ac-
temperature at which the auxiliary heater
over a prolonged period, the vehicle battery cording to the vehicle speed, the steering tor-

Operation
warms the vehicle interior may be somewhat
may run flat. To re-charge the battery, drive que and the wheel turning angle. The power
higher if the heating or air conditioner tem-
the vehicle for a long distance. As a general steering only works when the engine is run-
perature control is set to maximum before rule, drive for as much time as the auxiliary ning.
switching the heating on. heating was working.
Depending on the engine, vehicles with aux- WARNING
iliary heater may be fitted with a second bat- If the power steering is not working then the
tery in the luggage compartment that is re- steering wheel is much more difficult to turn
sponsible for powering the auxiliary heater. and the vehicle more difficult to control.

Safety
● The power steering only works when the
Cases in which the auxiliary heater will not engine is running.
switch on ● Never allow the vehicle to move when the
● The auxiliary heater requires about as engine is switched off.
much power as the dipped beam headlights. ● Never remove the key from the ignition if
If the battery charge is low, the auxiliary heat- the vehicle is in motion. The steering may »
131
 Operation

lock and it will not be possible to turn the Flashes Possible cause Solution Information on the steering
steering wheel.
Fault in the steer-  Do not drive on! Steering column electronic lock
 ing column elec- Seek professional ad-
(red) tronic lock. vice.
Vehicles with Keyless Access: the steering
Control and warning lamps column locks when the driver's door is
Steering column Gently turn the steer- opened and the ignition is switched off.
deviation. ing wheel to and fro. Therefore, the vehicle should be at a stand-
It lights
Possible cause Solution still and, where applicable, the selector lever
up Remove the key from
the ignition and then in position P.
The steering system switch the ignition
If the driver door is opened before the igni-
should be checked by back on. Check the
 Power steering
a specialised work- messages displayed tion is switched off, the steering column elec-
(red) faulty.  tronic lock is activated via the ignition key or
shop as soon as pos- on the instrument
Steering wheel
sible. (yellow) panel at the same the sensor built into the door handle.
not unlocked or
time.
The steering system locked.
Do not drive on, if the Mechanical steering lock
should be checked by steering column re-
a specialised work- mains locked after the To prevent theft, we recommend you lock the
shop as soon as pos- ignition has been steering before leaving the vehicle.
sible. switched on. Seek
If, after restarting the specialist assistance.
Power steering Please engage steer- Unlocking the steering
engine and driving for
operation re- ing lock
a short distance, the
duced. Several warning and control lamps light up
yellow warning lamp
for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- Parking the vehicle Turn the steering wheel
 no longer comes on, it
ed on, signalling that the function is being ››› page 137. slightly to release the
(yellow) will not be necessary
to take the vehicle to verified. They will switch off after a few sec- steering lock.
a specialised work- onds. Remove the key from the Insert the key in the igni-
shop.
ignition. tion lock.
The vehicle bat- WARNING
Turn the steering wheel Hold the steering wheel in
tery was discon- Drive for a short dis- Observe the safety warnings ››› in Control slightly until you hear the this position and switch
nected and has tance at 15-20 km/h and warning lamps on page 47. steering lock. on the ignition.
been reconnec- (9-12 mph).
ted.

132
 Driving

Electromechanical power steering Stopping and starting the ● Never start or leave the engine running in

Technical specifications
With the power steering system, the assisted poorly ventilated or closed spaces. Exhaust
engine gas contains carbon monoxide, a toxic, col-
steering function automatically adjusts ac-
cording to the vehicle speed, the steering tor- ourless and odourless gas. Carbon monoxide
que and the wheel turning angle. The power
Introduction can cause people to lose consciousness. It
can also cause death.
steering only works when the engine is run-
Immobiliser display ● Never leave the vehicle unattended if the
ning.
When an invalid key is used or in the event of engine is running. The vehicle could move off
You should remember that you will need con- a system fault,  or Immobiliser on is dis- suddenly or something unexpected could
siderably more power than normal to steer played on the instrument panel. The engine happen resulting in damage and serious in-
the vehicle if the power steering is not work- cannot be started. jury.
ing correctly or not at all.

Advice
● Never use start boosters. Cold start sprays
Pushing or towing could explode or increase the engine speed
Counter steering assistance system unexpectedly.
For technical reasons, the vehicle must not
The counter steering assistance system helps be push- or tow-started. Jump starting is pref-
the driver in critical situations. Additional erable. WARNING
steering power helps the driver when counter The components of the exhaust system reach
steering. WARNING very high temperatures. This could cause a
fire and considerable damage.

Operation
WARNING Turning off the engine while driving will make
stopping the vehicle difficult; this could even ● Always park your vehicle so that no part of
The counter steering assistance system com- result in the loss of control causing an acci- the exhaust system can come in contact with
bined with ESC helps the driver to steer the dent with serious consequences. flammable materials (such as wood, leaves,
vehicle in critical driving conditions. At all dried grass, spilled fuel, etc.).
● The assisted braking and steering systems,
times, it is the driver who steers the vehicle. ● Do not apply additional underseal or anti-
the airbag system, seat belts and certain
The counter steering system does not steer corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes, cata-
safety equipment are only active while the
the vehicle. lytic converter, heat shields or the diesel par-
engine is running.
● The engine should only be switched off ticulate filter.

Safety
when the vehicle is at a standstill.

WARNING
While the engine is running or starting it
could help reduce the risk of serious injury.

133
 Operation

Ignition lock lease the selector lever locking button. Key ● For automatic gearbox vehicles the key can
can be removed from the vehicle. only be removed from the ignition lock if the
● Manual gearbox: remove the key from the gear selector lever is in position P. In this
ignition. case, press and release the selector lever
locking button.
WARNING
Unsuitable or careless use of the vehicle key
could result in serious injury.
● Always take all the keys with you whenever
you leave the vehicle. If not, the engine could
accidentally be started and electrical equip-
Fig. 125 Vehicle key positions
ment such as the windows could accidentally
be operated which may result in serious in-
jury.
Car keys ››› Fig. 125 ● Never leave children or disabled people
No key in the ignition lock: The steering lock may alone in the car. Passengers could be trapped
be activated. in the car in an emergency and not be able to
get themselves to safety. For example, de-
0 Ignition off, all electrical devices disconnected. pending on the time of the year, tempera-
Key can be removed from the vehicle. tures inside a locked and closed vehicle can
be extremely high or extremely low resulting
1 Ignition is switched on. Pre-heating of diesel en-
gine. The steering lock can be unlocked. in serious injuries and illness or even death,
particularly for young children.
2 Switch on the engine. Release the key when the ● Never remove the key from the ignition if
engine has started. When it is released, the key the vehicle is in motion. The steering may
returns to position 1 .
lock and it will not be possible to turn the
steering wheel.
Key not authorised for the vehicle
If a key which is not authorised for this vehi- Note
cle is inserted in the ignition lock, it can be ● If the key is left in the ignition lock with the
removed as follows: engine off for long periods, the vehicle bat-
● Automatic gearbox: the key cannot be re- tery will run flat.
moved from the ignition lock. Press and re-
134
 Driving

Starter button Opening the driver's door when exiting the Engine restart feature

Technical specifications
vehicle activates the electronic lock on the If no valid key is detected inside the vehicle
steering column if the ignition is disabled after the engine stops, you will only have 5
››› page 131. seconds to restart it. A warning will display
on the dash panel screen.
Switching the ignition on/off
After this interval, it will not be possible to
● Briefly push the start-up button ››› Fig. 126
start the engine without a valid key inside
without touching the brake or clutch ped- the vehicle.
al ››› .
WARNING
Emergency starting function

Advice
Any accidental movement of the vehicle could
If no valid key is detected inside the vehicle, result in serious injury.
Fig. 126 In the centre console: start-up push
button for the Keyless Access lock and start-
an emergency start-up will be required. The ● When pressing the start-up button, do not
up system. The layout in right-hand drive ve- relevant message will appear in the dash press the brake or clutch pedal, this way the
hicles is symmetrical. panel display. This may happen when, for ex- engine will start immediately.
ample, the vehicle key battery is very low or
flat:
WARNING
● Immediately after pushing the start-up but-

Operation
If vehicle keys are used negligently or with-
ton, keep the vehicle key next to the steering out due care, this may cause accidents and
column ››› Fig. 127. serious injury.
● The ignition connects and the engine starts ● Never leave any key inside the vehicle
automatically. when exiting. Otherwise, a child or unauthor-
ised person could lock the vehicle, start the
Emergency disconnection engine or connect the ignition and, in this
way, operate electronic equipment (e.g. the
If the engine does not stop after briefly press- windows).
Fig. 127 Emergency ignition in vehicles with ing the start-up button, an emergency dis-

Safety
KESSY. connect will be required:
Note
The start-up button may only be used if there ● Press the starter button twice within 1 sec-
In diesel vehicles with the Keyless Access
is a valid key in the vehicle. ond or press it once for more than 2 seconds system, there may be a delay in the engine
››› . starting if it requires preheating.
● The engine turns off automatically.
135
 Operation

Starting the engine Vehicles without Vehicles with ● Do not push or tow start the engine. Un-
Keyless Access Keyless Access burnt fuel could damage the catalytic con-
Complete operations only in the sequence verter.
given: If the engine does not
If the engine does not start, stop and wait for
start, stop and wait for around 1 minute to try For the sake of the environment
Vehicles without Vehicles with 6.
around 1 minute to try again. If necessary,
Keyless Access Keyless Access Do not warm the engine at idle speed; start
again. perform an emergency
driving immediately if the visibility is OK.
start ››› page 135.
Press and hold the brake pedal until step 5 is per- This helps the engine reach operating tem-
1.
formed. Disconnect the electronic parking brake when you perature faster and reduces emissions.
7.
are about to start driving ››› page 137.
In vehicles with a manual gearbox: press and
1a.
hold the clutch down until the engine starts. Note
WARNING
Put the gearbox lever in neutral or the selector ● For example, if the key battery is very worn
2. Never leave the vehicle unattended if the en-
lever in position P or N. or flat, the engine cannot be started with the
gine is running. The vehicle could move off starter button. In this case, remove the igni-
Only in vehicles with suddenly, especially if it is in gear, resulting tion button from the lock and insert the key.
diesel engines: for pre- in an accident and serious injury.
heating, turn the key in ● Electrical devices with a high power con-
3. the ignition lock to po- sumption are switched off temporarily when
sition ››› Fig. 125 1 . A WARNING the engine starts.
control lamp lights up ● When the engine is started cold, there may
on the dash panel . Cold start sprays could explode or cause a
sudden increase in the engine speed. be strong vibrations for a few moments for
Press the starter button technical reasons. This is quite normal, and
● Never use start boosters.
››› Fig. 126; do not no cause for concern.
Turn the key in the igni-
press the accelerator. ● At temperatures below +5 °C (+41 °F),
tion lock to position
4. There needs to be a CAUTION smoke may be given off below the vehicle
››› Fig. 125 2 ; do not
valid key inside the ve-
press the accelerator. ● An attempt to start the engine while driving when the additional heater is connected.
hicle for the engine to
start. or starting the engine immediately after turn-
ing it off can cause damage to the engine or
Once the engine starts, Once the engine starts, starter motor.
5. release the key in the release the start-up
Stopping the engine
● When the engine is cold, avoid high revs
ignition lock. button.
and heavy acceleration and do not make the Complete operations only in the sequence
engine work hard. given:

136
 Driving

Vehicles without Vehicles with ● If the key is removed from the ignition, the The electronic immobiliser will be activated

Technical specifications
Keyless Access Keyless Access steering may lock and it will not be possible again automatically as soon as you pull the
to steer the vehicle. key out of the ignition lock. For vehicles with
1. Bring the vehicle to a full stop ››› . the Keyless Access system, the key has to be
outside the vehicle ››› page 59.
Press and hold the brake pedal until the step 4 is CAUTION
2.
performed. For this reason, the vehicle can only be used
If the engine has been driven at high speed
If the vehicle has an automatic gearbox, place the for a prolonged period of time, it may over- with a genuine SEAT key with the correct
3. code. Coded keys can be purchased from
selector lever in position P. heat when turned off. To avoid engine dam-
age, allow the engine to run for approximate- your technical service centre ››› page 54.
4. Connect the electronic parking brake ››› page 137. ly two minutes in neutral before switching it If an unauthorised key is used, the message
Briefly press the start- off.
SAFE or Immobiliser active is displayed on the

Advice
up button ››› Fig. 126. If instrument panel. The vehicle cannot be star-
Turn the vehicle key in
the engine fails to Note
5. the ignition lock to po- ted in this case
switch off, perform an
sition ››› Fig. 125 0 . ● In vehicles with automatic gearbox, the key
emergency disconnect
››› page 135. can only be removed when the selector lever Note
is in position P. The correct operation of the vehicle is only
If the vehicle is equipped with a manual gearbox,
6. ● After stopping the engine, the engine com- guaranteed when original SEAT keys are
put it into 1st or reverse.
partment fan may continue running for a few used.

Operation
minutes, even when the ignition has been
WARNING switched off or the key removed. The radiator
Never switch off the engine while the vehicle fan is automatically switched off.
is moving. You may lose control of the vehicle Braking and parking
and there is a risk of serious accident.
● The airbags and belt tensioners do not Electronic immobiliser Introduction
work when the ignition is switched off.
● The brake servo does not work with the en- The gear lock prevents the engine from being The assisted braking systems include the an-
gine off. To stop, the brake pedal must be started with an unauthorised key and the ve- ti-lock braking system (ABS), the brake assist

Safety
pressed with more force. hicle being moved. system (BAS), the electronic differential lock
● As the power steering does not work if the (EDL), the traction control system (ASR) and
engine is not running, you will need more
The vehicle key has a chip that automatically the electronic stability control (ESC). »
disables the immobilizer when the key is
strength to steer than normally.
placed in the ignition lock.

137
 Operation

WARNING ● Never leave children or disabled people Warning and control lamps
alone in the car. They could be trapped in the
Driving with worn brake pads or a faulty
car in an emergency and will not be able to It lights
brake system may lead to serious accident. Possible cause Solution
get themselves to safety. For example, de- up
● If  lights, alone or accompanied by a pending on the time of the year, tempera-
warning message on the instrument panel tures inside a locked and closed vehicle can Together with the
display, please go immediately to a special- be extremely high or extremely low resulting control lamp  on
ised workshop to check the brake pads and to in serious injuries and illness or even death, the button: Elec- ››› page 140
replace them if they are worn. particularly for young children. tronic parking
brake on.

WARNING CAUTION  Stop the vehicle!

Careless parking can cause serious injury. Fault in the brake Seek professional
● Special care should be taken when parking
system assistance!
● Never remove the key from the ignition if in areas with high kerbs or fixed barriers. Ob-  ››› page 142.
the vehicle is in motion. The steering lock jects protruding from the ground may dam- (red)
may engage and lock the steering wheel mak- age the bumper or other parts of the vehicle  Do not drive on!
during manoeuvres. To avoid damage, stop Brake fluid level
ing the vehicle impossible to control. Check brake fluid
inadequate.
● Always park your vehicle so that no part of before the wheels touch the barrier or kerb. level ››› page 225.
the exhaust system can come in contact with ● Special attention is required when driving
Contact a special-
flammable materials (such as wood, leaves, through entrances, over ramps, kerbs or oth- Together with the
ised workshop. The
dried grass, spilled fuel, etc.). er objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, ABS control lamp
vehicle can be
mudguards and running gear, and the engine : ABS fault.
● Always apply the electronic parking brake braked without ABS.
and exhaust system could be damaged as
when you leave your vehicle and when you
you drive over these objects.
park.  Brake pedal not Press brake pedal to
● Never leave children or disabled people (red) pressed! the floor.
alone in the vehicle. They could release the
electronic parking brake, activate the selec- Contact a special-
ised workshop im-
tor lever or gear stick and start the vehicle
moving. This could result in a serious acci-  Front brake pads mediately. Inspect
(yellow) worn. all the brake pads
dent. and replace as nec-
● Always take all the keys with you whenever essary.
you leave the vehicle. The engine could acci-
dentally be started and electrical equipment
such as the windows could accidentally be
operated resulting in serious injury.
138
 Driving

It lights It lights WARNING

Technical specifications
Possible cause Solution Possible cause Solution
up up Driving with brakes in bad condition could re-
Switching the igni- Press the brake ped-
sult in a serious accident.
ESC disconnected tion on and off If al to select a gear ● If the brake warning lamp  does not go
by the system. necessary, drive for a range. out, or if it lights up when driving, the brake
short distance.  Brake pedal not
Press the brake ped-
fluid level in the reservoir is too low or there
(green) pressed. is a fault in the brake system. Obtain profes-
Contact a special- al to disconnect the
Fault in the ESC. sional assistance immediately ››› page 225,
ised workshop. electronic parking
 brake ››› page 140.
Checking the brake fluid level.
(yellow) Together with the Contact a special- ● If the brake warning lamp  lights up to-
ABS control lamp ised workshop. The gether with the ABS warning lamp , the

Advice
: Fault in the vehicle can be Flashes Possible cause Solution regulation function of the ABS could be mal-
ABS. braked without ABS.
Electronic parking functioning. As a result, the rear wheels can
The battery has brake faulty. The lock relatively easily when braking. If the rear
been reconnected.
››› page 227 control lamp 
Contact a special- wheels lock this could result in loss of vehicle
ised workshop, as it control! If possible, reduce your speed and
Switch on ASR
 may light up at the
may not be possible drive carefully to a specialised workshop
(red) same time or the
››› page 156. ASR is to park the vehicle in
control lamp  close by to check the brake system. During
safety.
 ASR manually de- automatically activa- may flash on the the following journey, avoid sudden braking

Operation
(yellow) activated. ted when the igni- button. and manoeuvres.
tion is switched on
Take your foot off the ● If the ABS warning lamp  does not go out
or off.
or if it lights while driving, the ABS is mal-
Together with the
 ESC or ASR regu- accelerator. Adjust
functioning. The vehicle can only be stopped
(yellow) lating. your driving style to
ESC control lamp the road conditions. using normal braking without ABS. The pro-
: Fault in the Contact a special- tection provided by the ABS is not available.
 ABS. ised workshop. The Several warning and control lamps light up Visit a specialised workshop as soon as pos-
(yellow) vehicle can be sible.
Together with the for a few seconds when the ignition is switch-
braked without ABS.
warning lamp  ed on, signalling that the function is being ● If  lights, alone or accompanied by a

Safety
or : ABS fault. verified. They will switch off after a few sec- warning message on the instrument panel
onds. display, please go immediately to a special-
Together with the ised workshop to check the brake pads and to
warning lamp  WARNING replace them if they are worn.
 flashing: electron-
Contact a special-
ised workshop.
(yellow) ic parking brake Observe the safety warnings ››› in Control
faulty. and warning lamps on page 47.
139
 Operation

Electronic parking brake ● The control lamps  on the button and  because braking is only applied to the rear
on the instrument panel go out. wheels. Always use the foot brake.
● Never accelerate from the engine compart-
Automatic release of the electronic parking ment with the engine running and a gear or a
brake on starting the engine gear range engaged. The vehicle could move,
The electronic parking brake is automatically even if the parking brake is applied.
released when the vehicle starts moving, if
the driver door is closed and the driver is Note
wearing his/her seat belt. In addition, in ve-
● In vehicles with a manual gearbox: when
hicles with a manual gearbox the clutch ped-
the clutch pedal is released and the accelera-
al should also be pressed to the floor before tor pressed at the same time, the electronic
starting the engine so that the system recog- parking brake is automatically released.
Fig. 128 Detailed view of the centre console: nises that the parking brake should be re-
● If the vehicle battery is flat, it will not be
electronic parking brake switch leased.
possible to disconnect the electronic parking
brake. Use the jump-start ››› page 253.
Applying the electronic parking brake Emergency braking function
● When the electronic parking brake is ap-
The parking brake can be applied whenever Only use the emergency braking function if plied or released, noises may be heard.
the vehicle is at a standstill, even when the the vehicle cannot be stopped with the brake ● If the electronic parking brake has not been
ignition is switched off. Always apply the pedal ››› ! used for a long while, the system sometimes
parking brake when you leave your vehicle
performs automatic and audible checks while
and when you park. ● Pull button  hard to stop the vehicle. The
the vehicle is at a standstill.
warning display will be accompanied by the
● Pull button  until the control lamp  on corresponding audible warning.
the button lights up.
● To stop the braking process, release the
● The parking brake is applied when the con- Parking
button or press the accelerator.
trol lamp  lights up on the instrument pan-
el ››› page 138. When parking your vehicle, all legal require-
WARNING
ments should be observed.
The incorrect use of the electronic parking
Releasing the electronic parking brake
brake may result in serious accident. To park the vehicle
● Switch the ignition on. ● Never use the electronic parking brake to
Complete operations only in the sequence
● Press button  . At the same time, press brake the vehicle except in an emergency. given.
the brake pedal hard or gently press the ac- The braking distance is considerably longer,
celerator pedal with the engine switched on. ● Park the vehicle on a suitable surface ››› .
140
 Driving

● Press and hold the brake pedal until the ve- WARNING tance is larger then when the brake pads

Technical specifications
hicle comes to a standstill. have been run in. While running in, avoid full
The components of the exhaust system reach power braking or situations requiring braking
● Connect the electronic parking brake very high temperatures. This could cause a
››› page 140. performance. For example, in heavy traffic.
fire and considerable damage.
● For an automatic gearbox, move the selec- ● Always park your vehicle so that no part of The rate of wear of the brake pads depends
tor lever to position P. the exhaust system can come in contact with to a great extent on the conditions in which
● Switch off the engine and release the brake flammable materials (such as wood, the vehicle is used and the way the vehicle is
leaves,dried grass, or spilled fuel). driven. If the vehicle is used frequently in city
pedal.
traffic or for short trips or driven sport style,
● Remove the key from the ignition. visit a specialised workshop regularly, more
CAUTION
● If necessary, turn the steering wheel slight- frequently than advised in the Maintenance

Advice
ly to lock the steering. ● Special care should be taken when parking Programme, to have the brake pads checked.
in areas with high kerbs or fixed barriers. Ob-
● With a manual gearbox, engage 1st gear on If you drive with wet brakes, for example, af-
jects protruding from the ground may dam-
flat ground and slopes, or even reverse gear age the bumper or other parts of the vehicle ter crossing areas of water, in heavy rainfall
on hills, and release the clutch pedal. during manoeuvres. To avoid damage, stop or even after washing the car, the effect of
● Ensure that all passengers leave the vehi- before the wheels touch the barrier or kerb. the brakes is lessened as the brake discs are
cle, especially children. ● Special attention is required when driving wet or even frozen (in winter). At higher
● When leaving the vehicle, take all keys with through entrances, over ramps, kerbs or oth- speed, “dry” the brakes as quickly as possi-

Operation
er objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, ble by braking gently several times. Only do
you.
mudguards and running gear, and the engine this without endangering vehicles behind
● Lock the vehicle. and exhaust system could be damaged as you or any other road users ››› .
you drive over these objects.
Additional information for steep slopes and A layer of salt on the discs and brake pads
hills will reduce the effectiveness of the brakes
and increase braking distance. If you drive for
Before switching off the engine, rotate the Information about the brakes a prolonged period on salted roads without
steering wheel so that if the vehicle should braking then brake carefully several times to
move, it will be held by the kerb. For the first 200 to 300 km, new brake pads eliminate the layer of salt on the brakes ››› .

Safety
have not yet reached their maximum braking
● On slopes, turn the front wheels so that capacity, and need to be “run in” first ››› . If the vehicle remains parked for considera-
they are against the edge of the kerb. The slightly reduced braking effect can be ble lengths of time, is used little, or if the
● Uphill, turn the wheels towards the centre compensated for by increasing pressure on brakes are not used, there may be corrosion
of the road. the brake pedal. While running in, the full on the brake discs and a build up of dirt on
braking distance or emergency braking dis- the brake pads. If the brakes are not used »
141
 Operation

frequently, or if rust has formed on the discs, WARNING WARNING

SEAT recommends cleaning the pads and
discs by braking firmly a few times at a mod- New brake pads do not brake to full efficien- Wet, frozen or salt-covered brakes take lon-
cy. ger to engage and this increases braking dis-
erately high speed. Only do this without en-
● For the first 320 km, new brake pads have tances.
dangering vehicles behind you or any other
road users ››› . not yet reached their maximum braking ca- ● Test the brakes carefully.
pacity, and need to be “run in” first. For this, ● Dry the brakes, free them of ice and salt by
to compensate for reduced braking efficiency braking gently several times, when weather,
Faults in the brake system
the brake pedal will have to be pressed with road and traffic conditions permit.
During braking, if you notice that the vehicle more force.
does not react as usual (that the braking dis- ● To avoid losing control of the vehicle and
tance has increased suddenly) it may be pos- WARNING
causing serious accidents, always take great
sible that there is a fault in the braking sys- care when driving with new brake pads. Driving without the brake servo may signifi-
tem. The  warning lamp lights up and a ● When running in new brake pads, always cantly increase the braking distance and re-
text message displayed. Take the vehicle to a respect the safety distances between you and sult in a severe accident.
specialised workshop immediately and have other vehicles and do not cause situations re- ● Never allow the vehicle to move forwards
the fault repaired. Drive at a moderate speed quiring extreme braking performance. when the engine is switched off.
and be prepared to use more pressure on the ● If the brake servo does not operate or the
brake pedal, and allow for longer stopping vehicle must be towed, then the brake pedal
WARNING
distances. will have to be pressed with more force given
When brakes overheat, braking is less effi- that the braking distance will be increased
Brake servo cient and braking distances increase. when the brake servo does not operate.
● When driving on slopes, brakes can be
The brake servo only operates when the en-
overloaded and overheat quickly.
gine is running and the pressure applied by CAUTION
● Reduce speed or change down a gear when
the driver on the brake pedal increases. ● Never make the brakes “slip” by pressing
faced with steep and long slopes. This allows
If the brake servo does not operate or the ve- you to use the engine braking effect and to the pedal gently, if it is not really necessary
hicle must be towed, then the brake pedal reduce the strain on the brake system. to brake. Continuously pressing on the brake
will have to be pressed with more force given pedal will heat the brakes. This could signifi-
● Non-standard or damaged front spoilers
cantly reduce braking power, increase brak-
that the braking distance will be increased could restrict the airflow to the brakes and ing distance or even result in the total failure
when the brake servo does not operate ››› . cause them to overheat. of the brake system.
● Reduce speed or change down a gear when
faced with steep and long slopes. This allows
you to use the engine braking effect and to

142
 Driving

reduce the strain on the brake system. Other- WARNING Flashes Possible cause Solution

Technical specifications
wise, the brakes may overheat and fail. Only
Rapid acceleration can cause loss of traction The selector lever
use the brakes to reduce speed or to stop.
and skidding, especially on slippery ground. locking button Engage the selector
This could cause loss of control of the vehicle  has not engaged. lever lock
Note resulting in an accident and considerable (green) The vehicle does ››› page 145.
damage. not start to move.
When checking the front brake pads, take the
time to also check the rear brake pads. The ● Only use the kick-down function or rapid
acceleration if visibility, weather, road and Several warning and control lamps light up
thickness of the brake pads should be
checked visually and regularly, by looking traffic conditions so permit. for a few seconds when the ignition is switch-
through the openings in the wheel rims or ed on, signalling that the function is being
from underneath the vehicle. If necessary, re- verified. They will switch off after a few sec-
WARNING

Advice
move the wheels to check them thoroughly. onds.
SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech- Do not allow the brakes to “rub” for a pro-
nical service. longed period of time, or brake frequently or WARNING
for long periods of time. Continuous braking
heats up the brakes. This could significantly Observe the safety warnings ››› in Control
reduce braking power, increase braking dis- and warning lamps on page 47.

Changing gear tance or even result in the total failure of the

brake system.

Operation
Introduction Manual gearbox: Engaging gears

When reverse gear is engaged and the Warning and control lamps
ignition is switched on the following takes
place: It lights
Possible cause Solution
● Reverse lights light up. up
● When reversing, the air conditioner auto-
matically changes to air recirculation mode.  Brake pedal not Press brake pedal to
pressed! the floor.

Safety
(red)
● The rear window heater switches on when
the windscreen wiper is activated. To select a range of
gears, press the
● Also, the parking sensor system, the opti-
cal parking sensor and the camera for the re-  Brake pedal not brake pedal.
Please also see "Elec-
Fig. 129 Gear shift pattern of a 6-speed man-
pressed.
verse assist system are connected. (green)
tronic parking brake"
ual gearbox »
››› page 137.
143
 Operation

The position of each of the gears is shown on your hand is transmitted to the gearbox se- When the ignition is on, the current position
the gear stick ››› Fig. 129. lector forks. of the selector lever is shown on the instru-
● Always ensure that the vehicle is complete-
ment panel.
● Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the way
down. ly stopped before engaging the reverse gear.
Selector
● When changing gear, always make sure the Denomi-
● Move the gearbox lever to the required po- lever po- Meaning ›››
clutch pedal is pushed right to the floor. nation
sition. sitions
● Never hold the vehicle “on the clutch” on
In some countries, it is necessary to press the hills with the engine on. The driven wheels are locked
clutch pedal to the floor to start the engine. mechanically.
They only engage when the
Parking vehicle is at a standstill. To
Selecting reverse gear Automatic gearbox*: selecting gears  lock change the position of the
● With the vehicle at a standstill, press the selector lever, press the
brake pedal and switch on
clutch pedal to the floor and keep pressed.
the ignition.
● Push the gear lever down.
Reverse gear is engaged.
● Move the gear stick to the left and then for- Reverse Only select reverse gear
wards to reverse gear ››› Fig. 129 R .  gear when the vehicle is at a
standstill.
WARNING
The gear box is in neutral. No
When the engine is running, the vehicle will movement is transmitted to
start to move as soon as a gear is engaged  Neutral
the wheels and the engine
and the clutch released. This is also the case does not act as a brake.
with the electronic parking brake on.
Fig. 130 Automatic gearbox selector lever Standard
● Never engage the reverse gear when a vehi- The gears are changed (up
with locking button (arrow) forwards
cle is moving forward. and down) automatically.
driving
The gear shifts are deter-
The selector lever has a lock. When changing  position
mined by the engine load,
the selector lever from position P to a range (normal
CAUTION your individual driving style
pro-
of gears, press the brake pedal and press the and the speed of the vehicle.
To prevent damage and avoid premature gramme)
lock on the selector lever, located on the
wear, please observe the following:
front part of the knob, in the direction of the
● While driving, do not leave your hand rest- arrow ››› Fig. 130. To move the gear selector
ing on the gear stick. The pressure applied by lever from the position N to D or to R, first
press and hold the brake pedal.
144
 Driving

Selector In vehicles with a DSG® automatic gearbox, pressed to keep the vehicle at a standstill.

Technical specifications
Denomi- on rare occasions the selector lever lock may
lever po- Meaning ››› Transmission is not totally interrupted either
nation not engage. In this case, the transmission is when the vehicle is idling or when the vehicle
sitions
locked to prevent the vehicle from moving ac- “continues moving forwards”.
The shift up to a higher gear cidentally. The green control light  flashes ● Never engage the R or P gear ranges when
is automatically delayed and and an information text is displayed. Proceed
Standard the vehicle is moving.
the shift down is faster with
forwards as follows to engage the selector lever lock: ● Never leave the vehicle with the gear selec-
respect to the D range of
driving
gears, to take full advantage ● Press the brake pedal and then release. tor in N. The vehicle may move downhill re-
 position
of the engine power. The gardless of whether the engine is switched
(sports
gear shifts are determined by on or not.
pro- WARNING
the engine load, your individ-
gramme)
ual driving style and the

Advice
Placing the selector lever in an incorrect posi-
speed of the vehicle. CAUTION
tion may cause loss of control of the vehicle
and a serious accident. If, when the vehicle is at a standstill, the
Selector lever locking ● Do not press the accelerator when engag- electronic parking brake is not applied and
ing a range of gears. the brake pedal is released while in position
The gear selector lever lock prevents, in P or
P, the vehicle may move a few centimetres
N, a gear selection from being inadvertently ● With the engine running and a range of
forwards or backwards.
engaged and the vehicle moving off acciden- gears selected, the vehicle will move off
tally. when the brake pedal is released.

Operation
● Never select reverse gear or the parking Note
To release the gear selector lever lock, press
lock while driving. If, while driving, the selector lever is acciden-
and hold the brake pedal with the ignition
tally placed in position N, lift your foot off the
on. Press simultaneously on the selector lev-
accelerator. Wait until the engine is running
er lock. WARNING
at idle speed before selecting a new gear
The selector lever lock is not engaged if it is Unintentional movements of the vehicle range.
moved quickly through position N (e.g. when could cause serious injury.
shifting from R to D). This makes it possible, ● As a driver, you should never leave your ve-
for instance, to “rock the vehicle backwards hicle if the engine is running and a gear range

Safety
and forwards” if it is stuck in snow or mud. is engaged. If you have to leave your vehicle
The selector lever lock engages automatically while the engine is running, you must apply
if the brake pedal is not pressed and the lev- the electronic parking brake and engage
er is in position N for more than about one parking lock P with the selector lever.
second at a speed of less than 5 km/h ● While the engine is running and with the D,
(3 mph). S or R range of gears selected, keep the brake
145
 Operation

Changing gears with Tiptronic* rently selected gear. This is possible as long Driving with an automatic gearbox
as the system is not changing gear automati-
cally due to a traffic situation. The gearbox changes gear ratios automatical-
ly as the vehicle moves.
Using Tiptronic with the selector lever
● Press the selector lever from position D to Driving down hills
the right into the Tiptronic selector gate ››› The steeper the gradient, the lower the gear
in Automatic gearbox*: selecting gears on you will need. The lowest gears increase the
page 145. engine braking work. Never go down hills
● Press the lever forwards + or backwards with the selector lever in neutral N.
– to move up or down a gear ››› Fig. 131. ● You should reduce speed accordingly.
Fig. 131 Selector lever in Tiptronic position ● Press the selector lever from position D to
Using the Tiptronic with the steering wheel
(left-hand drive vehicles). The lay-out in right- the right into the Tiptronic selector gate
hand drive vehicles is symmetrically op-
paddle shifts
››› page 146.
posed. ● In D or S, move the steering wheel paddle
● Gently pull the selector lever back to
shifts ››› Fig. 132.
change down a gear.
● Pull the right-hand side paddle + OFF
● OR: reduce using the steering wheel pad-
››› Fig. 132 towards the steering wheel to
dles ››› page 146.
step up a gear.
● Pull the left-hand side paddle – ››› Fig. 132
Back-up programme
towards the steering wheel step down a gear.
If all the selector lever positions on the in-
If the paddles are not used for a period of strument panel display are shown with a
time, the vehicle leaves Tiptronic mode. light-coloured background, this means there
is a fault in the system. The automatic gear-
CAUTION box will operate in back-up mode. When the
Fig. 132 Steering wheel with two paddle ● When accelerating, the gearbox automati- backup programme is activated, it is possible
shifts for Tiptronic cally shifts up into the next gear shortly be- to drive the vehicle, however, at low speeds
fore the maximum engine speed is reached. and within a selected range of gears.
The Tiptronic system allows you to manually
change gears in vehicles with an automatic
● When reducing speed manually, the gear For the DSG® dual clutch gearbox, in some
box only shifts gear when the engine can no cases, this may mean that the reverse gear
gearbox. When you change to the Tiptronic
longer exceed the maximum engine speed. does not engage. The gearbox should be
programme, the vehicle remains in the cur-
146
 Driving

checked by a specialised workshop as soon Launch-Control Programme CAUTION

Technical specifications
as possible. The Launch-Control programme enables max- ● If you stop on a hill with a gear range en-
imum acceleration while at a standstill. gaged, do not try to prevent the vehicle from
Overload protection for the 6-speed DSG
rolling back by pressing on the accelerator.
gearbox® ● Switch off the ASR ››› page 137.
This could cause overheating and damage the
When the clutch is overloaded, the vehicle ● Press and hold the brake pedal with your automatic gearbox.
begins to jerk and the selector lever position left foot. ● Never allow the vehicle to move with the
indicator begins to flash. To prevent damage ● Place the selector lever in position S or Tip- gear selector lever in N, especially with the
to the clutch, this interrupts the power trans- tronic. engine turned off. The automatic gearbox will
mission between the engine and the gear- not be lubricated and could be damaged.
● Press the accelerator with the right foot un-
box. There is no more traction and it is not
til the vehicle reaches an engine speed of ap-

Advice
possible to accelerate. If the clutch is opened
proximately 3200 rpm.
automatically due to overloading, press the Recommended gear display
brake pedal. Wait a few seconds before start- ● Lift the left foot off the brake ›››
. The ve-
ing to move again. hicle starts with maximum acceleration. In some vehicles, the recommended gear for
● Turn on the ASR after accelerating! reducing fuel consumption is displayed on
Kick-down the instrument panel:
The kick-down system provides maximum ac- WARNING
Display Meaning

Operation
celeration when the gear selector lever is in Rapid acceleration can cause loss of traction
the positions D, S or in the Tiptronic position. and skidding, especially on slippery ground.
This could cause loss of control of the vehicle  Optimum gear.
When the accelerator pedal is pressed right resulting in an accident and considerable
down, the automatic gearbox will shift down damage.
 Recommendation to change up a gear.
to a lower gear, depending on road speed Recommendation to change down a
● Only use kick-down and rapid acceleration
and engine speed. This takes advantage of  gear.
when weather conditions, surface conditions
the maximum acceleration of the vehicle and traffic conditions permit; accelerate and
››› . drive in a manner that does not endanger Information for “cleaning” the diesel

Safety
When the accelerator is pressed to the floor, other road users. particulate filter
the automatic gearbox shifts to the next gear ● Please remember that the driven wheels
The exhaust gas system control recognises
can slip and the vehicle can skid if the ASR is
only after the engine reaches the specified
turned off, especially on slippery ground.
when the diesel particulate filter is blocked, »
maximum engine speed.
● Turn on the ASR after accelerating!

147
 Operation

and helps to clean it by recommending a spe- Running-in the engine For the sake of the environment
cific gear for driving. It may therefore be nec- The engine needs to be run-in over the first
essary to drive with the engine at an If the engine is run in gently, the life of the
1500 km (1000 miles). During its first few engine will be increased and the engine oil
exceptionally high speed ››› page 151. hours of running, the internal friction in the consumption reduced.
engine is greater than later on when all the
WARNING moving parts have bedded down.
The recommended gear display is intended as
a guideline only; it should never replace the
How the vehicle is driven for the first Environmental friendliness
driver's attention to driving carefully. 1500 km (1000 miles) influences the future
engine performance. Throughout the life of Environmental protection is a top priority in
● Responsibility for selecting the correct gear
the vehicle, it should be driven at a moderate the design, choice of materials and manufac-
for each situation continues to lie with the
speed – especially when the engine is cold – ture of your new SEAT.
driver, for example when overtaking, climb-
ing a hill or towing a trailer. this will reduce engine wear and increase its
useful life. Never drive at extremely low en- Constructive measures to encourage
gine speeds. Always engage a lower gear recycling
For the sake of the environment when the engine works “irregularly”. For the ● Joints and connections designed for easy
Selecting the most appropriate gear for the first 1000 km or 600 miles, please note: dismantling
situation will help you to save fuel.
● Do not use full throttle. ● Modular construction to facilitate disman-
● Do not force the engine above two thirds of tling
Note
its maximum speed. ● Increased use of single-grade materials.
The recommended gear display is switched
● Do not tow a trailer. ● Plastic parts and elastomers are marked in
off when the clutch pedal is pressed.
accordance with ISO 1043, ISO 11469 and
Between 1000 and 1500 kilometres (600 to ISO 1629.
1000 miles), gradually increase power until
reaching the maximum speed and high en-
Run-in and economical driving gine speeds.
Choice of materials
● Use of recycled materials.
Running-in Running in new tyres and brake pads ● Use of compatible plastics in the same part
● Replacement of wheel rims and new tyres
if its components are not easily separated.
Please observe the instructions for running-in
››› page 231 ● Use of recycled materials and/or materials
new components.
● Notes on the brakes ››› page 141
originating from renewable sources.
● Reduction of volatile components, includ-
ing odour, in plastic materials.
148
 Driving

● Use of CFC-free coolants. Correct economical and ecological 40 km/h (25 mph) in fourth gear and at

Technical specifications
driving 50 km/h (31 mph) in fifth gear.
Ban on heavy metals, with the exceptions
dictated by law (Annex II of ELV Directive In addition, “skipping” gears when shifting
2000/53/EC): cadmium, lead, mercury, hexa- up helps to save fuel, weather and traffic
valent chromium. conditions permitting.
Do not wait until the last moment before
Manufacturing methods changing gear. Only use first gear when you
● Reduction of the quantity of thinner in the move off and change to second gear quickly.
protective wax for cavities. Avoid the kick-down function in vehicles with
● Use of plastic film as protection during ve-
automatic gearbox.

Advice
hicle transport. Vehicles with a gear display help to achieve
● Use of solvent-free adhesives. an economical driving style as the display in-
Fig. 133 Fuel consumption in litres per dicates the best moment to change gear.
● Use of CFC-free coolants in cooling sys-
100 km (mpg) at different outside tempera-
tems. tures Let the vehicle roll
● Recycling and energy recovery from resi-
If you take your foot off the accelerator, the
dues (RDF). Fuel consumption, environmental impact and
fuel supply is stopped and consumption is
● Improvement in the quality of waste water. engine, brake and tyre wear depend largely

Operation
reduced.
on three factors:
● Use of systems for the recovery of residual
Allow the vehicle to roll without accelerating,
heat (thermal recovery, enthalpy wheels, ● Personal driving style.
for example when approaching a red traffic
etc.). ● Conditions of use (weather, road surface). light. However, if the vehicle is rolling too
● The use of water-soluble paints. slowly or the distance is too long, the clutch
● Technical requirements.
pedal should be pressed to declutch. The en-
Savings of up to 25% in fuel consumption gine will then operate at idle speed.
are possible with an appropriate driving style
If the vehicle is going to be at a standstill for
and the adoption of certain simple tips.

Safety
a period of time, switch off the engine; for ex-
ample, while waiting at a level crossing. In
Changing gear early
vehicles which have the Start-Stop function
General instructions: The highest gear is al- on, the engine switches off automatically
ways the most economical. As a guideline, when the vehicle is not moving. »
for the majority of vehicles: at a speed of
30 km/h (19 mph), drive in third gear, at
149
 Operation

Think ahead and “flow” with the traffic outside temperature, it will require a large Fig. 133 shows the difference in consump-
Frequent acceleration and braking considera- amount of energy from the engine. Therefore, tion for the same journey at +20 °C (+68 °F)
bly increase fuel consumption. If you think we recommend that the selected temperature and at -10 °C (+14 °F).
ahead as you drive and keep a safe distance for the vehicle is not too different to the out-
Therefore, unnecessary short journeys
from the vehicle in front, it is possible to slow side temperature. It is a good idea to air the
should be avoided. Try to combine trips.
down by simply lifting your foot off the accel- vehicle before starting your journey and to
erator. This eliminates the need for constant drive a short distance with all the windows The vehicle uses more fuel in winter than in
braking and acceleration. open. Only then should you close all the win- summer, even when other conditions are the
dows and switch on the air conditioning. same.
Calm and steady driving Keep windows closed when travelling at high
“Warming” the engine is not only forbidden
speeds. Driving with the windows open in-
Constancy is more important than speed: The in some countries, but in practice it is techni-
creases fuel consumption.
more you drive at a constant speed, the lower cally superfluous as it is a waste of fuel.
● Switch off the seat heating when the seats
the fuel consumption.
have warmed up. Adjusting type pressures.
When driving on the motorway, it is more effi- ● Switch off the heated rear window and the
cient to drive at a constant and more moder- Having the correct pressure in your tyres
windscreen heating when the windows have helps to reduce rolling resistance and, as a
ate speed than to be continuously accelerat- demisted and are free of ice.
ing and braking. As a general rule, you will result reduces fuel consumption. Increasing
reach your destination just as quickly when
● Do not leave the auxiliary heater switched the tyre pressure slightly (+0.2 bar
you drive at a constant speed. on when the vehicle is moving ››› page 128. [2.9 psi/20 kPa]) can help to save fuel.

The cruise control function helps you to ach- If you are prepared to accept a slight reduc-
Avoid short journeys tion in comfort, the tyres may be filled to the
ieve a constant style of driving.
Fuel consumption is much higher when the pressures recommended for a fully-loaded
engine is cold, immediately after it has been vehicle. This is also valid when driving alone
Moderate use of additional devices
started. It takes a few kilometres of driving without luggage.
It is important to travel in comfort, but con- for the engine to warm up and to normalise
venience systems should be used ecological- When you buy new tyres, make sure they are
consumption.
ly. optimised for minimum rolling resistance.
The engine and catalytic converter need to
Some equipment, when connected, increase reach their proper working temperature in or- Use low friction engine oil
fuel consumption considerably, for example: der to minimise fuel consumption and emis-
The use of low viscosity totally synthetic oils,
sions. The ambient temperature has a deci-
● Air conditioning cooling system: If the air known as low friction engine oil, helps to re-
sive influence.
conditioning system is required to cool to duce fuel consumption. These oils reduce the
significantly lower temperatures than the true resistance caused by friction in the engine,
150
 Driving

they flow around the engine more quickly Other factors which increase fuel Control lamps

Technical specifications
and efficiently, particularly in cold starts. The consumption (examples):
effect is particularly noticeable in vehicles ● Fault in engine management. It lights
frequently used for short journeys. Possible cause Solution
● Driving on hills. up
Always check the engine oil level and ob- ● Trailer towing. Take the vehicle to a
serve service intervals (engine oil change in- Fault in engine
specialised work-
tervals). management
WARNING  (Electronic Power
shop as soon as
possible and have
When purchasing engine oil, always observe Always adapt your speed and the distance to
Control).
the engine checked.
legal requirements and ensure that the oil is the vehicles ahead in line with visibility,
approved by SEAT. weather conditions, the condition of the road Pre-heating a die-
sel engine before

Advice
and the traffic situation.  ››› page 133
starting the en-
Avoid carrying unnecessary loads
gine.
The lighter the vehicle, the more economical
You should reduce
and ecological the driving style. For example,
an additional weight of 100 kg will increase
Engine management and speed accordingly.
Drive carefully until
fuel consumption up to 0.3 l/100 km. exhaust gas purification  Fault in catalytic
you reach the next
converter.
Remove any unnecessary objects or loads system specialised work-
shop. Have the en-

Operation
from the vehicle. gine checked there.
Introduction
Remove optional equipment and Drive for 15 minutes
in 4th gear (manual
unnecessary accessories WARNING gearbox), or in D (au-
The more aerodynamic the vehicle, the lower The components of the exhaust system reach tomatic gearbox) at
the fuel consumption. Optional equipment very high temperatures. This could cause a a minimum speed of
and accessories (such as roof racks or bike fire. 70 km/h (45 mph).
Diesel particulate
carriers) reduce the aerodynamic benefits of ● Always park your vehicle so that no part of
 filter blocked
Observe speed lim-
its ››› .
the vehicle. the exhaust system can come in contact with

Safety
If the warning lamp
Therefore, we recommend you remove all op- flammable materials (such as dried grass). remains lit up, take
● Do not apply additional underseal or anti- the vehicle to a spe-
tional and unnecessary equipment and racks, cialised workshop
especially if you intend to drive at high corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes, cata-
lytic converter, heat shields or the diesel par-
››› page 152. »
speeds.
ticulate filter.

151
 Operation

Flashes Possible cause Solution Note For the sake of the environment

Take the vehicle to a While the indicators ,  or  remain lit, Even when the emission control system is
Fault in the engine specialised work- there may be engine problems, fuel consump- working perfectly, there may be a smell of
 management (die- shop as soon as tion may be greater and the engine may lose sulphur under certain conditions. This de-
sel engines). possible and have power. pends on the sulphur content of the fuel be-
the engine checked. ing used.

You should reduce

Combustion fault
speed accordingly. Catalytic converter
which could dam-
Drive carefully until Diesel particulate filter
 age the catalytic
you reach the next The catalytic converter permits the subse-
specialised work- The diesel particulate filter removes soot par-
converter. quent treatment of the exhaust gases thus
shop. Have the en-
reducing contaminating gas emissions. To ticulates from the exhaust gas, retains and
gine checked there.
ensure a longer working life for the exhaust burns them. To assist the combustion proc-
Several warning and control lamps light up system and catalytic converter in a petrol en- ess, SEAT recommends you avoid frequent
for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- gine: short trips.
ed on, signalling that the function is being ● Always use unleaded petrol. ● Always use diesel with a low sulphur con-
verified. They will switch off after a few sec- tent ››› page 209.
onds. ● Never run the fuel tank completely dry.
● Do not top up with too much engine oil ● Never use petrol or fuel oil.
WARNING ››› page 218. ● Never use biodiesel. However, a blend pre-
Observe traffic regulations when cleaning the ● Do not tow-start the vehicle; use the starter pared by the diesel manufacturer containing
diesel particulate filter while driving. cables ››› page 253. biodiesel within the limits established by the
EN 590 standard may be used ››› page 209.
● Only carry on driving if visibility, weather,
road and traffic conditions so permit. If you should notice misfiring, uneven run- ● Never run the fuel tank completely dry.
ning or loss of power when the car is moving,
● Never endanger your safety or that of other ● Do not top up with too much engine oil
reduce speed immediately. Have the car in-
road users.
spected by a specialised workshop. If this
››› page 218.
happens, unburnt fuel can enter the exhaust ● Do not tow-start the vehicle; use the starter
CAUTION system and escape into the atmosphere. The cables ››› page 253.
Always pay attention to any lit control lamps catalytic converter can also be damaged by
In order to reduce blocking of the diesel par-
and to the corresponding descriptions and in- overheating.
ticulate filter, some vehicles with an automat-
structions to avoid damage to the vehicle.
ic gearbox may increase the engine speed
slightly to start cleaning the filter
152
 Driving

automatically. The control lamp will not light ● Are a suitable engine oil (››› page 218) and WARNING

Technical specifications
up in this case . other engine fluids complying with SEAT
specifications available in the destination When driving through water, mud, melted
snow, etc., please remember that due to
For the sake of the environment country?
damp or frozen brake discs and shoes in win-
Even when the emission control system is ● Will the navigation system fitted at the fac- ter, the braking effect may be delayed, there-
working perfectly, there may be a smell of tory operate correctly in the destination coun- fore the required braking distance is greater.
sulphur under certain conditions. This de- try with the available navigation data? ● “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking
pends on the sulphur content of the fuel be- ● Are special tyres required in the destination carefully. Ensure that you are not endanger-
ing used. ing other road-users or breaking traffic regu-
country?
lations in the process.
CAUTION ● After driving through water, avoid sudden

Advice
Driving abroad sharp manoeuvres.
SEAT does not accept liability for any damage
to the vehicle due to the use of a lower quali-
In some countries, certain safety regulations
ty fuel, an inadequate service or the non- CAUTION
and requirements are in force relating to ex- availability of genuine spare parts.
haust gas emissions, which differ from the ● Driving through flooded areas may severely
technical characteristics of the vehicle. Be- damage vehicle components such as the en-
fore travelling abroad, SEAT recommends you gine, transmission, drive train or electrical
consult a technical service about the legal re- Driving along flooded roadways system.

Operation
quirements and the following points: ● Never drive through salt water as salt cau-
To prevent damage to the vehicle when driv- ses corrosion. Always rinse any parts of the
● Does the vehicle need technical modifica- ing through water, for example, along a floo- vehicle which have been in contact with salt
tions for driving abroad, for example, adjust- ded road, please observe the following: water.
ment of the headlamps?
● Check the depth of the water before enter-
● Does the vehicle have all the tools, diag-
ing the flooded zone. The water should never
nostics equipment and spare parts required come above the lower edge of the bodywork
for inspections and repairs? ››› .

Safety
● Are there any SEAT dealers in the destina- ● Do not drive faster than a pedestrian.
tion country?
● Do not stop in the water, use reverse gear
● For petrol vehicles: Is unleaded petrol avail-
or switch off the engine.
able at the right octane rating?
● Oncoming traffic will cause waves which
● For diesel engines: Is diesel fuel available
raise the level of the water, making it difficult
with a low sulphur content? to cross the water.
153
 Operation

Driver assistance systems the driver to control the vehicle as the loss of
adherence with the road surface will prevent-
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
ABS can prevent the wheels from locking dur-
ing braking and steering. If the vehicle is ing braking until just before the vehicle stops
Braking and stability systems driven through series of bends at high thus helping the driver to steer the vehicle
speed, the ESC will not always be as effec- and maintain control. This means that, even
Brake assist systems tive: the vehicle reaction to aggressive driv- during full braking, the risk of skidding is re-
ing is not the same as at reduced speeds. duced:
The brake assist systems ESC, ABS, BAS, ASR When driving with a trailer, ESC does not pro-
and EDL only operate when the ignition is vide the same amount of vehicle control as ● Press and hold the brake pedal fully. Do not
switched on. They contribute significantly to without a trailer. remove your foot from the brake pedal or re-
increasing active safety. duce braking force!
Adjust your speed and driving style to road,
traffic and weather conditions. ESC cannot ● Do not “pump” the brake pedal, or reduce
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
push the limits of the laws of physics; im- braking force!
ESC reduces the risk of skidding and increa- prove the transmission available or maintain ● Maintain vehicle direction when braking
ses the vehicle stability by braking individual the vehicle on the road if a lack of driver at- fully.
wheels under specific driving conditions. ESC tention creates an inevitable situation. Other- ● When the brake pedal is released or when
detects critical handling situations, such as wise, ESC assists in maintaining vehicle con-
understeer, oversteer and wheelspin on the the brake force is reduced, ABS is turned off.
trol in extreme situations and uses the move-
driven wheels. The system stabilises the ve- ments of the steering made by the driver to ABS control can be observed by vibration of
hicle by braking individual wheels or by re- maintain the vehicle moving in the desired the brake pedal and noise. You should never
ducing the engine torque. direction. If the vehicle is driven at such a expect the ABS to reduce the braking dis-
The ESC has limits. It is important to realise speed that it will leave the road before ESC tance under any circumstances. This distance
that the ESC is also subject to the laws of can intervene then the system cannot pro- will increase when driving on gravel, recent
physics. ESC will not be able to deal with all vide assistance. snow or on icy and slippery ground.
situations with which drivers may be faced. The ABS, BAS, ASR and EDL systems are in- When driving on loose ground, the all-terrain
For example, if the road surface changes sud- corporated into the ESC. The ESC is always configuration of the ABS is automatically
denly then ESC will not be useful in all cases. on. The ESC should only be turned off using turned on. When ABS is activated, the front
If the vehicle suddenly enters a section cov- the ASR button ››› Fig. 134 when traction is wheels may lock briefly. This shortens the
ered by water, mud or snow then ESC will not insufficient. Always remember to turn on the braking distance in off-road situations as the
provide assistance in the same way as on dry ASR once more when the vehicle has traction wheels are prevented from digging into loose
ground. If the vehicle loses its grip on the again. surfaces. All-terrain ABS only intervenes
ground and moves on a film of water (“aqua- when driving in a straight line. When the
planing”), the ESC will not be able to assist
154
 Driver assistance systems

front wheels are turned, the normal ABS is tects wheelspin, it brakes the spinning wheel ● Driving to quickly on wet ground can result

Technical specifications
activated. and directs the power to the other drive in the wheels losing contact with the ground
wheels. To prevent the disc brake of the in an effect known as “aquaplaning”. Without
Brake assist system (BAS) braked wheel from overheating, the EDL cuts adherence, it is impossible to brake, steer or
out automatically if subjected to excessive control the vehicle.
The brake assist system may reduce the re-
loads. The EDL will switch on again automati- ● Brake assist systems cannot avoid acci-
quired braking distance. The brake assist
cally when the brake has cooled down. dents if, for example, the driver does not re-
system boosts the braking force if you press
the brake pedal quickly in an emergency. As spect safety distances or drives to quickly in
The XDS function is an extension of the elec-
difficult conditions.
a result, the braking pressure increases rap- tronic differential lock. The XDS does not re-
idly, the braking force is multiplied and the act to the traction of the driving wheels, but ● Even though brake assist systems are ex-
braking distance is reduced. This enables the to the adherence of the front wheel on the in- tremely effective and help control the vehicle

Advice
ABS to be activated more quickly and effec- in difficult situations, remember that the ve-
side of the curve whilst gripping rapidly in
hicle stability depends on tyre grip.
tively. corners. The XDS gives pressure to the brakes
of the wheel on the interior of the corner to ● When accelerating on a slippery surface,
¡Do not lift your foot off the brake pedal! for example on ice or snow, press the acceler-
prevent skidding. This improves traction,
When the brake pedal is released or when ator carefully. The wheels can still slip even
which assists the vehicle in continuing the
the brake force is reduced, braking assist au- with brake assist systems resulting in loss of
required line.
tomatically turns off the brake servo. vehicle control.
WARNING

Operation
Traction control when accelerating (ASR) WARNING
Driving at high speed on icy, slippery wet
In the event of wheelspin, the traction control The effectiveness of the ESC can be consider-
ground can result in loss of vehicle control
system reduces the engine torque to match and serious injury to the driver and passen- ably reduced if other components and sys-
the amount of grip available. The ASR makes gers. tems affecting driving dynamics are not main-
some situations easier, for example, when tained or are not functioning correctly. This
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visi-
starting, accelerating or going uphill, even in includes, among others, brakes, tyres and
bility, road, traffic and weather conditions.
unfavourable road conditions. Even though the brake assist systems, ABS, other systems already mentioned.
The ASR can be switched on or off manually BAS, EDL, ASR and ESC, provide more securi- ● Remember that changing and fitting other
components to the vehicle can affect opera-

Safety
››› page 156. ty, do not take unnecessary risks while driv-
ing. tion of the ABS, BAS, ASL EDL and ESC.
Electronic differential lock system (EDL and ● Brake assist systems can not overcome the ● Changes to the vehicle suspension or using
XDS) laws of physics. Even with ESC and other sys- unapproved wheel/tyre combinations can af-
tems, slippery and wet roads will always be fect operation of the ABS, BAS, ASL EDL and
EDL is available when driving in straight lines dangerous. ESC, as well as their effectiveness. »
under normal conditions. When the EDL de-
155
 Operation

● Likewise, the effectiveness of ESC depends The electronic stability control ESC consists ● Always try to adapt the speed of the vehi-
on the use of suitable tyres ››› page 231. of ABS, EDL and ASR and only works when cle and your style of driving to the condition
the engine is running. of the ground or the road and to weather and
traffic conditions.
Note The ASR can be switched off while the engine
● To ensure that the ESC and ASR work prop-
is running by pressing the  OFF ››› Fig. 134 ● The start assist system cannot keep the ve-
button. The ASR (and similar) is only switch- hicle stationary in all conditions on a gradi-
erly, all four wheels must be fitted with iden- ent or cause it to brake on steep downhill
tical tyres. Any differences in the rolling radi- ed off when the required traction is not ob-
gradients, e.g. if the road is slippery or icy.
us of the tyres can cause the system to re- tained:
duce engine power when this is not desired.
● When driving through deep snow or on
● If a malfunction should occur in the ABS,
loose ground (gravel, etc.). Auto Hold function*
the ESC, EDL and ASR will also be out of ac-
tion. ● When “freeing” a trapped vehicle.
● Noises may be heard while any of the Turn the ASR back on by pressing the but-
above systems are operating. ton  OFF ››› Fig. 134.

Turning on and off the ASR

Start assist systems
Introduction

WARNING
Fig. 135 Detailed view of the centre console:
The intelligent technology in the start assist Auto Hold button
systems cannot change the laws of physics.
The improved comfort provided by start as- The control lamp on the button switches on
sist systems should not prompt you to take when the Auto Hold function is on.
risks.
● Unintentional movements of the vehicle
When the Auto Hold function is on, this helps
could cause serious injury.
the driver if they must regularly stop the vehi-
Fig. 134 Detailed view of the centre console:
button used to switch ASR on and off (vehi-
cle or if they must stop with the engine run-
● The start assist systems are not a replace-
cles with ESC) ning for prolonged periods, for example, on
ment for driver awareness.
hills, before a traffic light or in traffic jams
with continuous stopping and starting.
156
 Driver assistance systems

The Auto Hold function automatically pre- Switching Auto Hold on and off manually Auto Hold turns off automatically under the

Technical specifications
vents the vehicle from rolling away acciden- Press the AUTO HOLD button ››› . The control following conditions:
tally when at a standstill, without the driver lamp on the button switches off when the Au-
having to keep his/her foot on the brake ped- Manual gearbox Automatic gearbox
to Hold function is switched off.
al. 1. If one of the conditions mentioned in table on
When the system that detects that the vehi- Permanent Auto Hold connection page 157 changes.
cle has stopped, the Auto Hold keeps the ve- The Auto Hold function must be switched on 2. If the engine is “not running regularly” or if there is
hicle at a standstill. The brake pedal can be every time the engine is started. However, to a malfunction.
released. switch the Auto Hold function on permanent- 3. When changing to idle If the selector lever is
If the driver presses the brake pedal briefly or ly, the mark must be switched on in the Set- speed. placed in neutral (N).
the accelerator to start off, the Auto Hold tings menu, “Autohold” submenu ››› page 47.

Advice
4. If the engine is turned If the engine is switch-
function releases the brake once more. The off or stalls. ed off.
vehicle moves according to the gradient. Auto Hold works automatically under the
following conditions: 5. If the driver accelerates If the vehicle is acceler-
If any of the conditions necessary for the Au- while pressing the ated.
to Hold function change while the vehicle All points must be fulfilled simultaneously clutch in.
stopped, the system is turned off as is the in- ››› :
dicator on the button ››› Fig. 135. The elec- 6. When one of the wheels
Manual gearbox Automatic gearbox has minimal contact
tronic parking brake engages where necessa-

Operation
with the ground (e.g. on
ry to park the vehicle safely ››› . 1. If the vehicle is stopped using the brake pedal on a uneven ground).
flat or slope.
Conditions for keeping the vehicle at a
2. The engine must be “running smoothly”. WARNING
standstill with Auto Hold:
The Auto Hold technology is limited by the
● The driver door must be closed. 3. On a slope, the 1st gear A gear for driving is se-
laws of physics. The improved comfort provi-
is engaged uphill or the lected from R, D or S.
● The driver seat belt must be buckled. ded by Auto Hold should never prompt you to
reverse gear is engaged
● The engine must be running. for a downhill. The take risks.
clutch must be held ● Never leave the vehicle running and with

Safety
● The ASR system is switched on
down. the Auto Hold function switched on.
››› page 137.
Upon accelerating and Upon accelerating, the ● Auto Hold cannot always stop the vehicle
pressing in the clutch brake releases gradual- uphill and downhill (e.g. if the ground is slip-
simultaneously, the ly. pery or frozen). »
brake releases gradual-
ly.
157
 Operation

CAUTION Vehicles with a manual gearbox ● In vehicles with Climatronic: the tempera-
● When the vehicle is at a standstill, leave it ture inside the vehicle is within the pre-set
Before entering an automatic car wash, al-
in neutral and take your foot off the clutch. temperature range.
ways switch the Auto Hold function off, as it
could be damaged when the electronic park- The engine switches off. ● The temperature set is neither very high nor
ing brake automatically engages. ● Simply depress the clutch pedal to move very low.
off again. ● The air conditioning defrost function is not
switched on.
Start-Stop Function* Vehicles with an automatic gearbox ● In vehicles with Climatronic: the blower has
● When the vehicle is at a standstill, depress not been manually set to a high speed.
the brake or keep it pressed down. The en- ● The power level of the vehicle's battery is
gine switches off. sufficient.
● The engine will start again as soon as you ● The vehicle's battery temperature is neither
release the brake pedal. too high nor too low.
● With the selector lever set to position P, the ● The vehicle is not on a steep gradient or
engine will not start until a range of gears is slope.
selected or the accelerator pedal is de- ● The front wheels are not overly turned.
pressed.
● The heated windscreen is not switched on.
Important conditions for the engine to ● Reverse gear is not engaged.
Fig. 136 Detailed view of the centre console:
Start-Stop function button automatically switch off ● The park assist system is not switched on.
● The driver seat belt must be buckled.
With the Start-Stop system enabled, the en- Conditions for automatically restarting the
● The driver door must be closed.
gine is automatically stopped when the vehi- engine
cle is at a standstill. The engine restarts auto- ● The bonnet must be closed.
The engine may automatically restart under
matically when required. ● The factory-fitted towing bracket must not
the following conditions:
The function is enabled automatically when- be electrically connected to a trailer.
ever the ignition is switched on. The instru- ● A minimum engine temperature has been ● If the vehicle interior is too hot or too cold.
ment panel displays information on the cur- reached. ● If the vehicle moves.
rent status. ● The steering wheel must not be turned ● If the vehicle's battery voltage drops.
more than 270 degrees.
● The vehicle has moved since the last stop.

158
 Driver assistance systems

Conditions requiring the key to restart the Note ously calculates the distance between the

Technical specifications
engine bumper and the obstacle.
● In some cases, you may have to restart the
The engine must be started manually under vehicle using the key. Observe the corre-
the following conditions: WARNING
sponding message on the instrument panel
display. The parking sensor system and the optical
● If the driver unbuckles his/her seat belt. parking system cannot replace driver aware-
● If the steering wheel is turned more than
● If the driver door is opened. 270°, Stop will not function; however, the an- ness.
● If the bonnet is opened. gle of steering wheel turn does not affect ● The sensors have blind spots in which ob-
starting the vehicle. stacles and people are not registered.
● In vehicles with a manual gearbox: if a gear
● Always observe the area around the vehi-
has been selected.
cle, as the sensors do not always detect

Advice
small children, animals or objects.
Switching Start-Stop mode on and off Parking sensor system* ● The surface of certain objects and some
manually
clothing do not reflect the ultrasound signals
● Press the  button on the centre console Introduction from the parking distance system. The sys-
››› Fig. 136. tem cannot detect or incorrectly detects
● The button will light up when the Start-Stop The parking sensor system assists the driver these objects and people wearing these
function is switched off. when parking. When the vehicle approaches types of clothes.
an obstacle, forwards or backwards, an inter- ● External sound sources can affect the park-

Operation
The engine will start immediately if the vehi- mittent audible warning will be heard, higher ing distance aid signals. In this case, under
cle is in Stop mode when it is switched off or lower depending on the distance. The certain circumstances, people and objects
manually. shorter the distance, the shorter the intervals will not be detected.
between tones. If the vehicle is too close to
WARNING the obstacle, the audible warning becomes CAUTION
constant.
The brake servo and the power steering do ● The sensors may not always be able to de-
not work when the engine is switched off. If you continue to approach an obstacle when tect objects such as trailer draw bars, thin
● Never allow the vehicle to move when the the sound is continuous, this means the sys- rails, fences, posts, trees and open boots,

Safety
engine is switched off. tem can no longer measure the distance. etc. This could result in damage to your car.
The sensor system on the bumpers transmit ● Although the parking sensor system de-
CAUTION and receive ultrasound. Using the ultrasound tects and warns of the presence of an obsta-
signal (transmission, reflection from the ob- cle, the obstacle could disappear from the an-
Using the Start-Stop function for a long peri- gle of measurement of the sensors if it is too
od at very high outside temperatures could stacle and reception), this system continu-
damage the vehicle's battery.
high or low and the system would no longer »
159
 Operation

show it. Therefore, it will not warn you of Parking sensor system* hicle is too close to the obstacle, the audible
these objects. Ignoring the warnings of the warning becomes constant.
parking sensor system could cause consider-
able damage to the vehicle. Switching the parking sensor system on and
● The bumper sensors may become damaged off
or misaligned, for example, when parking. ● Press the  button ››› Fig. 137 when the
● To ensure that the system works properly, ignition is switched on.
the bumper sensors must be kept clean, free ● Automatic on: select reverse gear.
of ice and snow and uncovered.
● Automatic off: drive faster than 15 km/h
● When cleaning the sensors with high-pres-
(9 mph).
sure or steam cleaning equipment, spray the
sensors briefly at a distance of no less than The button lights up when the function is
10 cm (4 inches). Fig. 137 Detailed view of the centre console:
switched on.
button for switching the parking sensor sys-
tem on and off
Note Things to note regarding the parking sensor
Acoustic sources may lead to erroneous warn- system
ings on the parking sensor system, e.g. ● The parking sensor system sometimes reg-
rough tarmac, cobbles or the noise of other isters water on the sensors as an obstacle.
vehicles.
● If the distance does not change, the warn-
ing signal will sound less loudly after a few
seconds. If the continuous signal sounds, the
volume will remain constant.
● When the vehicle moves away from the ob-
stacle, the beeping sound automatically
switches off. On approaching the obstacle
Fig. 138 Parking sensor system sensors on again, the beeping sound will automatically
the front bumper switch back on.
● If the electronic parking brake is engaged
The parking sensor system assists the driver
when parking. If the vehicle is approaching or the selector lever is set to P, no audible
an obstacle, an intermittent audible warning warning will be emitted.
is emitted. The shorter the distance, the ● Your technical service centre can adjust the
shorter the intervals between tones. If the ve- volume of the warning signals.
160
 Driver assistance systems

Note Function Necessary operations

Technical specifications
If the parking sensor system is faulty, a con- Drive forwards at more than about
stant audible warning will be emitted the first 10-15 km/h (6-9 mph).
time it is switched on and the button will Switching the
Select the reverse gear on vehicles
display off man-
flash. Switch the parking sensor system off with rear assist ››› page 166. The
ually:
using the button and take the vehicle to a display changes to the image of the
specialised workshop to have the system camera.
checked as soon as possible.
Zones explored
The zone in which obstacles are recognised
Optical parking system* (OPS) Fig. 140 On-screen OPS display: A has de-
runs to a distance of around 120 cm from the

Advice
tected an obstacle in the segment; B restric-
ted area in front of the vehicle. front of the vehicle and up to 60 cm to the
side ››› Fig. 140 B . Behind the vehicle, the
The optical parking system is an accessory to zone analysed reaches a distance of up to
the Parking sensor system ››› page 160 and 160 cm and around 60 cm to the sides
the park assist system ››› page 162. ››› Fig. 139 C .
The zone recorded by the sensors in front of Screen display
and behind the vehicle is displayed on the

Operation
factory-fitted radio or navigation system The image displayed represents the super-
screen. Any obstacles are displayed in rela- vised zones in several segments. As the vehi-
tion to the vehicle ››› . cle moves closer to an obstacle, the segment
moves closer to the vehicle displayed
Fig. 139 On-screen OPS display: A has de-
Function Necessary operations ››› Fig. 139 B and ››› Fig. 140 A . When the
tected an obstacle in the collision zone; B
penultimate segment is displayed, this
has detected an obstacle in the segment; C
zone recorded behind the vehicle.
Switch on the parking sensor sys- means that the vehicle has reached the colli-
Switching the tem ››› page 160 or the park assist sion zone. Stop the vehicle! »
display on: system ››› page 162. The OPS

Safety
switches on automatically.

Press a zone selection button on the

Switching the factory-fitted radio or navigation
display off man- system
ually: OR: briefly press the function button
 or RVC on the screen.

161
 Operation

Displayed in WARNING WARNING

colour on the Do not be distracted from the traffic when Despite the assistance provided by the park
Distance from the Audible
screen: colour looking at the screen. assist system, do not run any risks when
vehicle to the ob- warn-
of the segment parking. The system is not a replacement for
stacle ing
if an obstacle driver awareness.
is recognised ● Unintentional movements of the vehicle
Front: approx. 31 -
Park Assist system* could cause serious injury.
120 cm Beeping ● Adjust your speed and driving style to visi-
Yellow Introduction
Behind: approx. 31 - sound bility, road, traffic and weather conditions.
160 cm
● The surface of certain objects and items of
The Park Assist system helps the driver to
Approximately 0 – Perma- clothing and external sound sources may
find a suitable place to park, to insert the ve- have a negative affect on the park assist sig-
30 cm in front or be- nent Red
hinda) sound hicle into parallel and perpendicular parking nals or on the system sensors or may not re-
places and to leave parallel parking places. flect its signals.
a)The permanent sound starts at a somewhat greater distance
on vehicles with a factory-fitted towing bracket. The Park Assist system is limited to the sys- ● The sensors have blind spots in which ob-
tem abilities and requires that the driver is stacles and people are not registered.
With towing bracket especially attentive ››› . ● Always observe the area around the vehi-
cle, as the sensors do not always detect
A specific image is displayed on the screen of The parking sensor system is a component of
small children, animals or objects.
vehicles with a factory-fitted towing bracket the Park Assist system that helps to park the
and an electrically connected trailer. In this vehicle.
case, the distances behind the vehicle are CAUTION
For vehicles with the optical parking system
not indicated. (OPS), the radio navigation systems screen ● The park assist system aims exclusively at
displays the detected zones in front of and other parked vehicles, without taking curbs
Switching the parking sensor system sound behind the vehicle, indicating - within the or other circumstances into account. Make
on and off sure you do not damage the tyres and wheel
limits of the system - the position of obsta-
rims when parking. Where necessary, stop
If the  button on the radio or navigation cles in relation to the vehicle. manoeuvring to avoid damaging the vehicle.
system screen may mute the sound of OPS
The park assist system cannot be switched ● The sensors may not always be able to de-
warnings. To switch the warnings back on,
on if the factory-fitted towing bracket is elec- tect objects such as trailer draw bars, thin
press the button again briefly.
trically connected to a trailer. rails, fences, posts and trees, etc. This could
When the OPS is switched off and back on result in damage to your car.
again, muting is cancelled. Error messages
cannot be switched off.
162
 Driver assistance systems

● Although the parking sensor system de- Parking using the park assist system

Technical specifications
tects and warns of the presence of an obsta-
cle, the obstacle could disappear from the an-
gle of measurement of the sensors if it is too
high or low and the system would no longer
show it. Therefore, it will not warn you of
these objects. Ignoring the warnings of the
parking sensor system could cause consider-
able damage to the vehicle. This is also valid
when using the park assist (e.g. to park be-
hind a truck or motorcycle). Therefore, always
keep a close watch on the area in front of and

Advice
behind the vehicle while parking, and inter-
vene promptly if necessary. Fig. 141 Detailed view of the centre console:
● To ensure that the system works properly, button to switch the park assist system on
the bumper sensors must be kept clean, free manually
of ice and snow and uncovered.
● The bumper sensors may become damaged
or misaligned, for example, when parking.

Operation
● When cleaning the sensors with high-pres-
sure or steam cleaning equipment, spray the
sensors briefly at a distance of no less than
10 cm.
Fig. 142 Gap detected: engage the reverse
gear to park (parallel or nose/tail to the kerb)
Note
Contact a specialised workshop with any sys- Preparing to park
tem faults. SEAT recommends taking your car ● The Traction control system ASR must be
in for technical service. turned on ››› page 137.

Safety
● Parallel parking: press the button  at
speeds up to 50 km/h (31 mph) once. When
the function is enabled, the button
››› Fig. 141 will light up. »

163
 Operation

● Perpendicular parking: press the button  ● Observe the surrounding area and acceler- ● There is a system malfunction (system tem-
at speeds up to 50 km/h (31 mph) twice. ate carefully at a maximum of 7 km/h porarily unavailable).
When the function is enabled, the button (4 mph). ● The ASR system is switched off or the ASR
››› Fig. 141 will light up. ● The park assist system is only responsible or ESC is working.
● If necessary, press the  button once for moving the steering wheel during the ma-
more to change parking mode. noeuvre. The driver applies the accelerator, WARNING
● Apply the turn signal for the side on which the clutch, the gears and the brake. The steering wheel turns quickly by itself
a gap is to be detected for parking. The in- ● Follow the instructions given by the park when parking using the park assist system.
strument panel displays the side correspond- assist system until the manoeuvre is comple- Placing your hand between the steering
ing to the road. ted. wheel spokes could lead to injuries.
● The park assist system steers the vehicle
Parking forwards and backwards until it is in a Note
● Parking parallel to the road: drive next to straight position in the parking space. ● The park assist system has its limitations.
the gap at a speed of no more than 40 km/h ● The manoeuvre is complete when the corre- For example, it is not possible to park on
(25 mph) and at a distance of between 0.5 m sponding indication is given on the instru- tight bends using the park assist system.
and 2 m. ment panel display. ● Even if the park assist system recognises
● Parking perpendicular to the road: drive that there is not enough space for parking
next to the gap at a speed of no more than Stopping the parking manoeuvre the vehicle, the instrument panel display will
20 km/h (12 mph) and at a distance of be- still show this place. In this case, the parking
The park assist system stops the manoeuvre manoeuvre should not be requested.
tween 0.5 m and 2 m. in the event of one of the following:
● Changing gears between forward and re-
● The best parking results will be achieved if
● Press button  . verse gears before indicated (that is, before
you position the vehicle as parallel as possi-
the signal from the parking sensor system)
ble to the line of parked cars or the kerb. ● Driving faster than 7 km/h (4 mph).
the parking results may not be ideal.
● When a suitable parking place is displayed ● The driver moves the steering wheel. ● For parallel parking (parallel to the road), a
on the instrument panel, stop and select re- ● The parking manoeuvre has not been com- sound will tell the driver when they must
verse gear. pleted after 6 minutes since the park assist change from forward gears to reverse; the
● Follow the instructions given on the instru- system was activated. signal from the parking sensor system does
ment panel display not indicate changes of direction.
● A sliding door is opened. To restart the ma-
● The park assist can also be activated after-
● Then, release the steering wheel when the noeuvre, close the sliding door and press the
wards, if you pass close to a parallel parking
warning signal sounds ››› : The system will button  again.
space at a maximum of 40 km an hour
move the steering wheel! Observe the sur-
rounding area.
164
 Driver assistance systems

(25 mph) or close to be perpendicular parking ● Select reverse gear. ● The ASR system is switched off or the ASR

Technical specifications
space at about 20 km an hour (12 mph) then ● Follow the instructions given by the park or ESC is working.
press the button  . assist system.
● The progress bar on the screen of the in- WARNING
● When the next indication appears, release
strument panel shows a display of the rela- the steering wheel ››› in Parking using the The steering wheel turns quickly automatical-
tive distance to be covered. park assist system on page 164: The system ly when leaving a parking space using the
● When the Park Assist system is turning the park assist system. Placing your hand be-
will move the steering wheel! Observe the sur-
steering wheel of the stopped vehicle the tween the steering wheel spokes could lead
rounding area.
symbol  is also displayed. Press on the to injuries.
● Observe the surrounding area and acceler-
brake pedal so that the steering can turn with
the vehicle at a standstill and thus reduce the ate carefully at a maximum of 7 km/h
(4 mph).

Advice
number of manoeuvres. Park Assist brake operation
● A “suitable” parking space length is at ● The park assist system is only responsible
least 1.1 m greater than the length of the ve- for moving the steering wheel during the ma- The Park Assist system helps the driver by
hicle. noeuvre. The driver applies the accelerator, braking automatically. Automatic braking
● If the results of the park assist system are the clutch, the gears and the brake. does not relieve the driver of responsibility
not as good after changing the wheels, the ● When it is possible to leave the parking for controlling the accelerator, brake and
system must memorise the perimeter of the space, the Park Assist system will stop. Take clutch ››› .
new wheels. This process is performed auto- control of the steering and when traffic condi-

Operation
matically while the vehicle is in motion. To tions permit, leave the parking space. Braking to avoid damage at excess speed
help this process, turn slowly (at less than
20 km/h [12 mph]), e.g. in an empty car park. It is possible that the system operates the
Automatic stoppage of the manoeuvre brakes to reduce excess speed. The parking
The park assist system stops the manoeuvre manoeuvre can then continue. The brakes
in the event of one of the following: will intervene during each parking process.
Leaving a parking space using the
Park Assist system ● Driving faster than 7 km/h (4 mph). Braking to minimise damage
● The driver moves the steering wheel. When approaching an obstacle, the vehicle
Driving off

Safety
● A sliding door is opened. To restart the ma- may brake automatically. In certain circum-
● Switch on the engine.
noeuvre, close the sliding door and press the stances (e.g. storm, detection of ultrasounds,
● Press button  . When the function is ena- button  again. vehicle status, load, inclination), the Park As-
bled, the button ››› Fig. 141 will light up. sist system may stop the vehicle completely
● There is a system malfunction (system tem-
● Apply the turn signal for the side on which porarily unavailable). before an object. »
you want to leave the parking space.
165
 Operation

● Press the foot brake ››› ! ● Mode 2: reverse parking parallel to the ● Adjust your speed and driving style to visi-
curb. bility, road, traffic and weather conditions.
Following the intervention of the brakes, the
● Always keep a close eye on the area around
Park Assist will stop. The mode can be changed by pressing the
button on the radio or navigation system the vehicle and always look towards where
you are parking. The display shows the path
WARNING screen. Only the mode to which the points
of the rear end of the vehicle using the cur-
Despite the assistance provided by the park can be changed will be displayed.
rent steering angle. The front of the vehicle
assist system, do not run any risks when turns more in comparison with the rear.
parking. The system is not a replacement for WARNING
● Do not be distracted from the traffic when
driver awareness. Use of the camera to calculate the distance looking at the screen.
● Always be ready to brake. from obstacles (people, vehicles, etc.) is inac- ● Always observe the area around the vehi-
● Automatic brake intervention will end after curate and may cause accidents and severe
cle, as the cameras do not always detect chil-
1.5 seconds approximately. Following auto- injuries.
dren, animals or objects.
matic intervention of the brakes, stop the ve- ● The camera lens expands and distorts the
● The system might not show all areas clear-
hicle yourself. field of vision and displays the objects on the
ly.
screen in a different, vague manner.
● Only use the rear assist system when the
● Some objects may not be displayed or may
boot hatch is completely closed.
not be very clear (e.g. very thin posts or fen-
Rear Assist system* ces), due to the resolution of the monitor or if
the light is dim. CAUTION
Introduction ● The camera has blind spots in which obsta- ● The camera only displays 2D images on the
cles and people are not detected. screen. Due to the lack of depth, it might be
The camera fitted to the rear lid helps drivers ● Keep the camera lens clean and clear of difficult or impossible to recognise protrud-
during parking or reversing manoeuvres. The snow and ice. Do not cover it. ing objects or cracks in the road.
camera image and certain orientation points ● The cameras may not always be able to de-
generated by the system are indicated on the tect objects such as thin rails, fences, posts
factory-fitted radio or navigation system WARNING
and trees, etc. This could result in damage to
screen. The intelligent technology in the rear assist your car.
system cannot change the limits imposed by
Two types of location point (modes) can be the laws of physics and by the system itself.
selected: Careless or uncontrolled use of the rear assist
system may result in severe injuries and acci-
● Mode 1: reverse parking perpendicular to
dents. The system is not a replacement for
the road (e.g. in a car park). driver awareness.

166
 Driver assistance systems

User instructions 3 Display help. The help list explains the Operations in

Technical specifications
surfaces and lines on the camera image. Operations in
vehicles with
Press  to exit help. vehicles with no
Function the optical park-
optical parking
4 Mute the sound. ing system
system (OPS)
5 Adjust the display: brightness, contrast, (OPS)
colour. Switching
6 Switching on the orientation points for off the dis-
The image will
rear parking perpendicular to the road play by The OPS display
switch off after
disengag- will immediately be
(mode 1). around 10 sec-
ing re- shown.
onds.
7 Displaying the optical parking system. verse

Advice
gear:
Fig. 143 On the rear lid: location of the rear Operations in
Operations in Switching
assist camera vehicles with off the dis- Drive forwards at Drive forwards at
vehicles with no
Function the optical park- play by more than approx. more than approx.
optical parking
ing system driving for- 15 km/h (9 mph). 10 km/h (6 mph).
system (OPS) wards:
(OPS)
Switching
Things to note

Operation
the dis- Select reverse gear with the ignition
play on switched on or the engine running. Mode
automati- 1 will be displayed.
1) Do not use the rear assist system in the fol-
cally: lowing cases:

Press a button to select the area on the ra- – If there is a fault in the dynamic chassis control (DCC).
dio or the navigation system ››› Book-
– If the image displayed is not very clear or reliable (low
let Radio or ››› Booklet Navigation system.
visibility or dirty lens).
Fig. 144 Rear assist display: mode 2 connec- Switching
the dis- OR: press the button  on the screen.
ted – If the space behind the vehicle cannot be clearly or
play off OR: after switching off the ignition, the completely recognised.

Safety
manually: rear assist image remains on the screen
Function buttons on the screen: – If the vehicle has been overloaded at the rear.
for a short period.
1  display the menu;  hide the menu. – If the driver is not familiar with the system.
Press button  .
2  Turning off the reversing camera im- – If the rear lid is open. »
ages

167
 Operation

1) Do not use the rear assist system in the fol- CAUTION Parking perpendicular to the road
lowing cases: ● Never use abrasive cleaners to clean the (mode 1)
– If the position and installation angle of the camera
camera lens.
have been changed, e.g. in a rear-end collision. Have a ● Never remove snow or ice from the camera
specialised workshop check the system. lens using warm or hot water. This could
damage the lens.
2) Optical illusions of the camera (examples)
Note
The rear assist camera produces two-dimensional im-
ages. Any cracks in or objects protruding from the ● SEAT recommends that you practise park-
ground or from other vehicles are more difficult to spot ing with the rear assist system in a quiet lo-
or cannot be seen due to a lack of depth in the image cation or in a car park to become familiar with
displayed. the system, including the orientation lines
Objects or other vehicles may seem to be closer or fur- and their function.
Fig. 145 Display: orientation lines for the
ther away than what they really are: ● The orientation lines will not be displayed parking space behind the vehicle
– On changing from a flat surface to a slope or gradient.
on the screen if the rear lid is open or the fac-
tory-fitted towing bracket is electrically con- Summary of the orientation points
– On changing from a slope or gradient to a flat surface. nected to a trailer.
Meaning of orientation lines displayed on the
– If the vehicle has been overloaded at the rear. screen ››› Fig. 145. All of the lengths of the
– On approaching protruding objects. These objects orientation lines use a vehicle located on a
may be outside the angle of vision of the camera when horizontal surface as reference.
reversing.
1 Red: safety distance, i.e. road area loca-
ted up to 40 cm behind the vehicle.
Cleaning the camera lens
2 Green: prolongation of the rear of the ve-
Keep the camera lens clean and clear of snow
hicle (somewhat enlarged). The area dis-
and ice:
played green ends around 2 metres be-
● Moisten the lens using a commercially hind the vehicle, on the road.
available, alcohol-based glass cleaning 3 Yellow: prolongation of the rear of the ve-
agent and clean the lens with a dry cloth hicle as the steering wheel turns. The
››› . area displayed yellow ends around 3 me-
● Remove snow using a small brush. tres behind the vehicle, on the road.
● Use de-icing spray to remove any ice ››› .
168
 Driver assistance systems

Parking lengths of the orientation lines use a vehicle ● Continue reversing until the vehicle is in-

Technical specifications
● Stop the vehicle in front of a space and se- located on a horizontal surface as reference. side the space, parallel to the road. Correct
lect reverse gear. the position if necessary.
1 Safety distance: road area located up to
● Reverse slowly and turn the steering wheel around 40 cm behind the vehicle.
so that the yellow orientation lines guide you 2 Vehicle side limit.
towards the space ››› Fig. 145 3 . Cruise control* (Cruise control
3 Turning point when parking. When the
● Align the vehicle straight in the parking
yellow line touches the curb or another system - CCS)
place using the help of the green orientation limit of the parking space, the point for
lines. changing direction (magnifying glass) Introduction
will have been reached.

Advice
The cruise control system (CCS) is able to
4 Free space required to parallel park the
Parking parallel to the road (mode 2) vehicle. The surface displayed must com-
maintain the set speed when driving for-
wards from approx. 20 km/h (12 mph).
pletely fit in the space.
5 Possible vehicle parked next to the curb. The CCS only slows down by reducing the ac-
celerator but not by braking ››› .
Parking
WARNING
● Stop the vehicle 1 m away parallel to the

Operation
parking space and select reverse gear. Use of the cruise control could cause acci-
dents and severe injuries if it is not possible
● Switch on mode 2 on the navigation system to drive at a constant speed maintaining the
screen for parallel parking. safety distance.
● Slowly reverse and turn the steering wheel ● Do not use the cruise control in heavy traf-
so that the surface displayed yellow on the fic, if the distance from the vehicle in front is
Fig. 146 Display: orientation lines and surfa-
screen stops in front of any obstacles 5 insufficient, on steep roads, with several
ces for the space behind the vehicle
(e.g. another vehicle). bends or in slippery circumstances (snow,
ice, rain or loose gravel), or on flooded roads.
After applying the turn signal, the lines and ● Turn the steering wheel fully towards the

Safety
space and reverse slowly. ● Never use the CCS when driving off-road or
surfaces not required are deleted.
on unpaved roads.
● When the yellow line 3 touches the side
Summary of the orientation points ● Always adapt your speed and the distance
limit of the space, e.g. the border or curb
to the vehicles ahead in line with visibility,
Meaning of orientation lines and surfaces (magnifying glass), turn the steering wheel
weather conditions, the condition of the road
displayed on the screen ››› Fig. 146. All of the fully in the opposite direction. and the traffic situation. »
169
 Operation

● To avoid unexpected operation of the cruise It WARNING

control system, turn it off every time you fin- lights Possible cause Solution Observe the safety warnings ››› in Control
ish using it. up and warning lamps on page 47.
● It is dangerous to use a set speed which is
too high for the prevailing road, traffic or This cruise control system
weather conditions.  maintains the set speed of –
the vehicle.
● When travelling down hills, the CCS cannot
maintain a constant speed. The vehicle tends Several warning and control lamps light up
to accelerate under its own weight. Select a for a few seconds when the ignition is switch-
lower gear or use the foot brake to slow the ed on, signalling that the function is being
vehicle.
verified. They will switch off after a few sec-
onds.

Warning and control lamp Indication on display

There are different versions of the cruise con-
trol system. In vehicles with the multifunction
display (MFI), the set speed is displayed on
the instrument panel screen.
Status Fig. 147:
A CCS temporarily switched off. The set
speed is displayed in small figures.
B System error. Contact a specialised work-
shop.
C CCS switched on. The speed memory is
empty.
D The CCS is switched on. The set speed is
Fig. 147 Instrument panel display: CCS status displayed in large figures.
indications

170
 Driver assistance systems

Cruise control system operation

Technical specifications
Advice
Fig. 148 On the left of the steering column:
control lever for cruise control system (CCS)

Control position, control opera-

Function Action
tions ››› Fig. 148
The system is switched on. The system does not maintain the speed because there is still no speed
Switch on the CCS. Click ON

Operation
1
set.

Activating the CCS SET button A The current speed is stored and maintained.

Press CANCEL 2 or
Temporarily switching off the CCS. The cruise control system is switched off temporarily. The speed setting will remain stored.
engage the clutch or the brake

The stored speed is reached again and maintained. If no speed has been set then the vehicle will
Switch on the CCS again. Press RESUME 1
record and maintain the actual speed of the vehicle.

Short press: Increases the speed at intervals of 10 km/h (6 mph) and records it.
Increasing the stored speed (during

Safety
Hold down SPEED + + Long press: the vehicle accelerates while the button remains pressed. Release the button to store the
CCS setting)
current speed.

Short press: Reduces the speed at intervals of 10 km/h (6 mph) and records it.
Reducing the stored speed (during
Press SPEED – – Long press: while this remains pressed, speed is reduced interrupting the accelerator without using
CCS setting)
the brakes. Release the button to store the current speed.

Switch off the CCS. Click OFF 2 The system is switched off. The stored speed is deleted. »
171
 Operation

Travelling down hills with the CCS ● Always adapt your speed and the distance Control lamps
When travelling down hills the CCS cannot to the vehicles ahead in line with visibility,
maintain a constant speed. Slow the vehicle weather conditions, the condition of the road Blinks
down using the brake pedal and reduce and the traffic situation. or
Possible cause Solution
gears if required. ● Always keep your hands on the steering lights
wheel so you can turn it at any time. up
Automatic off ● The lane assist system does not detect all
The system cannot
road markings. In some circumstances, the
The cruise control system (CCS) is switched clearly detect the
poor state of the road, structures located on Lane assist system lane. See page 173,
off automatically or temporarily:
it or certain objects may be mistakenly recog-  connected but in- The lane assist sys-
● If the system detects a fault that could af- nised as road markings by the lane assist (yellow) active. tem is inactive (con-
system. In such situations, switch the lane trol lamp lit in yel-
fect the working order of the CCS.
assist system off immediately. low).
● If you increase the stored speed by using
● Pay attention to the instructions on the in-
the accelerator for a certain time. Lane assist system
strument panel display and act accordingly to  connected and ac- –
● if the brake or clutch pedal is depressed. its requests. (green) tive.
● If you change gears. ● Always pay attention to the vehicle's sur-
● If the airbag is triggered. roundings. Several warning and control lamps light up
for a few seconds when the ignition is switch-
Note ed on, signalling that the function is being
verified. They will switch off after a few sec-
The lane assist system has been exclusively
Lane Assist system* developed for driving on asphalted roads.
onds.

Introduction WARNING
Note Observe the safety warnings ››› in Control
WARNING If the lane assist system does not work as de- and warning lamps on page 47.
scribed in this chapter, do not use it and con-
The intelligent technology in the lane assist
tact a specialised workshop.
system cannot change the limits imposed by
the laws of physics and by the system itself.
Careless or uncontrolled use of the Lane As- Note
sist system may cause accidents and injury.
If you observe any system malfunction, have
The system is not a replacement for driver
the system checked by a specialised work-
awareness.
shop.
172
 Driver assistance systems

Operation mode ● If the limits inherent to the system are ● When there is no dividing line.

Technical specifications
reached. ● When the distance to the next dividing line
● If the maximum rotational torque during is excessive.
the corrective intervention is not enough to ● When there are more than two lane mark-
keep the vehicle inside the lane. ings per lane.
● If during the corrective intervention by the ● When the ASR is switched off.
system the lane is no longer detected.
● When the system does not detect any ac-
tive rotation of the steering wheel by the driv-
Switching the lane assist system on or off
er during a prolonged period.
● Select the corresponding menu option us-
● Temporarily, in the event of very dynamic
ing the button for the driver assist systems

Advice
driving.
Fig. 149 In the windscreen: field of vision of ››› page 47.
● When the turn signal is connected.
the lane assist system camera. ● OR: activate or deactivate the system in the
menu Settings, sub-menu Assist systems,
Note
Using the camera located in the sun visor, menu Lane Assist ››› page 47. The “confirma-
the lane assist system detects the possible tion sign” indicates that the driver assist sys- ● Before starting travel, verify that the cam-
lines dividing it. When the vehicle involuntar- tem is switched on. era's field of vision is not covered ››› Fig. 149.
ily approaches a dividing line it has detected, ● Keep the camera window clean.

Operation
the system will notify the driver with a correc- Automatic deactivation: the lane assist sys-
tive intervention. It is possible to over-regu- tem can be deactivated automatically if there
late the corrective intervention at any time. is a system malfunction. Control lamp
switches off. Disconnect the lane assist system in
If the turn signal is connected, there will be the following situations
no warning as the lane assist system under- The lane assist system is inactive (control
stands that you wish to change lanes volun- lamp lit in yellow) Due to the limits of the Lane Assist system,
tarily. switch it off in the following situations:
● When driving speed drops to approx.
65 km/h (40 mph). ● When more attention is required of the

Safety
Steering wheel vibration
● When the Lane Assist system does not de- driver
The following situations cause the steering
tect the dividing lines of the road. For exam- ● For very sporty driving
wheel to vibrate and require the driver to take
active control of the steering: ple, in the event of road works, and snow, ● In very unfavourable weather conditions
dirt, moisture or reflections.
● In very unfavourable road conditions
● When the radius of a curve is too small.
● In areas of road works
173
 Operation

Sign Assist* ● The system cannot always detect or cor- Indication on display
rectly show all the traffic signs.
Introduction
WARNING
Sign Assist can help the driver with informa-
The traffic sign detection is not a replacement
tion on speed limits or if overtaking is pro-
for driver awareness.
hibited at that moment. The traffic signs and
● Adverse conditions of visibility, darkness,
additional information detected by the sys-
tem is represented in the dash panel display snow, rain and fog can cause the system not
to show the traffic signs or to show them er-
and in the visual presentation of the naviga-
roneously.
tion system map.

Applicable countries: CAUTION

Sign Assist is accepted in the following coun- ● If old mapping data is used in the naviga-
tries: tion system, this may cause the traffic signs
to be shown incorrectly.
Andorra, Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Fin- ● In the route points mode (navigation by
land, France, Ireland, Italy, Liechtenstein, route points) of the navigation system, Sign
Luxembourg, Monaco, Netherlands, Norway, Assist is only partly available.
Austria, Poland, Portugal, San Marino, Swe-
den, Switzerland, Spain, Czech Republic, Uni-
ted Kingdom, Vatican City.

WARNING
The traffic signs and instructions shown by Fig. 150 Instrument panel display: Examples
Sign Assist may differ from the current traffic of speed limits or overtaking prohibitions de-
situation. tected together with the corresponding addi-
● The signs and highway code rules always
tional signs
take precedence over the instructions and
display of Sign Assist.
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visi-
bility, road, traffic and weather conditions.

174
 Driver assistance systems

Display text of Cause and solution Operation mode traffic signs. The signs for entering and leav-

Technical specifications
Sign Assist on ing towns activate the display of the usual
the instrument Sign Assist does not work in all countries. speed limits for that country on roads in
panel This must be taken into account when travel- populated areas and national highways, even
ling abroad. if the speed is not limited by an actual traffic
Error: Sign Assist System fault. sign.
Have the system checked by a Display of traffic signs
specialised workshop. The end of a prohibition or limitation is not
Speed limits or overtaking prohibitions to- displayed. If you exceed the speed limits
Sign Assist: Clean the The windscreen is dirty in the gether with the corresponding additional shown, a warning will not appear. The system
windscreen! area of the camera.
signs are shown on the instrument panel dis- does not detect areas with little traffic. The
Clean the windscreen.
play ››› Fig. 150. Depending on the naviga- current legal provisions apply.

Advice
Sign Assist: only No data is being transmitted tion system installed in the vehicle, traffic
partly available at the from the navigator. signs will be shown as above and also in the Connection and disconnection
moment. Connect the navigator and in- navigation system's map display.
sert the navigation data medi- ● Connect or disconnect the assist system in
um. When Sign Assist is connected, the vehicle the Settings menu in the SEAT information
ALTERNATIVELY: Sign Assist is records the traffic signs with a camera in the system ››› page 47.
not supported in the country in base of the interior rear vision mirror. After
which you are driving at this ● OR: press the button for the driver assist
checking and evaluating the information systems on the main beam lever.
time.

Operation
from the camera, the navigation system and
the current vehicle data, up to three valid Trailer
WARNING
traffic signs are displayed in conjunction with
If the warning lamps and messages are ignor- the corresponding additional signs. The traf- Connect or disconnect the secondary display
ed, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may fic sign that is currently valid for the driver is for speed limits and overtaking bans that ap-
cause accidents and severe injuries. shown first, in the left side of the screen. A ply to trailers (trailer mode) in the Settings
● Never ignore the warning lamps or text traffic sign of only limited validity, menu in the SEAT information system
messages. e.g. 90 km/h (56 mph) is shown second, to- ››› page 47.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. gether with the additional sign “if the road is

Safety
wet”. If the vehicle's rain sensor detects rain
during travel, the traffic sign valid at this mo-
CAUTION
ment will move to the first position along the
Failure to heed the control lamps and text additional sign “if the road is wet”.
messages when they appear may result in ve-
hicle faults. The permanent display on the instrument
panel screen is shown as you pass the real
175
 Operation

Tiredness detection Note shown ››› Fig. 151. The on-screen message
on the dash panel is displayed for 5 seconds
(recommendation to take a ● The tiredness detection function has only
and, where required, repeated again. The
been designed for driving on motorways and
break) wide roads.
system stores the last message displayed.
● If there is a fault in the system, refer to a The message that appears on the instrument
Introduction Specialised workshop to have the system in- panel display can be switched off by pressing
spected. the OK button on the multifunction steering
WARNING wheel or on the window wiper lever
Do not let the extra convenience afforded by ››› page 49. Using the multifunction display
the tiredness detection function tempt you Function and operation ››› page 49 the message on the instrument
into taking any risks when driving. When panel display can be shown.
making long trips, conveniently long breaks
must be taken. Conditions of operation
● The driver is responsible for determining Behaviour at the wheel is only evaluated at
their capacity to drive. speeds of above 65 km/h (40 mph).
● Never drive when tired.
● The system does not always detect the Switching on and off
tiredness of the driver. Please read the infor- The system can be switched on or off in the
mation provided in the section ››› page 176, Assistants menu. If an assistance system is
Limited operation. switched on, this is indicated with a “mark”.
● In some situations the system may incor-
rectly interpret an intended manoeuvre as a Fig. 151 On the instrument panel display: Limited operation
sign of tiredness of the driver. tiredness detection symbol
The tiredness detection function is subject to
● In the event of the an episode called “mi-
The tiredness detection function registers the certain limitations. Therefore it is possible
crosleep” at the wheel, a strong warning is
not in place! behaviour of the driver at the wheel at the that in some driving situations behaviour at
beginning of a journey and, using this, evalu- the wheel cannot be correctly interpreted.
● Observe the indications on the display of
ates the tiredness. This is continually com- E.g. in the following situations:
the instrument panel and act in accordance
with them. pared with the current behaviour at the ● at speeds lower than 65 km/h (40 mph),
wheel. If the system detects that the driver is
● in sections with corners,
tired, an audible warning using a “gong” is
given and a symbol and complementary mes- ● on roads in poor condition,
sage on the instrument panel display are ● in the event of adverse weather conditions,
176
 Driver assistance systems

● when a sporty driving style is employed, the tyre monitoring indicator, you may roneous messages or prevented from indicat-

Technical specifications
● in the event of a major distraction for the change the reference pressure for the tyres ing the danger caused by a defective tyre
driver, so that the tyre pressure coincides with ac- ››› page 179.
tual pressure ››› page 179.
The tiredness detection function switches off
Suitable use of the adjustment button CAUTION
when the ignition is switched off or when the
››› page 179. ● The tyre valves may be damaged if the cap
driver unbuckles their seat belt and opens
the door. If driving for a long time under 65 is not in place. Check that the caps are identi-
WARNING cal to the standard caps and have been cor-
km/h (40 mph), the system ceases to assess
tiredness automatically. If driving speed is Unsuitable handling of the wheels and tyres rectly tightened. Do not use metal caps
then increased, the behaviour at the wheel may lead to sudden tyre pressure losses, to ››› page 179.
will again be evaluated. tread separation or even to a blow-out. ● Do not damage the valves when changing

Advice
● Check tyre pressures regularly and ensure the tyres ››› page 179.
they are maintained at the pressures indica-
ted. If the tyre pressure is too low, the tyres For the sake of the environment
Tyre monitoring systems could overheat, resulting in tread detachment
or even burst tyres. Under-inflated tyres lead to increased fuel
consumption and tyre wear.
Introduction ● Tyre pressure should be that indicated on
the label when the tyres are cold at all times
››› page 235.

Operation
The tyre monitor indicator monitors the tyre Note
pressure of each wheel during driving using ● Regularly check the cold inflation pressure ● Do not only rely on the tyre monitoring sys-
the ABS sensors. The ABS sensors monitor of the tyres. If necessary, change the tyre tem. Regularly check your tyres to ensure
the tyre tread perimeter and vibrations of pressure of the vehicle tyres while they are that the tyre pressure is correct and that the
each tire. The tyre monitor indicator warns cold. tyres are not damaged due to puncture, cuts,
the driver if it detects a considerable drop in ● Regularly check your tyres for damage and tears and impacts/dents. Remove objects
tyre pressure of one or several tyres while wear. from the tyres only when the tyres have not
driving. Loss of tyre pressure will be indica- ● Never exceed the maximum permitted been pierced by these.
ted by the indicator  as well as an audible speed or loads specified for the type of tyre ● The tyre monitoring system is set to the

Safety
warning and sometimes a text message on fitted on your vehicle. tyre pressure recommended by the manufac-
the dash panel display. When you open the turer and indicated on the label ››› Fig. 175.
driver door, you will find a label indicating
WARNING
the tyre pressure recommended by the manu-
facturer for the maximum vehicle load for Incorrect use of the tyre monitoring indicator
each tyre approved for the vehicle in ques- button could result in the indicator giving er-
tion. By pressing the adjustment button on
177
 Operation

Elements of the tyre monitoring Lights cle stability and increasing braking distan-
indicator up or Possible cause Solution ces.
flashes ● If tyres are inflated at different pressures or
Tyre monitoring indicator with button. a tyre pressure is too low, a tyre may be dam-
Consult a specialised aged and burst resulting in a loss of control
See ››› page 179. workshop if the tyre
of the vehicle.
pressure is correct and
 Control lamp  on the instrument panel. System malfunc- the lamp remains lit af- ● The driver is responsible for ensuring that
 tion. ter switching the igni- all of the vehicle tyres are correctly inflated
  SET button on the centre console. tion off and back on to the right pressure. The recommended tyre
 Monitoring the tread of all tyres using ABS sensors again. Have the sys- pressure is indicated on the label ››› Fig. 175.
(indirect measurement). tem checked there.
● The tyre monitoring system can only oper-
 Adjustable medium and full-load tyre pressures. ate correctly if all of the tyres are inflated to
Several warning and control lamps light up
the correct pressure when cold.
 Button to update the system when the tyre pressure is for a few seconds when the ignition is switch-
● Driving with tyres at the wrong pressure
changed. ed on, signalling that the function is being
verified. They will switch off after a few sec- can damage them and result in an accident.
Ensure that the tyre pressures of all the tyres
onds.
correspond to the vehicle load.
Control lamp WARNING ● Before starting a journey, always inflate
tyres to the correct pressure.
Lights Observe the safety warnings ››› in Control
● If tyre pressure is too low then the tyre is
and warning lamps on page 47.
up or Possible cause Solution subject to greater forces and it may be heated
flashes to such an extent that the tread can rupture
WARNING and the tyre will burst.
 Stop the vehicle!
When the tyres are inflated at different pres- ● With an overloaded vehicle at high speed,
Reduce your speed im-
The tyre pressure sures or at a pressure that is too low then a the tyres can overheat and burst resulting in
mediately! Stop the ve-
of a wheel has a loss of vehicle control.
hicle safely as soon as tyre may be damaged resulting in a loss of
dropped consider-
possible. Avoid sud- control of the vehicle and a serious or fatal ● Tyre pressures which are too high or too
 ably in relation to
den manoeuvres and accident. low reduce the useful life of the tyre, affect-
the pressure set
braking! ing vehicle performance.
by the driver ● If the warning lamp  lights up, stop im-
Check all tyres and
››› page 179. mediately and check the tyres. ● If a tyre has not been “punctured” and does
pressures. Replace any
damaged tyres. ● If the tyres are inflated at different pres- not have to be changed immediately, drive to
sures or if a tyre pressure is too low, this will the nearest specialised workshop at a moder-
increase tyre wear, negatively affecting vehi- ate speed and have the tyre checked and in-
flated to the correct pressure.
178
 Towing bracket device

Tyre monitoring indicator There may be a delay in the reaction of the Towing bracket device

Technical specifications
tyre monitoring indicator  or it may not in-
dicate anything under certain circumstances
(e.g. sports driving, snow-covered or un- Driving with a trailer
paved roads).
Introduction
Adaptation of the tyre monitoring indicator
Always be aware of the legal requirements for
On adjusting tyre pressure or changing one
each country to drive with a trailer and to use
or more wheels, the ››› Fig. 152 button on the
a tow hitch.
tyre monitoring indicator must be kept press-
ed down, with the ignition on, until an audi- Your car is intended mainly for transporting

Advice
ble warning is heard. Do the same, for exam- passengers however, it can also be used to
Fig. 152 Detailed view of the centre console: ple, when the front and rear wheels are swap- tow a trailer provided that it is fitted with the
button for the tyre pressure monitoring indi- ped ››› Fig. 174. necessary equipment. The additional load
cator has an effect on the useful life, fuel con-
If the wheels are subjected to an excessive
sumption and the vehicle performance and,
The tyre monitor indicator compares wheel load (towing a trailer, heavy load), the tyre
in some cases, reduce the service intervals.
revolutions and, with this information, the pressure must be increased to the maximum
tread of each wheel using the ABS sensors. If recommended pressure ››› page 231. Press Driving with a trailer requires more force from

Operation
the tread of a wheel is changed, the tyre the tyre monitoring indicator button to con- the vehicle and, thus, more concentration
monitoring indicator will indicate as such on firm the new pressure value. from the driver.
the instrument panel. The wheel tread For wintertime temperatures, fit winter tyres
changes when: Note
to the vehicle and the trailer.
An incorrect warning may be given when
● Tyre pressure is insufficient
snow chains are in use because the chains in- Drawbar load
● Tyre structure is damaged crease the tread of the wheel.
The maximum permitted Drawbar load exer-
● The vehicle is unbalanced because of a ted by the trailer drawbar on the ball joint of
load

Safety
the tow hitch must not exceed 100 kg (ap-
● If the wheels on an axle are subject to a proximately 220 lbs).
heavier load (e.g. when towing a trailer).
● The vehicle is fitted with snow chains Vehicles with the Start-Stop function
● The wheel on one axle is changed With a SEAT factory fitted or retrofitted tow
hitch, the Start-Stop function is automatically »
179
 Operation

deactivated when a trailer is connected. For ● Always secure loads correctly with suitable Note
tow hitches not installed by SEAT, the Start- and undamaged attachment rope or straps. ● Always turn off the anti-theft alarm system
Stop function must be deactivated manually ● Adjust your speed and driving style to visi- before connecting or disconnecting a trailer
using a button located on the dash panel be- bility, road, traffic and weather conditions. ››› page 62. Otherwise, the tilt sensor may er-
fore driving with a trailer and it must remain
● Trailers with a high centre of gravity can roneously activate the alarm.
off for the entire journey ››› .
overturn more easily than those with a low ● Never use a trailer with a new engine (for
centre of gravity. the first 1,000 km) ››› page 189.
WARNING
● Avoid brusque manoeuvres and sudden ● At SEAT, we recommend folding in the tow
Never transport people in a trailer: this will braking. hitch ball when a trailer is not being used. In
endanger in their life and is against the law. case of a rear collision, the damage caused to
● Always take the following precautions seri-
ously. the vehicle with the extended tow hitch ball
WARNING ● Reduce your speed immediately if you ob-
could be more extensive.
The incorrect use of the tow hitch can cause serve the trailer rocking from side to side. ● In some models, a tow hitch is necessary
accidents and injury. ● Never drive at more than 80 km/h (50 mph)
for towing vehicles. For this reason, you
should store the tow hitch in the vehicle at all
● Only use a tow hitch in perfect condition when towing a trailer (or 100 km/h [60 mph]
times.
and correctly installed. in exceptional circumstances). This also ap-
● Never change or repair a tow hitch. plies in countries where higher speeds are
permitted. Always take the speed limits for
● To reduce the risk of injury in case of a re- vehicles with and without trailers in each Technical requirements
versing collision, injury to pedestrians and country into account.
cyclists when parking, always keep the ball
● Never try to stop the “snaking” by increas- If the car is supplied with a factory-fitted tow-
joint in when a trailer is not being used.
ing speed. ing bracket it will already have the necessary
● Never fit a trailer tow hitch “that distrib- technical modifications and meet the statuto-
utes the load” or “balances the load”. Your ry requirements for towing a trailer.
vehicle has not been designed for this type of WARNING
tow hitch. The tow hitch may fail and the When driving with a trailer and using a tow Only use an approved tow hitch for the gross
trailer will separate from the vehicle. hitch that was not installed by SEAT, the trailer weight rating. The tow hitch must be
Start-Stop function must be manually deacti- suitable for both the vehicle and trailer and
WARNING vated. Otherwise, this could cause a braking must be securely fitted to the vehicle chassis.
anomaly that could result in an accident with Only use a tow hitch with a removable ball
Driving with a trailer and transporting heavy serious consequences. joint. Always check and take into account the
or large objects can affect vehicle handling tow hitch manufacturer's instructions. Never
● Always manually deactivate the Start-Stop
and even cause an accident.
function when a trailer is being used on a tow fit a trailer tow hitch “that distributes the
hitch that has not been installed by SEAT. load” or “balances the load”.
180
 Towing bracket device

Bumper mounted tow hitch trailer, ask a specialised workshop. SEAT rec- CAUTION

Technical specifications
Never fit a tow hitch or its attachments to the ommends visiting a technical service.
● If the rear lights of the trailer are not cor-
bumper. A tow hitch should never interfere rectly connected, the vehicle electronics may
with the bumper performance. Do not modify Wing mirrors
be damaged.
the exhaust system and brake system. Regu- When the field of vision behind the trailer ● If the trailer absorbs excessive electric cur-
larly check the tow hitch to ensure it is firmly cannot be seen using the standard wing mir- rent, the vehicle electronics may be dam-
fitted. rors of the towing vehicle, additional wing aged.
mirrors are required according to the legal re- ● Never connect the trailer's electric system
Engine cooling system quirements of each country. The wing mirrors to the electrical connections of the rear lights
Driving with a trailer increases the load on must be fitted before driving and must pro- or any other power sources. Only use suitable
the engine and cooling system. The cooling vide a sufficient field of vision behind. connections for providing electric current to

Advice
system should always have sufficient coolant the trailer.
and to be able to cope with the vehicle and Trailer electricity consumption
trailer. Never exceed the specifications: Note
● Towing a trailer places additional demands
Electric trailer brake Devices Maximum power on the vehicle. At SEAT, we recommend addi-
If the trailer has its own braking system, tional services between the normal inspec-
Side lights and rear lights 50 Watts
please note the relevant legal requirements. tion intervals if the vehicle is used frequently

Operation
The trailer braking system should never be Turn signal (each side) 54 Watts for towing a trailer.
connected to the vehicle braking system. Brake lights (total) 84 Watts
● In some countries, an additional fire extin-
guisher is required if the trailer weight is
Trailer cable Reversing lights (total) 42 Watts more than 2500 kg

Always use a cable between the vehicle and Rear fog light 42 Watts
the trailer ››› page 183.
WARNING
Trailer rear lights
If the tow hitch is badly fitted or unsuitable,

Safety
The rear lights of a trailer must fulfil the cor- the trailer may separate from the vehicle
responding standards ››› page 183. causing an accident with serious consequen-
ces.
Never connect the trailer's rear lights directly
to the vehicle electric system. In case of any
doubt about the electrical connection of the

181
 Operation

Electric tow hitch ball* ● Move the ball joint until it inserts and the The control lamp
button control lamp lights. ● When the control lamp flashes, the tow ball
● Close the rear lid. is not in its final position, has not engaged or
● Before hitching the trailer, remove the dust is damaged ››› .
guard from the ball. ● When the control lamp remains lit and the
● The indicator only lights when the boot rear lid is open, the tow ball has inserted cor-
hatch is open and when a trailer is not hitch- rectly into the folded or deployed position.
ed. ● When the rear lid is closed, the indicator is
turned off.
Restoring the tow ball to its originally
position WARNING
Fig. 153 Right-hand side of the luggage com- ● Stop the vehicle and apply the electric The incorrect use of the tow hitch can cause
partment: button to electrically release the parking brake. accidents and injury.
tow hitch ball ● Switch the ignition off. ● Ensure that no person, animal or object
gets in the way of the tow ball.
The rotation radius of the tow hitch ball ● Remove the trailer and disconnect the ca-
● Never push the button when there is a tow
should be free of people, animals and ob- ble between the vehicle and trailer. If neces-
sary, remove the power socket adapter. hitched or when any kind of carrier or acces-
jects ››› . sory is fitted to the tow hitch ball.
● Place the dust guard over the ball.
The towing bracket is located in the bumper. ● While the ball is moving, do not interfere
The electric tow ball is fixed and cannot be ● Open the rear lid. with any tool.
removed. ● Press the knob briefly ››› Fig. 153. The tow ● Do not drive with a trailer if the control
ball is electronically released; the indicator lamp does not light.
Releasing and unfolding the tow ball blinks. ● If there is a fault in the electric system or
● Stop the vehicle and apply the electric ● Push the tow ball into the bumper until it the trailer tow hitch, visit a specialised work-
parking brake. locks in position and the button indicator shop to have it checked.
● Switch the ignition off. lights. ● If the diameter of the tow hitch is less than
● Close the rear lid. 49 mm, never use this for a trailer.
● Open the rear lid.
● Press the knob briefly ››› Fig. 153. The tow
ball is released electronically and folds out
automatically; the button indicator will blink.

182
 Towing bracket device

CAUTION ● Never exceed the load and distances be- Key of the Schematic diagram ››› Fig. 154:

Technical specifications
● If anything is attached to the tow hitch ball,
tween supports indicated.
Pin Meaning
do not, under any circumstances press the ● Never fit the bicycle carrier to the tow hitch
button. ball neck, underneath the tow hitch given 1 Left turn signal
● Never direct a high-pressure or steam
that the bicycle carrier may be incorrectly fit-
ted due to the shape of the tow hitch and the 2 Rear fog light
cleaning system directly at the tow hitch ball
model of bicycle carrier.
or trailer power socket. This could cause 3 Earth, pins 1 to 8
damage to seals or remove lubricating ● Always read and take the manufacturer as-
grease. sembly instructions into account. 4 Right turn signal

5 Tail light, right

Note CAUTION

Advice
6 Brake lights
In extremely low temperatures, it is possible Exceeding the maximum load and distance
that the tow hitch is not released. In this between supports indicated can cause con- 7 Tail light, left
case, place the vehicle in a warmer location siderable damage to the vehicle.
8 Reverse lights
(e.g. a garage). ● Never exceed the specifications.
9 Permanent live

10 Live charge cable

Installing a bicycle carrier to the tow Hitching and connecting the trailer

Operation
11 Unassigned
hitch
12 Unassigned
The maximum load permitted for a bicycle
carrier on the tow hitch ball is 75 kg, with a 13 Earth, pins 9 to 13
maximum distance of 30 cm from the sup-
port. The distance between supports is the Trailer power socket
distance between the bicycle carrier centre of The vehicle is fitted with a 13-pole power
gravity (with the bicycles) and the centre of socket for the electrical connection between
point of the tow hitch ball.

Safety
the trailer and the vehicle. With the engine
running, electrical devices on the trailer re-
WARNING ceive power from the electrical connection
Fig. 154 Schematic diagram: assignment of
The incorrect use of the tow hitch with a bicy- the pins of the trailer's electrical socket. (pin 9 and pin 10 on the trailer power plug). »
cle carrier installed can cause accidents and
injury.

183
 Operation

If the system detects that a trailer has been Trailer connected to the anti-theft alarm: that could result in an accident with serious
connected electrically, the electrical equip- ● When a vehicle comes from the factory fit- consequences.
ment on the trailer will receive voltage ted with an anti-theft alarm and tow hitch. ● All work on the electrical system must be
through this connection (pins 9 and 10). Pin carried out only by a specialised workshop.
● When the trailer is connected to the vehicle
9 has a permanent live. This powers, for ex-
using the socket. ● Never connect the trailer's electric system
ample, the trailer's interior lighting. Electrical
● When the vehicle and trailer electrical sys- to the electrical connections of the rear lights
devices such as a fridge in a caravan only re-
or any other power sources.
ceive electrical power if the engine is running tems work correctly and are not damaged.
(through pin 10). ● When the vehicle is locked using the vehi-
CAUTION
The earth wires, pin 3 and pin 13, should not cle key and the anti-theft alarm is turned on.
be connected to each other to avoid over- Do not leave the trailer connected to the vehi-
When the vehicle is locked, the alarm is trig- cle when parked; places on its support wheel
loading the electrical system.
gered when the electrical connection be- or its supports. For example, when changing
If the trailer has a 7-contact connector, you tween the vehicle and the trailer is removed. the load or a puncture, the vehicle will be
will need to use an adapter cable. In this case pushed up or down. The force acting on the
Always turn off the anti-theft alarm system tow hitch and the trailer could damage the
the function corresponding to pin 10 will not
before connecting or disconnecting a trailer. vehicle or the trailer.
be available.
Otherwise, the tilt sensor may erroneously
activate the alarm.
Trailer cable Note
Always secure the trailer cable to the towing Trailer with rear LED lights ● In the event of a fault in the vehicle or trail-
vehicle correctly. Leave a little bit of slack in er electrical system or in the event of prob-
For technical reasons, trailers fitted with rear
the cable for turning. However, ensure that lems with the anti-theft alarm system, have
LED lights cannot be connected to the anti- the system checked by a specialised work-
the cable does not rub off the ground while
theft alarm system. shop.
driving.
When the vehicle is locked, the alarm does ● If the trailer accessories use energy from
Trailer rear lights not trigger if the electrical connection with the power socket when the engine is stop-
the trailer is cut if it has rear light with light- ped, the battery will be discharged.
Check the trailer rear lights to ensure they
emitting diodes. ● For technical reasons, trailers fitted with
work correctly and remain legal. Ensure that
rear LED lights cannot be connected to the
the trailer does not use more than the maxi-
WARNING anti-theft alarm system.
mum power ››› page 181.
Erroneous or unsuitable connection of elec- ● If the vehicle battery is running low, the
tric cables may supply energy to the trailer electrical connection with the trailer is auto-
causing an anomaly in the vehicle electronics matically cut.

184
 Towing bracket device

● With the engine running, the electrical Loading the trailer WARNING

Technical specifications
equipment on the trailer will be supplied with The combined vehicle and trailer must be If the load moves, the stability and safety of
power. balanced. Use the maximum drawbar load the vehicle and trailer combination will be se-
authorised and do not overload the front or riously affected and this could result in a seri-
the rear of the trailer: ous accident.
Loading the trailer ● Always correctly load the trailer.
● Distribute loads in the trailer so that heavy
objects are as near to the axle as possible or ● Always secure loads correctly with suitable
Trailer weight / drawbar load
above it. and undamaged attachment rope or straps.
The trailer weight is the load that the vehicle
● Correctly secure the trailer load.
can pull ››› . The drawbar load is the vertical
weight of the tow hitch on the tow hitch ball
Driving with a trailer

Advice
››› page 188. Tyre pressure
Inflate the trailer tyres according to the man- Adjusting the headlights
The figures for trailer weights and drawbar
ufacturer's instructions.
load weights given on the data plate of the When towing a trailer, the front of the vehicle
tow hitch are for values of this model only. Inflate the towing vehicles tyres to the maxi- may rise and so the dipped beam headlights
The correct figures for your specific vehicle, mum ››› page 231. may blind other drivers. Use the headlight
which may be lower than these figures for the range control to lower the cone of light. If you
tow hitch, are given in the vehicle documen- WARNING do not have headlight range control, have

Operation
tation. The instructions in the official vehicle Exceeding the maximum authorised axle the headlights adjusted by a specialised
documents take precedence. load, drawbar load or the gross combination workshop. Vehicles with high-intensity dis-
For the sake of road safety, SEAT recom- weight of the towing vehicle and trailer could charge lamps adapt automatically and do not
mends using the maximum allowed drawbar cause a serious accident with severe conse- require adjustment.
load. The handling of the combined vehicle quences.
and trailer will be poor if the drawbar load is ● Never exceed the specifications. Details of driving with a trailer
too low. ● With the actual load on the front and rear ● If the trailer has an overrun brake, apply
axles, the maximum axle load should never the brakes gently at first and then, firmly.
The drawbar load increases the weight on the

Safety
be exceeded. The weight on the front and rear This will prevent the jerking that can be
rear axle, reducing the vehicle carrying ca- should never exceed the gross vehicle
pacity. caused by the trailer wheels locking.
weight.
● As of the combined vehicle and trailer
Gross combination weight mass, braking distances will be greater.
This figure refers to the combined weight of ● Select a low gear before driving down a
the loaded vehicle and loaded trailer. steep hill to use the engine braking effect to »
185
 Operation

slow down the vehicle. Otherwise, the brak- ● Move off slowly. To do this, gently release Stabilising the vehicle and trailer
ing system could overheat and fail. the clutch pedal (for manual gearbox). combination
● The vehicle centre of gravity and handling ● Release the button  only when the en-
change because of the trailer load and be- gine provides sufficient power to move the Stabilisation of the vehicle and trailer combi-
cause of the increased combined mass of the vehicle and trailer combination. nation is an extension of the electronic sta-
vehicle and trailer. bility control (ESC) and helps, with the assis-
● If the towing vehicle is empty and the trail- WARNING tance of the trajectory control, to reduce trail-
er “snaking”.
er loaded then the load distribution is incor- Jerking the trailer in an unsuitable manner
rect. If you must travel in these conditions, could cause loss of vehicle control with the Stabilisation of the vehicle and trailer combi-
drive carefully and reduce your speed accord- subsequent serious consequences. nation is active when the ESC  indicator on
ingly. ● Driving with a trailer and transporting the dash panel remains lit for about two sec-
heavy or a large objects will change the vehi- onds more than the ABS indicator.
Hill starts with a trailer cle handling and braking distances.
Depending on the hill and the gross com- ● Anticipate traffic and be extremely cau- Requirements for stabilising the
bined weight, it is possible that the com- tious. Brake early. vehicle/trailer combination
bined vehicle and trailer move backwards ● Adjust your speed and driving style to visi- ● An original tow hitch is fitted by the manu-
slightly when starting. bility, road, traffic and weather conditions. facturer or a compatible model is retrofitted.
Reduce your speed, especially on steep hills.
For a hill start with a trailer, proceed as fol- ● The ECS is switched on. The warning lamp
● Accelerate gently and carefully. Avoid brus-
lows: on the dash panel  is not lit.
que manoeuvres and sudden braking.
● The trailer is connected to the vehicle using
● Press and hold the brake pedal. ● Always take the following precautions seri-
the power socket.
● Press the button  once to turn off the ously. Reduce your speed immediately if you
observe the trailer rocking from side to side. ● It travels faster than 60 km/h (37 mph).
electric parking brake ››› page 137.
● Never try to stop the “snaking” by increas- ● The maximum drawbar load is used.
● Press and hold the button  to hold the
ing speed. ● The trailer must have a fixed drawbar.
vehicle and trailer combination using the
● Always take the speed limits for vehicles
parking brake. ● Trailers with brakes must be equipped with
with and without trailers in each country into
● With a manual gearbox: press the clutch a mechanical inertia brake.
account.
pedal to the floor.
WARNING
● Engage first gear or the gear range D
››› page 143, Changing gear. Do not let the extra safety afforded by the
stabilisation system tempt you into taking
● Release the brake pedal.
any risks when driving.
186
 Towing bracket device

● Adjust your speed and driving style to visi- Retrofitting a tow hitch mends taking your car in for technical serv-

Technical specifications
bility, road, traffic and weather conditions. ice.
● If the road surface is slippery, take care In any case, the separation distances must
when accelerating. be observed when fitting a tow hitch. The dis-
● When a system is operating, lift your foot tance between the centre of the tow hitch ball
off the accelerator. and the road surface ››› Fig. 155 D must nev-
er be lower than that indicated. This also ap-
WARNING
plies when the vehicle is fully laden, includ-
ing maximum drawbar load.
It is possible that the combination stabilisa-
tion system does not correctly recognised all Separation distances ››› Fig. 155:

Advice
driving situations.
A Attachment points.
● It is possible that the stabilisation system
does not detect snaking of a light trailer and B 1,040 mm (41 inches)
thus does not intervene. C 74 mm (3 inches)
● When driving on slippery ground, the trail- D 364 mm (14 inches)
er could jack-knife despite the stabilisation
system.
E 247 mm (10 inches)
● Trailers with a high centre of gravity may F 596 mm (23 inches)

Operation
even tip over before they start to rock side- G 1,097 mm (43 inches)
ways. H 1,102 mm (43 inches)
● If a trailer is not used and the trailer power
socket is connected (e.g. installation of a bi- WARNING
cycle carrier with lights), repeated automatic
braking may occur in extreme driving condi- Erroneous or unsuitable connection of elec-
tions. tric cables may cause anomalies in the vehi-
cle electronics that could result in an acci-
Fig. 155 Measurements and attachments to dent with serious consequences.
retrofit a tow hitch

Safety
● Never connect the trailer's electric system
SEAT recommends visiting a specialised to the electrical connections of the rear lights
or any other unsuitable power sources. Only
workshop to retrofit a tow hitch. For example,
use suitable connectors to connect a trailer.
it may be necessary to adjust the cooling sys-
● Visit a specialised workshop if you wish to
tem or to include thermal plates. SEAT recom-
retrofit a tow hitch to the vehicle. »
187
 Operation

WARNING CAUTION CAUTION

If the tow hitch is badly fitted or unsuitable, Exceeding the maximum trailer weight indica- Exceeding the maximum gross combined
the trailer may separate from the vehicle ted could cause damage to the vehicle. weight rating indicated could cause damage
while driving. This could result in a serious ● Never exceed the indicated trailer weight. to the vehicle.
accident. ● Never exceed the gross combined weight
rating.
Note Gross combined vehicle weight rating
Use only tow hitches approved by SEAT for
the vehicle. The instructions in the official vehicle docu-
ments take precedence. All the technical data
provided in this documentation is applicable
Maximum gross trailer weight to the basic model. The vehicle data label in
the Maintenance Programme or the vehicle
The instructions in the official vehicle docu- documentation shows which engine is instal-
ments take precedence. All the technical data led in your vehicle.
provided in this documentation is applicable The figures may be different depending
to the basic model. The vehicle data label in whether additional equipment is fitted, for
the Maintenance Programme or the vehicle different models and for special vehicles.
documentation shows which engine is instal-
led in your vehicle. The maximum combined weights listed are
only applicable for altitudes up to 1000 m
The figures may be different depending above sea level. The weight of the car and
whether additional equipment is fitted, for trailer must be reduced by about 10% for ev-
different models and for special vehicles. ery further 1000 m (or part thereof).

WARNING WARNING
Exceeding the maximum trailer weight indica- Exceeding the maximum weight indicated
ted could cause a serious accident. could cause a serious accident.
● Never exceed the indicated trailer weight. ● Never exceed the gross combined weight
rating.

188
 Care and maintenance

Advice ● Only use wheels and tyre combinations en must be approved by SEAT for use in your

Technical specifications
which have been approved by SEAT for your vehicle and bear the e mark (the European
vehicle type. Union's authorisation symbol). This includes
Care and maintenance cruise control systems or electronically con-
trolled suspension.
Accessories, replacement of Accessories and spare parts If any additional electrical devices are fitted
which do not serve to control the vehicle it-
parts and modifications SEAT recommends you consult an Official self, these must bear the  mark (European
Service before purchasing accessories and Union manufacturer conformity declaration).
Introduction spare parts or consumables. For example, This includes refrigerator boxes, laptops or
when fitting accessories at a later date, or ventilator fans.

Advice
WARNING when replacing a component. A technical
The use of spare parts and accessories, or in- service centre will advise you as to the legal WARNING
correctly performed modifications or repairs requirements and manufacturer's recommen-
Unprofessional repairs or modifications to
may result in damage to the vehicle, acci- dations regarding accessories, spare parts the vehicle may affect the performance of the
dents and serious injury. and other components. airbags, and may cause operating faults or fa-
● SEAT strongly recommends you to only use SEAT recommend you use only approved tal accidents.
SEAT approved accessories and SEAT ® origi- SEAT accessories and genuine SEAT spare ● Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as
nal spare parts. These parts and accessories

Operation
parts®. These parts and accessories have drink holders or telephone cradles over the
have been specially tested by SEAT for suita- been specially tested by SEAT for suitability, covers of the airbag modules or within their
bility, reliability and safety. radius of action.
reliability and safety. In addition the techni-
● Have any repairs or modifications carried cal service centre will guarantee that the as- ● Objects placed over the airbag covers, or
out at a specialised workshop. These work- sembly is carried out professionally. within their radius of action, could lead to se-
shops have the necessary tools, diagnostics rious injury or loss of life if the airbags are
equipment, repair information and qualified Although we continually monitor the market, triggered.
personnel. SEAT cannot guarantee that products not ap-
● Only mount parts with the same specifica- proved by SEAT are reliable, safe and suita-
ble for the vehicle. Therefore, SEAT cannot ac-

Safety
tions as the parts fitted at factory.
cept liability, even in those cases authorised Fluids and consumables
● Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as
drink holders or telephone cradles over the by an officially recognised technical inspec-
All vehicle fluids and consumables, such as
covers of the airbag modules or within their tion office or other official body.
notched belts, tyres, coolant fluids, engine
radius of action. Any retro-fitted equipment which has a direct oils, spark plugs and batteries are continual-
effect on the vehicle and/or the way it is driv- ly being developed. Therefore all fluids and »
189
 Advice

consumables should be changed at a speci- effect of the coolant. If the engine is running ly; neither is the SEAT warranty valid in these
alised workshop. Technical services are per- under great strain in high outside tempera- cases.
manently informed of any modifications. tures, it could overheat. SEAT recommends you have any technical
modifications or repairs performed at a tech-
WARNING
For the sake of the environment nical service centre and that you use genuine
The incorrect use or handling of fluids or con- SEAT spare parts®.
Leaking fluids could pollute the environment.
sumables may result in accident, serious in-
Collect any spilt fluids in suitable containers
jury, burns or intoxication. Vehicles with special accessories and
and dispose of them in accordance with legis-
● Therefore, fluids must always be stored lation and with respect for the environment. equipment
closed in their original container.
The manufacturers of additional equipment
● Never store fluids in empty food containers
guarantee that the equipment complies with
or bottles as other people may accidentally
drink the fluid.
Repairs and technical changes applicable laws and regulations with respect
to the environment, in particular Directives
● Keep all fluids and consumables out of When performing repairs and technical mod- 2000/53/CE and 2003/11/CE. The first direc-
reach of children. ifications, SEAT's directives must be ob- tive governs the disposal of end-of-life vehi-
● Read and observe the information and served! ››› cles while the second refers to the restric-
warnings given on the fluid containers. tions on the marketing and use of certain
Unauthorised modifications to the electronic
● Only work in the open air or in well-ventila- dangerous substances and preparations.
components or software in the vehicle may
ted zones, when using products which give
cause malfunctions. Due to the way the elec- The vehicle owner should keep the documen-
off harmful vapours.
tronic components are linked together in net- tation for the additional equipment safely
● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, ace-
works, other indirect systems may be affec- and hand it over to the scrap yard at the end
tone or any other volatile liquid in the main-
ted by the faults. This may significantly affect of the vehicle's service life. This ensures that
tenance of the vehicle. These are toxic and
the vehicle's performance, increase compo- any additional equipment mounted in end-of-
highly flammable. They could lead to fire or
explosions!
nent wear and could mean that the vehicle life vehicles is correctly disposed of with re-
registration documents are no longer valid. spect for the environment.

CAUTION Your technical service centre cannot be held

WARNING
liable for any damage caused by technical
● Only use appropriate fluids. Do not confuse Repairs or modifications which are not per-
modifications or repairs performed incorrect-
fluids as this can cause serious malfunctions formed correctly may result in damage or er-
ly.
or engine damage. rors in the vehicle operation, affecting the ef-
● Accessories and other components moun- The technical service centre does not accept fectiveness of the driver assist systems. This
ted in front of the air inlet reduce the cooling liability for damage resulting from technical could result in serious accident.
modifications or repairs performed incorrect-
190
 Care and maintenance

● All repairs and modifications to the vehicle are used, or if the vehicle height is lowered, tyre combinations, may affect the perform-

Technical specifications
should only be performed by a specialised the suspension is stiffened or the suspension ance of the airbags and increase the risk of
workshop. springs, telescopic arms, dampers, etc., are serious or fatal injury in the event of acci-
modified, the results received by the airbag dent.
sensors and sent to the control unit may not ● Never fit suspension components which are
be accurate. For example, some modifica- not identical to the original parts in the vehi-
Repair and faults in the airbag system
tions to the suspension could increase the cle.
When performing repairs and technical mod- force measured by the sensors and result in ● Never use wheel and tyre combinations not
ifications, SEAT's directives must be ob- the triggering of the airbag systems in colli- approved by SEAT.
served! ››› sions. Under normal conditions, the meas-
ured values would be lower and the airbag
Modifications and repairs to the front bump- would not have been triggered. Other modifi-

Advice
er, doors, front seats, and repairs to the roof cations may reduce the forces measured by Retro-fitting of two-way radios
or chassis should only be carried out in a the sensors and prevent the airbags from be-
specialised workshop. These components An exterior aerial is required for the use of
ing triggered when they should.
may contain parts or sensors belonging to two-way radios in the vehicle.
the airbag system. WARNING The retro-fitting of electrical or electronic ap-
If work is carried out on the airbag system or Repairs or modifications which are not per- pliances in the vehicle is subject to their ap-
parts have to be removed and fitted on the formed correctly may result in damage or er- proval for use in your vehicle. Under certain

Operation
system when performing other repair work, rors in the vehicle operation, affecting the ef- circumstances, this could mean that your ve-
parts of the airbag system may be damaged. fectiveness of the airbag systems. This could hicle registration documents are no longer
The consequence may be that, in the event of result in serious or fatal accidents. valid.
an accident, the airbag inflates incorrectly or ● All repairs and modifications to the vehicle SEAT has approved your vehicle for use with
does not inflate at all. should only be performed by a specialised two-way radios providing the following condi-
workshop. tions are observed:
So that the effectiveness of the airbag is not
● Airbag modules must never be repaired: if
reduced and that removed parts do not cause ● The exterior aerial must be mounted pro-
damaged, they must be replaced.
any injuries or environmental pollution, regu- fessionally.

Safety
● Never fit recycled or reused airbag compo-
lations must be observed. These require-
ments are known to specialised workshops. nents in your vehicle. ● The maximum transmitting power is 10
watts.
Modifications to the vehicle suspension may
WARNING
affect the operation of the airbag system in The optimal reach of the equipment is only
the event of collision. For example, if wheel Modifications to the vehicle suspension, in- achieved with an external aerial. »
and tyre combinations not approved by SEAT cluding the use of unauthorised wheel and
191
 Advice

Check first with a specialised workshop that Information stored by the control ances connected in the vehicle, it is possible
understands the technical possibilities of in- units to send the vehicle position. If the control
stallation if you wish to use a two-way radio unit records an accident with airbag activa-
with a transmitting power of over 10 watts. Your vehicle is fitted at the factory with a ser- tion, the system may automatically send a
SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech- ies of electronic control units responsible for signal. This will depend on the network oper-
nical service. the engine and gearbox management. In ad- ator. Normally, transmission is only possible
dition, the control units supervise the per- in areas with good coverage.
All legal requirements, together with the in-
structions for the use of two-way radios must formance of the exhaust gas system and the
airbag systems. Event Data Recorder
be observed.
Therefore, while the vehicle is being driven, The vehicle is not fitted with an event data re-
WARNING these electronic control units are continuous- corder.
If the two-way radio is not securely fastened ly analysing the vehicle data. In the event of An event data recorder temporarily stores the
in position, it could be sent flying around the faults or deviations from the theoretical val- vehicle information. Therefore, in the event of
vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden ues, only this data is stored. Normally, the an accident, it is possible to obtain detailed
manoeuvres or accident, causing injury. warning lamps on the instrument panel light information about how the accident occur-
● While driving, two-way radios must be se- up in the event of faults. red. For example, in vehicles with airbag sys-
curely fastened in position, outside the radi- This data can only be read and analysed us- tems, data relating to speed of impact, seat
us of action of the airbags, or safely stowed ing special equipment. belt status, seat positions and airbag activa-
away. tion times may be stored. The volume of data
The storing of the data allows specialised depends on the manufacturer.
workshops to detect and repair faults. Stored
WARNING
data may include: Event data recorders can only be mounted
When using a two-way radio without a con- with authorisation from the vehicle owner
nection to an exterior aerial, the maximum ● Data relating to the engine or the gearbox and, in some countries, they are governed by
permitted levels of electromagnetic radiation ● Speed local legislation.
may be exceeded. This is also the case if the
aerial has not been correctly installed. ● Direction of travel
Reprogramming control units
● You should only use a two-way radio inside ● Braking force
the vehicle if it has first been correctly con-
On the whole, all the data required for the
● Detection of seat belt
nected to an exterior aerial. component management is stored in the con-
The vehicle control units never record conver- trol units. The programming of certain con-
sations held by passengers in the vehicle. venience functions, such as the turn signals,
individual door opening and instructions on
In vehicles equipped with an emergency call the display can be modified using special
function via the mobile phone or other appli-
192
 Care and maintenance

equipment at the workshop. If this is the and authorities have established limits and If the mobile phone is connected to an aerial

Technical specifications
case, the information and descriptions given directives in order to ensure electromagnetic incorporated into the vehicle or an exterior
in the Instruction Manual will not match the radiation from mobile phones remains within aerial connected to the vehicle, it will help re-
original functions. Therefore, SEAT recom- certain limits that do not endanger health. duce the electromagnetic radiation transmit-
mends that any modifications be recorded in Nevertheless, there is no conclusive scientif- ted and the risk to human health. It will also
the section “Other workshop notes” in the ic evidence that wireless telephones are to- improve the quality of the connection.
Maintenance Programme. tally safe.
If the phone is used inside the vehicle with-
The technical service centre must have a re- Therefore, some experts recommend that use out the hands-free system, it will not be se-
cord of any modification to the programming. of mobile phone be kept to a minimum until curely fastened and will not be connected to
the results of current research are published. the exterior aerial of the vehicle telephone.
Reading the vehicle fault memory Nor will the telephone charge if it is not on
When a mobile phone not connected to an

Advice
the support. In addition, some calls may
There is a diagnostics connector in the vehi- exterior aerial is used inside the vehicle, the
break off and the quality of the connection
cle interior for reading the vehicle fault mem- electromagnetic radiation may be greater
will be affected.
ory. The fault memory documents errors and than if the mobile phone were connected to a
deviations from the theoretical values of the built-in aerial or to another exterior aerial. Mobile phones should only be used inside
electronic control units. the vehicle if they are connected to a hands-
If the vehicle is fitted with a suitable hands-
free system with an exterior aerial.
The diagnostics connector is in the driver free device, it will comply with the legislation
side footwell area, next to the lever for open- in many countries which only permits the use

Operation
WARNING
ing the bonnet, below a cover. of mobile phones inside vehicles using a
hands-free device. If the mobile phone is not securely fastened
The fault memory should only be read and re- in position, it could be sent flying around the
set by a specialised workshop. The hands-free system mounted at the facto- vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden
ry has been designed for use with conven- manoeuvres or accident, causing injury.
tional mobile phones and phones with Blue- ● While driving, mobile phones must be se-
Using a mobile telephone in a vehicle tooth technology. Mobile phones should be curely fastened in position, outside the radi-
without connection to an exterior placed on a suitable phone cradle. In addi- us of action of the airbags, or safely stowed
tion, the cradle should always be correctly fit- away.
aerial

Safety
ted into the base plate. This ensures that the
Mobile telephones transmit and receive radio mobile phone is securely attached to the
WARNING
waves, both when in use and when on stand- dash panel, it is always within reach of the
driver and is connected to the vehicle exterior When using a mobile phone without a con-
by. Scientific studies state that radio waves
aerial. nection to an exterior aerial, the maximum
exceeding certain values may be harmful to
the human body. International committees
permitted levels of electromagnetic radiation »
193
 Advice

may be exceeded. This is also the case if the WARNING

aerial has not been correctly installed.
The improper use of the lifting platform or
● A minimum of 20 centimetres should be the jack when raising the vehicle may result
kept between mobile phone aerials and artifi- in accidents or serious injury.
cial pacemakers, as mobile telephones may ● Before raising the vehicle, please observe
affect the working of pacemakers.
the manufacturer's instructions for the plat-
● Do not keep mobile phones in breast pock- form or jack, and the legal requirements,
ets directly above pacemakers. where applicable.
● Switch off the mobile phone immediately if ● There should not be anyone inside the ve-
you suspect there may be interference. hicle when it is being raised or once it is in
Fig. 157 Rear jacking points for raising vehi- the air.
cle with lifting platform or jack
● Only use the jacking points indicated in the
Jacking points for raising vehicle figures ››› Fig. 156 and ››› Fig. 157 when rais-
Always use the jacking points indicated in ing the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted at
the figures ››› Fig. 156 and ››› Fig. 157 when the indicated points, it may fall from the plat-
raising the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted form while the engine or gearbox is being
at these points, it could be seriously dam- dismounted, for example.
aged ››› or lead to serious injury ››› . ● The jacking points should be centrally
The vehicle should not be lifted using lifting aligned and firmly positioned on the platform
platforms with lift pads containing fluid. support plates.
● Never start the engine when the vehicle is
When raising a vehicle using a platform or
raised! The vehicle may fall from the platform
jack, a series of precautionary measures are due to the engine vibrations.
required. Do not raise the vehicle with a lift-
● If it is necessary to work underneath the ve-
ing platform or jack unless you have received
hicle while it is raised, you should check that
Fig. 156 Front jacking points for raising vehi- training in how to do so and know how to do
the supporting stands have an adequate load
cle with lifting platform or jack so safely. capacity.
Notes on raising the vehicle with a jack ● Never climb onto the lifting platform.
››› page 249. ● Always make sure that the weight of the ve-
hicle does not exceed the lifting platform
load capacity.

194
 Care and maintenance

CAUTION ● Car care products must always be stored in CAUTION

Technical specifications
● Never raise the vehicle at the engine oil
the original container which should be kept
Cleaning products which contain solvents will
closed.
sump, the gearbox or the rear or front axles. damage the material.
● Observe information provided by the manu-
● Always use an intermediate rubber support
facturer.
to prevent damage to the vehicle underbody. For the sake of the environment
Check that the arms of the lifting platform are ● To prevent confusion, never store car care
products in empty food cans, bottles or other ● Only wash the vehicle in areas allocated for
able to move with obstruction.
containers. this purpose, to prevent dirty water which
● The arms should not come into contact with
● Keep all care products out of reach of chil-
may be contaminated by oil, grease or fuel,
the side running boards or other parts of the from entering the drains. In some places,
vehicle. dren.
washing it outside the planned areas is even
● Harmful vapours may be produced when us- banned.

Advice
ing car care products. Therefore, care prod-
● Where possible, always use products which
ucts should only be used in well-ventilated
Care and cleaning the vehicle spaces or in the open air.
respect the environment.
● The remains of car care products should not
exterior ● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, ace-
be disposed of with ordinary household
tone or any other volatile liquid to wash,
waste. Observe information provided by the
clean or care for the vehicle. These are toxic
Introduction and highly flammable.
manufacturer.

Operation
Regular maintenance and washing help to
maintain the value of the vehicle. This may WARNING
Washing the vehicle
also be one of the requirements for acknowl- Inappropriate care and cleaning of vehicle
edging warranty claims in the event of body- components may effect the vehicle safety The longer substances such as insects, bird
work corrosion or paint defects. equipment, increasing the risk of severe in- droppings, resinous tree sap, road dirt, in-
jury. dustrial deposits, tar, soot or road salt and
Products suitable for the care of your vehicle
are available at any technical service. ● Vehicle components should only be other aggressive materials remain on the ve-
cleaned and maintained in accordance with hicle, the more damage they do to the paint-
WARNING the manufacturer's instructions. work. High temperatures (for instance due to

Safety
● Only use approved or recommended care strong sunlight) further intensify the corro-
Car-care products may be toxic and hazard-
products. sive effect. The vehicle undercarriage should
ous. If car care products are not suitable or
are used inappropriately, this could result in also be thoroughly washed at regular inter-
accident, serious injury, burns or intoxica- vals. »
tion.

195
 Advice

Automatic car washes Rinse the sponge or glove thoroughly and of- ● Never wipe the headlights with a dry cloth
Always observe the instructions provided at ten. or sponge, always moisten first. It is best to
the automatic car wash. The standard pre- Wheels, sills and similar should be cleaned use soapy water.
cautionary measures prior to entering the car last. Use a second sponge for this. ● Washing the vehicle in low temperatures:
wash should be taken to avoid damage to When washing the vehicle with a hose, do
the vehicle (close all windows, fold in exterior WARNING not direct water into the lock cylinders or the
mirrors). If the vehicle is fitted with additional gaps around the doors or roof. Locks and
Sharp components on the vehicle may cause seals could freeze!
components (spoiler, roof-rack, aerial, etc.), injury.
check with the car wash supervisor whether
● Protect arms and hands from sharp edges
these can enter the car wash ››› . CAUTION
when cleaning the vehicle undercarriage or
The vehicle paintwork is so durable that the the interior of the wheel hubs. To prevent damage to the vehicle, please ob-
vehicle can normally be washed without serve the following before entering an auto-
problems in an automatic car wash tunnel. matic car wash:
WARNING
However, wear and damage to the paintwork ● Compare the distance between the vehicle
will depend on the type of car wash used. After the vehicle has been washed, the brak- wheels and the distance between the guide-
SEAT recommends the use of car washes ing effect will be reduced (and the braking rails of the car wash to prevent damage to the
distance increased) due to moisture (and ice wheels and tyres!
without brushes.
in winter) on the brakes.
● Switch off the rain sensor and the Au-
To remove traces of wax on windows and to ● “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking to Hold function before entering a car wash.
prevent wiper blades from scratching, please carefully. Ensure that you are not endanger-
observe the following ››› page 197, Cleaning ● Compare the height and width of your vehi-
ing other road-users or breaking traffic regu-
windows and exterior mirrors. cle with the available height and width when
lations in the process.
entering and driving through the car wash.
Washing the car by hand ● Fold in exterior mirrors Electrically retracta-
CAUTION ble exterior mirrors must not be folded in or
When washing the car by hand, use plenty of ● The temperature of the water must not ex- out by hand. Always use the electrical power
water to soften the dirt first, and rinse off as ceed +60 °C (+140 °F). control.
well as possible. ● To avoid damaging the bonnet paintwork,
● To avoid damage to the paintwork, do not
Then clean the vehicle with a soft sponge, wash the vehicle in full sun. rest the wipers on the windscreen after dry-
glove or brush using only slight pressure. ● Do not use rough sponges or similar which ing them. Do not let them fall!
Start at the roof and work downwards. Spe- could damage the surface to clean away the ● Lock the rear lid to prevent it from opening
cial car shampoo should only be used for traces of insects. unexpectedly while inside the car wash.
very persistent dirt.

196
 Care and maintenance

Washing the vehicle with high WARNING Cleaning windows and exterior

Technical specifications
pressure cleaning equipment After the vehicle has been washed, the brak-
mirrors
ing effect will be reduced (and the braking
When cleaning the vehicle with a high-pres- distance increased) due to moisture (and ice Cleaning windows and exterior mirrors
sure cleaner, always follow the operating in- in winter) on the brakes. Spray windows and exterior windows with a
structions for the equipment. Pay special at- standard window cleaner containing alcohol.
● “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking
tention to the required pressure of the jet
carefully. Ensure that you are not endanger- Dry the windows with a clean chamois leath-
and the distance between the jet and the ve- ing other road-users or breaking traffic regu-
hicle ››› . lations in the process.
er or a lint-free cloth. The chamois leathers
used on painted surfaces are not suitable for
Keep a suitable distance from soft materials, cleaning windows because they are soiled
such as rubber hoses or insulating material, CAUTION with wax deposits which could smear the

Advice
and from the parking distance warning sys- windows.
● The temperature of the water must not be
tem sensors. The parking distance sensors
above +60 °C (+140 °F). Use window cleaner or a silicone remover to
are fitted in the rear bumpers and, where ap-
● To avoid damage to the paintwork, do not
plicable, in the front bumpers ››› . clean rubber, oil, grease and silicone depos-
wash the vehicle in full sun. its off ››› .
Do not use a nozzle that sprays the water out ● The sensors on the bumpers should be kept
in a direct stream or one that has a rotating clean and free of ice at all times to ensure the Removing wax deposits
jet for forcing off dirt ››› . parking distance warning system and the

Operation
parking aid system operate correctly. When
Automatic car washes and certain car care
WARNING cleaning with pressure hoses and steam products may leave wax deposits on the win-
cleaners, the sensors should be sprayed only dows. These deposits can only be removed
The incorrect use of high pressure cleaning
briefly. A distance of 10 cm between the sen- with a special product or cleaning cloths.
equipment could result in permanent dam-
sors and the steam / hose nozzle must be ob- Wax deposits on the windscreen could cause
age, visible or invisible, to the tyres or other
materials. This could result in a serious acci- served. the wiper blades to judder. SEAT recom-
dent. ● Do not use a high pressure cleaner to re- mends you wipe the wax deposits off the
move ice or snow from windows windscreen with a soft cloth each time after
● Ensure there is a suitable distance between
● Washing the vehicle in low temperatures: you have washed the vehicle.
the nozzle and the tyres.

Safety
● Never wash tyres with a concentrated jet or When washing the vehicle with a hose, do A window cleaning detergent which helps to
so-called “dirt blasters”. Even at large spray- not direct water into the lock cylinders or the dissolve the wax may be added to the wind-
ing distances and short cleaning times, you gaps around the doors or roof. Locks and screen washer fluid to prevent the wiper
may damage the tyres. seals could freeze! blades from scratching the windscreen.
Please ensure you add the cleaning product
in the correct proportions. Products for »
197
 Advice

removing grease do not eliminate the wax WARNING Caring for and polishing the vehicle
deposits ››› . paintwork
Dirty or misted windows reduce visibility in
Special cleaning products or window cloths all directions and increase the risk of acci-
are available at any technical service. To re- dent and serious injury. Waxing
move wax deposits, SEAT recommends the ● Do not drive unless you have good visibility Regular waxing protects the paintwork. It is
following products: through all windows! time to apply a good coat of wax when water
● Remove ice and snow from the windows no longer forms droplets and rolls off the
● For the hottest time of the year: the clean paintwork.
and demist inside and out.
G 052 184 A1 window cleaner for summer
use. Proportion 1:100 (1 part detergent, Even if a wax solution is used regularly in the
100 parts water) in the windscreen washer CAUTION automatic car wash, SEAT recommends pro-
reservoir. tecting the paint with a hard wax coating at
● Never mix our cleaning products with other
least twice a year.
● All year round: the G 052 164 A2 window products not recommended by SEAT in the
cleaner; proportion 1:2 in windscreen washer windscreen washer reservoir. This could lead
to flocculation and may block the windscreen Polishing
bottle (1 part concentrate, 2 parts water) in
winter, up to -18 ℃ (-0.4 °F), or 1:4, during washer jets. Polishing is only necessary if the paint has
the rest of the year. ● Do not use hot or warm water to remove ice lost its shine, and the gloss cannot be
● Window cloths G 052 522 A1 for all win- or snow from the windows and exterior mir- brought back by applying wax.
rors. The glass could crack!
dows and exterior mirrors. If the polish does not contain wax, a wax
● The heating element for the rear window is
product should be applied after polishing.
Removing snow located on the inner side of the window. Do
not stick adhesive labels over the heating el-
Use a small brush to remove snow from the CAUTION
ements and never clean the inside of the rear
windows and exterior mirrors. window with corrosive or acid products or ● To prevent damage, car polish or hard wax
other similar chemical cleaning products. should not be used on components painted in
Removing ice ● Aerials on the inside of windows may be matt paint, plastic components and the glass
damaged if knocked or if cleaned with corro- headlamp and tail light covers.
If possible, use a de-icing spray to remove
sive or acid cleaning products. Do not stick ● Do not polish the paintwork if it is dirty, ap-
ice. If you use an ice scraper, push it in one
adhesive labels over the heating elements ply polish in dusty or sandy zones.
direction only without swinging it. If you pull
and never clean the inside of the rear window
the scraper backwards, the dirt may scratch
with corrosive or acid products or other simi-
the window. lar chemical cleaning products.

198
 Care and maintenance

Cleaning chrome parts CAUTION Always use an acid-free detergent for alloy

Technical specifications
wheel rims. Car polish or other abrasive
Clean chrome parts with a damp cloth. SEAT To prevent damage to the anodized surfaces: agents should not be used for maintaining
recommends the use of a chrome care prod- ● Do not use products containing solvents. the rims.
uct to clean stains and dirt from chrome sur- ● Do not use polish or hard wax.
If the protective coating on the paint has
faces. Use a soft dry cloth to polish chrome ● Do not use abrasive products. been damaged (e.g. hit by a stone), it should
parts.
● Do not polish anodized surfaces in sandy or be repaired immediately.
dusty environments.
CAUTION
● Do not polish dirty surfaces.
To prevent scratching chrome surfaces: Caring for rubber seals
● Do not use abrasive products.

Advice
● Do not clean or polish chrome parts in a The rubber seals on doors, windows, etc., re-
Cleaning wheels
sandy or dusty environment. main flexible, provide a better seal and last
● Do not polish dirty surfaces. Cleaning steel wheels longer if they are regularly treated with a
product specifically designed for use on rub-
Use an industrial cleaner to remove brake ber.
dust. Therefore, clean wheels regularly with a
Caring for and cleaning anodized separate sponge. Before applying the product, use a soft cloth
surfaces to remove dust and dirt from the rubber

Operation
Any damage to the paint on steel wheels seals.
should be touched up before the metal starts
It is not easy to detect the difference between
to rust.
aluminium and an anodized surface, for ex-
ample, a radiator grille. However, anodized De-icing the door lock cylinder
Caring for and cleaning alloy wheels
surfaces must not be treated in the same way
as aluminium surfaces. Never use rough Remove road salt and brake dust by washing To de-ice the lock cylinders, SEAT recommend
sponges or cloths to wipe away insect re- the wheels approximately once a fortnight. the use of genuine SEAT spray with lubricat-
mains. Use an acid free detergent to clean the wheel ing and anti-corrosive properties.
rims. SEAT recommends treating the wheels

Safety
● Use a clean, damp, lint-free cloth to clean thoroughly with a wax compound about once CAUTION
anodized surfaces. every three months. The use of products containing degreasing
● If there is a lot of dirt, use a special clean- agents to de-ice the locks may rust the lock
It is important to remove road salt and brake
ing product which does not contain solvents. dust by washing the wheels at regular inter- cylinder.
vals, otherwise the finish will be impaired.

199
 Advice

Protection of vehicle undercarriage rectly into the vehicle interior through the wa- CAUTION
ter chamber ››› .
The vehicle underbody is coated to protect it If water is manually poured into the water box
If the engine compartment is very dirty, al- (e.g. using a high pressure cleaning appli-
from chemical and mechanical damage. The
ways take the vehicle to a specialised work- ance), this could cause significant damage to
protective coat on the undercarriage may
shop for professional cleaning. SEAT recom- the vehicle.
wear from use while driving. Therefore, SEAT
mends taking your car in for technical serv-
recommends that the protective coating on
ice. For the sake of the environment
the undercarriage and on the running gear
should be regularly checked, and repaired if Only wash the engine compartment in areas
Water box
necessary. allocated for this purpose, to prevent dirty
The water box is in the engine compartment, water which may be contaminated by oil,
WARNING between the windscreen and the engine, and grease or fuel, from entering the drains. In
beneath a perforated cover. Air is taken in some places, washing this compartment out-
Additional underseal or anti-corrosion prod-
through the water box from outside to the ve- side the planned areas is even banned.
ucts could catch fire due to the high tempera-
tures reached by the exhaust gas system and hicle interior via the heating and air condi-
other engine components. tioner.
● Do not apply additional underseal or anti- Leaves and other loose objects should be Caring for and cleaning the
corrosion products to the exhaust pipes, cat- regularly cleaned away from the water box ei-
alytic converters, heat shields or other parts ther by hand or with a vacuum. vehicle interior
of the vehicle which reach high temperatures.
WARNING Introduction
When working on the engine or in the engine The dye used in many modern garments, for
Cleaning the engine compartment compartment, there is a risk of injury, burns,
example dark jeans, is not always sufficiently
accident or fire.
The engine compartment of any motor vehi- colour-fast. Seat upholstery (material and
● Before starting work, please ensure you are
cle is a potentially hazardous area leather), especially when light-coloured, may
familiar with the required procedure and the visibly discolour if the dye comes out of
››› page 214. safety precautions ››› page 214.
clothing (even when used correctly). This is
The engine compartment should only be ● SEAT recommends getting a specialised not an upholstery defect but indicates that
cleaned by qualified personnel. If it is not workshop to do these jobs. the dye in the item of clothing is not suffi-
correctly cleaned, the anti-corrosion coating ciently colour-fast.
and consequently electrical components may
be damaged. Moreover, water may filter di- The longer stains or dirt remain on the vehi-
cle surfaces, especially the fabrics covering
the padded upholstery, the more difficult it
200
 Care and maintenance

becomes to clean and maintain them. If ● Only use approved or recommended clean- ● From time to time, clean the dust that gath-

Technical specifications
stains and dirt are left for a long time, it may ing products. ers in the perforations, folds and seams so
be that they are impossible to remove. that the surfaces of the seats are not dam-
aged by its abrasive effect.
CAUTION
WARNING ● Make sure clothes are colour-fast to avoid
● Cleaning products which contain solvents
Car-care products may be toxic and hazard- them running and staining the upholstery.
have a corrosive effect and may damage the
ous. Using unsuitable car-care products or, This is especially important if the upholstery
material irreparably.
using them in the wrong way, may cause acci- is light in colour.
dents, serious injury, burns or intoxication. ● Stains and dirt containing aggressive sub-
● Keep your car-care products in their origi-
stances or solvents attack the material and CAUTION
may damage it irreparably, even when they
nal containers. If you ignore this advice, which is important
are cleaned quickly.

Advice
● Read the instructions. for maintaining your seat upholstery, the fab-
● Dirt and stains should not be allowed to dry
● Never keep car-care products in empty food ric may be damaged or stained.
and should be cleaned as quickly as possible.
containers, bottles or other similar contain-
● In the case of stubborn stains, take the ve-
ers. Other people may confuse them. Note
hicle to a specialised workshop to avoid dam-
● Keep all car-care products out of the reach age. SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to a
of children.
specialised workshop to treat any stains on
● Some products may give off harmful va- the upholstery caused by the discolouration

Operation
pours during use. Therefore, they should be of clothing.
used outdoors in well-ventilated places.
Treating your upholstery
● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, nail- To treat and maintain your seat upholstery,
varnish remover or any other volatile product keep the following in mind ››› : How to clean the upholstery, trim
for washing, maintenance or cleaning. These
are toxic and highly flammable. ● Before entering the vehicle, close any Vel-
fabrics and Alcantara®
cro fasteners that might snag on the uphols- Cleaning the fabric on heated seats and
WARNING tery or trim fabric. Any open Velcro fasteners electrically adjustable seats or seats with
may damage the trim or upholstery fabrics. airbag components

Safety
Unsuitable maintenance and cleaning of vehi-
cle components may impair proper operation ● To prevent damage, avoid direct contact
It is possible that there are important airbag
of safety equipment and cause serious injury. between sharp decorative objects and the
components and electrical connections in-
● Maintain and clean vehicle components ac- upholstery and trim fabrics. Decorative ob-
side the driver seat, passenger seat and pos-
cording to the manufacturer's instructions. jects include zips, rivets and rhinestones on
sibly the outer rear seats. If these seats and
clothing and belts.
seat backrests are damaged, or are cleaned »
201
 Advice

and are treated incorrectly, or if they get wet, Alcantara® upholstery of the seats and the ly, not deploy at all, or do so unexpectedly,
the vehicle electric system may be destroyed carpet. which could cause serious or fatal injuries.
and the airbag system damaged ››› . ● Do not use high-pressure or steam cleaning ● Have the system checked immediately by a
Electric and heated seats contain compo- equipment or cold aerosols. specialised workshop.
nents and electrical connections that may be ● For general cleaning, use a soft sponge or
damaged if the seats are cleaned or incor- an ordinary lint-free microfibre cloth ››› . CAUTION
rectly treated ››› . Similarly, damage might ● Clean Alcantara® surfaces with a slightly If the upholstery on electrically operated
be caused at other points in the vehicle's damp cotton or woollen cloth, or a standard seats or seats with airbag components gets
electric system. lint-free microfibre cloth ››› . soaked, the vehicle's electric system and cer-
For this reason, bear the following indica- tain other components may be damaged.
tions in mind for cleaning: If the dirt on the trim and upholstery fabrics ● If the seat gets soaked, take the vehicle im-
is only superficial, you can use a standard mediately to a specialised workshop to be
● Do not use high-pressure or steam cleaning foam cleaner. dried and for the system components to be
equipment or cold aerosols. If the upholstery and trim are very dirty, be- inspected.
● Do not use cream detergents or detergent- fore cleaning them we recommend you find ● Do not use steam cleaning equipment as
based solutions for delicate garments. out about the most suitable cleaning options the dirt becomes more encrusted and fixed in
● Prevent the fabric from getting wet at all from a professional cleaning company. If nec- the material.
times. essary, the cleaning should be carried out by ● High-pressure cleaning equipment and cold
● Only use cleaning products approved by
a specialised company. aerosols may damage the upholstery.
SEAT.
Stain removal CAUTION
● If in doubt, take the vehicle to a professio-
nal cleaning company. When removing stains, it may be necessary ● Brushes should only be used to clean the
to clean the whole surface and not just the carpet and floor mats! Other fabrics may be
Cleaning the fabric on unheated seats, non- stain itself. Especially if the surface has been damaged if cleaned with a brush.
electrically adjustable seats and seats dirtied through normal use. If you only clean ● If cream detergents or detergents for deli-
without airbag components the stained area, that part may then look cate garments are applied with a damp cloth
lighter than the rest. If in doubt, take the ve- or sponge, they may, for example, leave rings
● Before using any cleaning products, con- hicle to a professional cleaning company. when dry because of the surfactant compo-
sult and keep in mind the instructions of use, nents they contain. Generally, such rings are
indications and warnings on the container. WARNING very difficult or almost impossible to remove.
● Use a vacuum cleaner (with the brush at- If there is a fault in the airbag system, it is
tachment) on the trim and seat fabrics, the likely that the airbag will not deploy correct-

202
 Care and maintenance

CAUTION ● Apply as few cleaning and maintenance ● If the stain remains on the leather for long,

Technical specifications
products as possible, always using a dry, lint- it will soak in and be impossible to remove.
● Do not let water soak into Alcantara ® under free cotton or woollen cloth. Do not apply
any circumstances. ● In the event of spilt liquids, dry immediate-
cleaning and maintenance products directly ly with an absorbent cloth to prevent the liq-
● Do not use leather cleaning products, sol- to the leather. uid penetrating through the leather or seams.
vents, wax polish, shoe cream, stain remov-
● Remove recent ball-point pen and ink ● If the vehicle is left standing in the sun for
ers or similar products on Alcantara®.
stains, lipstick, shoe cream and similar long periods, the leather should be protected
● Never use brushes for cleaning damp mate-
stains as soon as possible. against direct sunlight to prevent it from fad-
rial as they could damage the surface.
● Maintain the colour of the leather. To do ing.
this, use a special cream especially coloured
for leather to achieve the same overall colour, Note
Cleaning and maintenance of natural

Advice
if necessary.
leather upholstery The leather will usually change colour slight-
● Afterwards, go over it with a soft cloth. ly with use.
Consult a professional cleaning workshop if
you have any doubts on cleaning and main- Cleaning the vehicle
taining the leather equipment in your vehicle. SEAT recommends using a slightly damp cot- Cleaning synthetic leather upholstery
ton or woollen cloth for general cleaning pur-
Maintenance and treatment poses. Before cleaning synthetic leather upholstery,

Operation
bear in mind the following recommendations
Nappa natural leather is delicate because it Generally, the leather should never be
has no additional protective layer.
››› page 201, Cleaning the fabric on heated
soaked at any point, nor should water pene-
seats and electrically adjustable seats or
trate the seams.
● After cleaning, regularly apply a condition- seats with airbag components
er with sun-screen and impregnating action. Before cleaning the leather upholstery, bear
Only use water and neutral cleaning products
These products nourish the leather, soften it in mind the following recommendations
to clean synthetic leather upholstery.
and make it more breathable, as well as re- ››› page 201, Cleaning the fabric on heated
hydrating it. They also provide it with a pro- seats and electrically adjustable seats or CAUTION
tective film. seats with airbag components.

Safety
Do not use solvents, floor wax, shoe cream,
● Clean the leather every 2 or 3 months and
CAUTION stain removers or similar products on syn-
remove stains as they appear. thetic leather. These will stiffen the material,
● Treat the leather every 6 months with a ● On no account use solvents, wax polish, causing it to crack prematurely.
shoe cream, stain removers or similar materi-
suitable maintenance product.
als on leather.

203
 Advice

Cleaning storage compartments, ● Wash wooden trims with a mild soap and WARNING
drinks holders and ashtray water solution.
Check the condition of all the seat belts at
regular intervals. If the webbing or other
Cleaning storage compartments and drinks WARNING
parts of the belt are damaged, the vehicle
holders Solvents cause the surfaces of the airbag should be taken to a specialised workshop
Some storage compartments and drinks modules to become porous. If an airbag is ac- immediately and the belts should be re-
holders have a removable rubber mat. cidentally triggered, the detachment of plas- placed. It is extremely dangerous to drive us-
tic parts could cause serious injury. ing damaged seat belts and could result in
● Use a clean, damp, lint-free cloth to clean ● Never clean the dash panel and the surfa- serious injury or loss of life.
parts. ces of the airbag modules with cleaners con- ● Seat belts and their components must nev-
● If this does not provide satisfactory results, taining solvents. er be cleaned with chemical products, nor
we recommend using a special solvent-free should they be allowed to come into contact
plastic cleaning product. with corrosive liquids, solvents or sharp ob-
jects. This could affect the strength of the
Cleaning seat belts seat belt webbing.
Cleaning the ashtray
If the seat belt is very dirty, the belt retractor ● Seat belts should be completely dry before
● Extract the ashtray and empty it. retracting. Damp could damage the belt re-
may not work correctly thus preventing the
● Clean the ashtray with a dishcloth. tractor so that it is does not operate correct-
seat belt from operating correctly.
ly.
Use a toothpick or similar to remove ash from The seat belts should never be removed from ● Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies to en-
the area where cigarettes are stubbed out. the vehicle for cleaning. ter the buckle fastenings. This could damage
the buckles and seat belts.
● Use a soft brush to remove the worst dirt
● Never attempt to repair, modify or remove a
Care and cleaning of plastic parts,
››› .
seat belt yourself.
● Pull the seat belt right out and leave it out.
wooden trim and the instrument ● Always have damaged seatbelts replaced
panel ● Clean dirty seat belts with a gentle soap immediately by seat belts approved for the
and water solution. vehicle in question by SEAT. Seat belts which
● Use a clean, damp, lint-free cloth to clean ● Wait until they are completely dry. have been worn in an accident and stretched
parts. must be replaced by a specialised workshop.
● Only allow the seat belt to retract when it is Renewal may be necessary even if there is no
● Clean plastic parts (inside and outside the completely dry. apparent damage. The belt anchorage should
vehicle) and the dash panel with a special also be checked.
solvent-free product for the care and clean-
ing of plastic, approved by SEAT ››› .

204
 Care and maintenance

Notes for the user complies with several standards, including ● SEAT does not accept liability if the vehicle

Technical specifications
the Canadian standard, ICES-002. does not comply in part or in full with the le-
Labels and plates gal requirements of other countries or conti-
nents.
Some parts in the engine compartment come Using your vehicle in other countries
from the factory with certificates of safety, la- and continents
bels or plates containing important informa- Radio reception and the aerial
tion regarding the operation of the vehicle, The vehicle is manufactured at the factory for
for example, on the petrol cap, on the pas- use in a particular country in accordance with The aerial of radio and navigation systems
senger's sun visor, on the driver door strut, or the national legislation in force at the time of fitted at the factory may be mounted in differ-
on the floor of the boot. manufacture. ent parts of the vehicle:

Advice
● Never remove these certificates of safety, If the vehicle is sold in another country or ● On the inside of the rear window, next to
labels or plates, and ensure they are kept in used in another country for an extended peri- the rear window heating,
good condition and are legible. od of time, the applicable legislation of that
● on the inside of the rear side windows,
country should be observed.
● If a vehicle part, bearing a certificate of ● on the inside of the windscreen,
safety, label or plate, is replaced, the special- It may be necessary to fit or remove certain
pieces of equipment or to deactivate certain ● on the roof of the vehicle.
ised workshop should attach the information
back in the same place. functions. Service work may also be affected.
Aerials mounted on the inside of a window

Operation
This is particularly true if the vehicle is used
can be recognised by the fine wires.
Certificate of safety in a different climate for an extended period
of time. CAUTION
A certificate of safety on the door strut states
that all the safety standards and regulations As there are different types of frequency Aerials on the inside of windows may be dam-
established by the national traffic authorities bands around the world, you may find that aged if knocked or if cleaned with corrosive or
responsible for road safety were met at the the radio or navigation system supplied at acid cleaning products. Do not stick adhesive
time of manufacture. It may also give the the factory does not work in another country. labels over the heating elements and never
month and year of manufacture, together clean the inside of the rear window with cor-

Safety
with the chassis number. CAUTION rosive or acid products or other similar chem-
● SEAT does not accept liability for any dam-
ical cleaning products. »
Warning of high voltage label* age to the vehicle due to the use of a lower
There is a label close to the bonnet lock quality fuel, an inadequate service or the
non-availability of genuine spare parts.
which warns of high voltage in the vehicle's
electrical system. The vehicle ignition system
205
 Advice

Note We will collect the used vehicle free of

charge, provided it complies with all national
Checking and refilling levels
If electrical equipment is used near an aerial legislation.
built-into the window, you may observe inter- Filling the tank
ference in the reception of AM stations. Please see your technical service for further
information about the collection and scrap-
Introduction
ping of end-of-life vehicles.
Notes on SEAT repairs The fuel tank flap is on the rear right of the
Scrapping vehicle.
WARNING The relevant safety requirements must be ob-
served when the vehicle or components of WARNING
Repairs or modifications which are not per-
the airbag or belt tensioner systems are Refuelling or handling fuel carelessly can
formed correctly may result in damage or er-
rors in the vehicle operation, affecting the ef- scrapped. These requirements are known to cause an explosion or fire resulting in serious
fectiveness of the driver assist and airbag specialised workshops. burns and injuries.
systems. This could result in serious acci- ● Always make sure that you correctly close
dent. the fuel cap to avoid evaporation and fuel
● Have any repairs or modifications carried spillage.
out at a specialised workshop. ● Fuels are highly explosive and inflammable
substances that can cause serious burns and
injuries.
Collection and scrapping of end-of-life ● Fuel could leak out or be spilt if the engine
vehicles is not switched off or if the filler fuel nozzle is
not fully inserted into the tank filler neck
Collection of end-of-life vehicles when refuelling. This could lead to a fire, ex-
plosion and severe injuries.
An extensive network of used car reception ● When refuelling, turn off the engine, the
centres already exists in much of Europe. Af- auxiliary heating (››› page 128) and turn off
ter the vehicle has been delivered, you will the ignition for safety reasons.
receive a certificate of destruction describing
● Always turn off mobile telephones, radio
the environmentally friendly scrapping of the
apparatus and other radio wave emitting
vehicle in accordance with applicable legisla- equipment before refuelling. Electromagnetic
tion. waves could cause sparks and lead to a fire.

206
 Checking and refilling levels

● Never enter the vehicle while refuelling. If it – Always place the canister on the ground petrol, kerosene, heating oil or any other

Technical specifications
is absolutely necessary to enter, close the to fill it. type of different fuel. Other types of fuels
door and touch a metal surface before touch- – Insert the fuel nozzle into the neck of the could cause serious damage to the engine
ing the filler nozzle again. This will prevent canister as far as possible. and to the fuel supply system and the result-
the generation of static electricity. Sparks ing problems are not covered by the SEAT
– If you are using a metal fuel canister, the
could cause a fire when refuelling. warranty.
nozzle must always touch the canister
● Never handle fuel close to flames, sparks or
while it is being filled to avoid static elec-
objects with slow combustion (e.g. ciga- tricity. For the sake of the environment
rettes).
– Follow the legal requirements for the use, Fuels can contaminate the environment. Col-
● Avoid static electricity and electro-magnet-
storage and transport of spare fuel canis- lect any spilt service fluids and allow a pro-
ic radiation when refuelling. ters. fessional to dispose of them.

Advice
● Observe the safety regulations of the serv- – Insure that the fuel container complies
ice station. with manufacturing standards, for exam- Note
● Never spill fuel on the vehicle or in the lug- ple, ANSI or ASTM F852-86.
gage compartment. There is no emergency mechanism for the
manual release of the tank flap. If necessary,
CAUTION request assistance from specialised person-
WARNING ● Always remove any fuel spilled on the vehi- nel.
For safety reasons, SEAT does not recommend cle paintwork immediately to avoid damage

Operation
carrying a spare fuel canister in the vehicle. to the wheel housing, the tyre and vehicle
Fuel could be spilled and catch fire, above all paintwork.
in case of an accident and this applies to a ● Refuelling a petrol engine with diesel or a
full container as well as empty containers. diesel engine with petrol can cause serious
This could lead to explosions, fires and inju- engine and fuel system damage; the resulting
ries. malfunctions are not covered by the SEAT
● Observe the following if you exceptionally warranty. If you refuel with the wrong type of
have to carry fuel in a canister: fuel, never start the engine. This applies to
– Never place a fuel container to fill it in- even the smallest amount of the wrong fuel.

Safety
side the vehicle or on the vehicle, for ex- Seek specialist assistance. With the engine
ample, in the boot or on the hatch. Filling running, the composition of the wrong fuel
in these circumstances could create an could significantly damage the fuel system
electrostatic charge and spark that could and the engine itself.
ignite fuel fumes. ● In vehicles with a diesel engine, under no
circumstances should you refuel or drive with

207
 Advice

Control lamps and fuel gauge verified. They will switch off after a few sec- Note
onds.
The arrow next to the fuel pump symbol on
When the control lamp lights up  or  the the instrument panel ››› Fig. 158 indicates the
auxiliary heating and heater running off pet- side of the vehicle on which the tank flap is
rol automatically switch off. located.

WARNING
Driving with insufficient fuel reserve could re- Filling the tank with petrol or diesel
sult in the vehicle breaking down in traffic
and a serious accident.
● If the fuel level is too low then the fuel sup-
ply to the engine can become irregular espe-
Fig. 158 On the instrument panel: Fuel gauge
cially on slopes.
for petrol and diesel
● If the engine “is choked” or stalls due to
lack of or irregularity of the fuel supply, the
 It lights up power steering as well as all of the driver as-
sistance systems including braking assis-
Gauge posi-
Possible cause tance will stop working.
tion Solution
››› ● Always refuel when there is only one quar-
››› Fig. 158
ter of the fuel tank left to avoid running out of Fig. 159 Open tank flap with tank cap attach-
The fuel tank is al- fuel. ed to the holder
most empty.
Red mark (ar- Refuel as soon as
The reserve tank is
row) possible ››› . CAUTION Before refuelling, always turn off the engine,
being used
››› page 285. the ignition, mobile telephones, auxiliary
● Always pay attention to any lit control
heating and keep them off during refuelling.
lamps and to the corresponding descriptions
 It lights up and instructions to avoid damage to the vehi-
cle. Opening the fuel tank cap
Fuel tank not ● Never run the fuel tank completely dry. An ● The tank flap is at the rear of the vehicle on
Stop the vehicle and close the tank
closed cor-
flap properly. irregular fuel supply may lead to ignition the right.
rectly.
faults and unburnt fuel could enter the ex- ● Press the rear of the tank flap to open it.
haust system. This could damage the catalyt-
Several warning and control lamps light up
ic converter filter or the diesel particulate fil-
for a few seconds when the ignition is switch-
ter!
ed on, signalling that the function is being
208
 Checking and refilling levels

● Unscrew the tank cap anticlockwise and in- CAUTION Types of fuel

Technical specifications
sert it in the hole in the tank flap hinge
● Always remove any fuel spilled on the vehi-
››› Fig. 159. The type of fuel to use when refilling will de-
cle paintwork immediately to avoid damage
pend on the vehicle's engine. You will find a
to the wheel housing, the tyre and vehicle
Refuelling factory-fitted sticker containing information
paintwork.
on the type of fuel for your vehicle on the in-
The correct petrol type for the vehicle is loca-
side of the fuel tank flap.
ted on a sticker inside the fuel tank flap For the sake of the environment
››› page 209. SEAT recommends the use of sulphur-free or
Spilt fuel can contaminate the environment. low sulphur fuel to reduce consumption and
● If the automatic filler nozzle is operated
prevent engine damage.
correctly, it will switch itself off as soon as
the tank is full ››› .

Advice
Possible
● Do not continue to refuel if it is turned off!
Fuel types of Alternative names
Further in-
formation
Otherwise, this will fill the expansion cham- fuel
ber and fuel may leak out if the ambient con- Introduction
ditions are warm. 91a) RON Normal petrol, normal
You will find a factory-fitted sticker containing unleaded petrol
information on the type of fuel for your vehi-
Closing the fuel tank cap 95a) RON Premium unleaded
cle on the inside of the fuel tank flap. ››› page 209
petrol (95 RON)

Operation
● Screw on the tank cap clockwise until it you
hear it click into position. WARNING 98a) RON Premium unleaded
● Press the tank flap until you hear it click in- petrol (98 RON)
Refuelling or handling fuel carelessly can
to place. The tank flap must be flush with the cause an explosion or fire resulting in serious Diesel ››› page 210
body contour. burns and injuries.
a) RON = Regulation Octane Number
● Fuel is a highly explosive, easily flammable
WARNING substance.
Do not continue refilling once the fuel nozzle ● Observe current safety instructions and lo-
has switched itself off. The fuel tank may be Petrol

Safety
cal regulations concerning the handling of
filled too much. As a result, fuel may spurt fuel.
out and spill. This could lead to a fire, explo- Petrol types
sion and severe injuries. Vehicles with petrol engines must refuel us-
ing unleaded petrol according to European
norm EN 228 ››› . »
209
 Advice

Petrol types are categorised according to SEAT recommends “genuine Volkswagen Diesel
their octane number (e.g. 91, 95, 98 or 99 Group Fuel Additives for petrol engines”.
RON (RON = “Research Octane Number”). These additives can be bought at SEAT deal- Diesel fuel
You may use petrol with a high octane num- ers, where information on how to use them Diesel fuel must correspond to European
ber than the one recommended for your en- can also be obtained. standard EN 590 (In Germany, EN 590 or
gine. However, this has no advantage in DIN 51628).
terms of fuel consumption and engine power. CAUTION
The use of diesel fuel with a high sulphur
SEAT recommends refuelling with a low sul- ● Do not refuel if the filler indicates that the
percentage requires shorter service intervals
phur content or sulphur-free petrol to reduce fuel contains metal. LRP (lead replacement
petrol) fuels contain high concentrations of
››› Booklet Maintenance Programme ››› .
fuel consumption for petrol engines. Your technical service centre will be able to
metal additives. Using them may damage the
engine! tell you which countries have diesel with a
Petrol additives high sulphur content.
● Only use fuel with an octane rating that is
The quality of the fuel influences the behav- in line with the norm EN 228, otherwise sig- Do not mix fuel additives (thinners, or similar
iour, power and service life of the engine. nificant damage could be caused to the en- additives) with diesel fuel.
This is why the petrol you use should carry gine and fuel system. Furthermore, it could
suitable additives already included by the lead to a loss of performance with the conse- Winter-grade diesel
petrol industry, free of metals. These addi- quent engine fault.
tives will help to prevent corrosion, keep the ● The use of unsuitable petrol additives could
When using “summer-grade diesel fuel”, dif-
fuel system clean and prevent deposits from damage the engine. ficulties may be experienced at temperatures
building up in the engine. below 0 °C (+32 °F) because the fuel thickens
● If, in exceptional circumstances, petrol with
due to wax separation. For this reason, “win-
If good-quality petrol with metal-free addi- a lower octane rating to that recommended is
ter-grade diesel fuel” is available in Germany,
tives is not available or engine problems used, only use moderate engine speeds and a
light throttle. Avoid using full throttle and for example, during the cold months. It can
arise, the necessary additives must be added be used at temperatures as low as -20 °C
when refuelling ››› . overloading the engine. Otherwise you may
damage the engine. Fill up with fuel of a suit- (-4 °F).
Not all petrol additives have been shown to able octane rating as soon as possible. In countries with different climatic condi-
be effective. The use of unsuitable petrol ad- ● Just one full tank of leaded fuel would seri- tions, other types of diesel fuel are available
ditives may cause significant damage to the ously impair the efficiency of the catalytic that are suitable to local temperatures. Tech-
engine and the catalytic converter. Metal ad- converter and could damage it. nical service centres and filling stations in
ditives should never be used. Metal additives the country concerned will inform you on the
may also be contained in petrol additives for types of diesel fuels available.
improving anti-detonation ratings or octane
ratings ››› .
210
 Checking and refilling levels

A cold diesel engine makes more noise dur- WARNING Information on fuel consumption

Technical specifications
ing winter temperatures than summer tem-
peratures. Furthermore, the exhaust gases Never use start boosters. An aerosol start The consumption and emission values indi-
booster could explode or cause a sudden rise
may turn slightly bluish while the engine is cated do not refer to one specific vehicle.
in engine speed leading to engine damage
heating. The quantity of exhaust gases will They are only to be used to compare the val-
and serious injury.
depend on the outside temperature. ues of the different vehicle versions. The fuel
consumption and CO2 emissions of a vehicle
Filter pre-heater CAUTION not only depend on the effective use of fuel.
● The vehicle is not prepared for the use of They also depend on your driving style and
Vehicles with a diesel engine are fitted with a
biodiesel. Never, under any circumstances re- other non-technical factors.
fuel filter pre-heating system. This ensures
fuel with biodiesel. It could damage the fuel
that the fuel system remains operational to
system and subsequently lead to engine Calculation of fuel consumption

Advice
approx. -24 °C (-11.2 °F), provided you use
faults!
winter-grade diesel which is safe to -15 °C Fuel consumption and emission values are
● The addition of biodiesel to diesel by the
(+5.0 °F). determined according to the current version
diesel producer according to Standard EN 590
of the 715/2007/EC or 80/1268/EEC regula-
However, if the fuel has waxed to such an ex- or other equivalent (DIN 51628 in Germany,
tion and are valid for the vehicle kerb weight.
tent that the engine will not start at tempera- for example) is authorised and causes no
type of damage to the engine or the fuel sys-
The specifications do not refer to an individu-
tures of under -24 °C (-11.2 °F), simply place
tem. al vehicle. Two measuring cycles are carried
the vehicle in a warm garage or workshop for
out on a rolling road test bed to calculate fuel

Operation
a while to heat up. ● The diesel engine has been designed for to
consumption. The test criteria are as follows:
use diesel fuel exclusively. Therefore, never
Auxiliary heater use petrol, fuel oil or other unsuitable fuels.
Measurement of the urban cycle starts
The composition of these fuels may signifi-
Vehicles with a diesel engine may be fitted Urban cy- with an engine cold start. City driving is si-
cantly damage the fuel system and the en-
with an auxiliary heater. The heater runs off cle mulated below at between 0 and 50 km/h
gine. (31 mph).
the fuel from the fuel tank. On doing so,
● The use of diesel fuels with a high sulphur
smells and steam may be noticed outside the In the road cycle simulation, the car under-
percentage could considerably reduce the
vehicle for a short period. This is normal and service life of the diesel particulate filter. goes frequent acceleration and braking in
it is not an indication of a fault in the vehicle. Road cycle all gears, as in normal everyday driving.

Safety
Your technical service centre will be able to
The road speed ranges from 0 to
Whenever there is little fuel in the tank (re- tell you which countries have diesel with a 120 km/h (0 and 75 mph).
serve), the auxiliary heater automatically high sulphur content.
switches off. The average combined consumption is cal-
culated with a weighting of around 37 %
Combined
for the urban cycle and 63 % for the road
cycle. »
211
 Advice

The exhaust gases are collected during WARNING Control and warning lamps
CO2 emis-
both driving cycles to calculate carbon di-
sions of AdBlue is an irritant, corrosive liquid that can
oxide emissions (urban and road). The gas
the combi- cause injuries if it touches the skin, eyes or It lights
composition is then analysed to evaluate Possible cause Solution
nation
the CO2 content and other emissions. respiratory organs. up
● If AdBlue get in contact with eyes and skin, Stop the vehicle in a
Note rinse for at least 15 minutes with plenty of The engine cannot suitable, safe and flat
water and seek medical help.  be restarted! The area then top up with
● The kerb weight may vary according to the the minimum quanti-
● If the AdBlue is swallowed, wash your (red) level of AdBlue is
vehicle equipment. This could raise consump- too low. ty of AdBlue required
tion and the CO2 emissions slightly. mouth with plenty of water for at least 15 mi-
nutes. Do not try to provoke vomiting unless ››› page 213.
● In practice, consumption values could be
recommended by a Doctor. Seek medical ad-
different to the values calculated based on vice immediately.  The engine cannot Contact a specialised
the 715/2007/EC or 80/1268/EEC regula- (red) be restarted! AdBl- workshop. Have the
tions. with ue system malfunc- system checked
CAUTION tion. there.
AdBlue damages surfaces such as painted ve- 
hicle parts, plastic, items of clothing and car-
Selective catalytic reduction* pets. Spilt AdBlue should be removed as
Refill AdBlue over the
next kilometres or
(AdBlue) quickly as possible using a damp cloth and miles as indicated
plenty of cold water.  The AdBlue reserve
››› page 213. SEAT
(yellow) is low.
● If the AdBlue has crystallised, remove with recommends contact-
Introduction ing a specialised
warm water and a sponge.
workshop.
The AdBlue fill level must be checked when
the vehicle is being serviced.
 There is a fault in
(yellow) Contact a specialised
WARNING the AdBlue system
workshop. Have the
together or unsuitable AdBl-
system checked
If the AdBlue fill level is too low, the vehicle with ue fluid has been
there.
may not restart after switching the ignition used.
off. The emergency start or jump start will not 
be possible either!
● Top up with AdBlue at the latest 1,000 km Several warning and control lamps should
or 600 miles before it runs out. light up for a few seconds when the ignition
is switched on, signalling that the function is
● Do not allow the AdBlue to run too low.

212
 Checking and refilling levels

being verified. They will switch off after a few Only refill using AdBlue expressly approved

Technical specifications
seconds. by SEAT.
When the indicators  and  light simulta-
WARNING
neously, there is a fault. SEAT recommends
Observe the safety warnings ››› in Control visiting the closest specialised workshop.
and warning lamps on page 47.
AdBlue® is a registered trademark in the US,
Germany, the European Union and other
countries belonging to the German automo-
Information on AdBlue bile industry ("Verband der Automobilindus-
trie e. V.", VDA).
In vehicles with "Selective Catalytic Reduc-

Advice
tion", a special urea solution (AdBlue) is in-
jected into the exhaust gas system in front of
the catalytic converter to reduce nitrogen ox- Refilling AdBlue
ide emissions.
The consumption of AdBlue depends on indi-
vidual driving style, the temperature at which
the system operates and the outside temper-

Operation
ature where the vehicle is driven.
AdBlue is kept in an independent tank in the
vehicle and should be refilled at an official
supplier. The AdBlue tank holds about 17 li-
tres. Fig. 161 AdBlue tank with filler neck cap and
A message will be displayed on the dash refilling bottle
Fig. 160 At the rear left of the luggage com-
panel around 2,400 km before the next serv-
partment: AdBlue tank, behind a cover panel To refill AdBlue, the vehicle must be on flat
ice to indicate that AdBlue must be refilled

Safety
››› page 213. If you ignore this message and ground and not, for example, parked on a
do not refill, you will be unable to start the kerb or slope. If the vehicle is not on flat
engine afterwards ››› page 212. ground then the filling indicator cannot
measure the filling quantity. »
SEAT recommends contacting a specialised
workshop. If not possible, it should be parti-
ally filled with a minimum 10 litres of AdBlue.
213
 Advice

Opening the tank filling neck Closing the tank filling neck ● Do not add AdBlue to the diesel fuel tank!
● Open the rear lid. ● Screw on the tank filler neck cap ››› Fig. 161 Otherwise you may damage the engine.
● Rotate the shut off on the cover clockwise 1 clockwise until it is fully inserted. ● Never leave the refill bottle in the vehicle. It
››› Fig. 160 and open the cover forwards. ● Place the cover and turn the shut off anti- could become permeable due to temperature
clockwise to close it. changes and bottle damage and the AdBlue
● Unscrew the tank filler neck cap ››› Fig. 161 could damage the vehicle interior.
1 anticlockwise.
Operations before driving
For the sake of the environment
Refilling AdBlue ● Only switch the ignition on after refilling.
Dispose of the refill bottle in an environment-
Only use AdBlue that is approved by SEAT ● Keep the ignition switch on for at least 30
friendly manner.
and that complies with the ISO 22241-1 seconds so that the system detects tank re-
Standard. Only use genuine bottles. filling.
● Wait 30 seconds before starting the en-
Note
● Observe the instructions and information
gine! Suitable AdBlue refill bottles can be pur-
provided by the refill bottle manufacturer.
chased from a technical service centre.
● Observe the expiry date. WARNING
● Unscrew the cap on the refill bottle.
Only keep AdBlue in its original container,
● Place the refill bottle 2 upside down in- tightly shut and in a safe place.
Working in the engine
side the tank filler neck. ● Never keep AdBlue in empty food cans, bot-
● Press the refill bottle against the filler neck tles or other containers to avoid other people compartment
and keep in this position. mistaking it for something else.
● Keep the AdBlue out of the reach of small Introduction
● Add at least 10 litres of AdBlue (6 bottles).
children.
A lower quantity would be insufficient. Before working in the engine compartment,
● Wait until the contents of the refill bottle make sure that the vehicle is parked on hori-
have been poured into the AdBlue tank. Do CAUTION zontal and firm ground.
not crush or damage the bottle! ● Only refill using AdBlue expressly approved
The engine compartment of the vehicle is a
● Unscrew the liquid bottle anticlockwise and by SEAT. The use of any other type of AdBlue
hazardous area. Never work on the engine or
could cause engine damage!
remove it carefully ››› . in the engine compartment if you are not fa-
● AdBlue should never be mixed with water
● You can tell when the AdBlue tank is full miliar with the operations to be carried out,
or any other additives. Any type of damage the applicable safety standards and especial-
because the bottle will be empty. caused by a mixture will not be covered by
ly if you do not have the necessary instru-
the warranty.
ments, liquids and tools ››› ! Have the work
214
 Checking and refilling levels

carried out by a specialised workshop if you Working incorrectly can cause serious inju- ● When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them

Technical specifications
are uncertain. Negligent work can cause seri- ries. on parts of the engine and the exhaust sys-
ous injury. ● Never open the bonnet if you see steam or tem. Spilled liquids could cause a fire.
coolant escaping from the engine compart-
WARNING ment. This may cause serious burns. Always WARNING
If the vehicle moves unexpectedly, this could wait until you cannot see or hear the sound of
steam or coolant coming from the engine The high voltages of the electrical system can
cause serious injury.
compartment. give electric shocks as well as causing burns
● Never work under the vehicle if it has not and serious injury and possibly even death!
been immobilized. If you must work under- ● Always allow the engine to cool down be-
● Never cause short circuits in the electrical
neath the vehicle with the wheels in contact fore opening the bonnet.
system. The battery could explode.
with the ground then it should be parked on ● Contact with hot elements of the engine

Advice
flat ground, the wheels should be prevented ● To minimise the risk of electric shock and
and the exhaust system can cause burns.
from moving and the key should be removed serious consequences while the engine is
● Once the engine has cooled, follow the in-
from the ignition. running or starting the engine, note the fol-
structions below before opening the bonnet: lowing:
● If you have to work underneath the vehicle,
– Turn on the electronic parking brake and
you must use suitable stands additionally to – Never touch the electrical wiring of the
place the gear selector lever in P or the ignition system.
support the vehicle, there is a risk of acci-
gearbox lever in neutral.
dent!. The jack is not intended for this kind of – Never touch electric cables or the gas dis-
work and its failure could lead to severe inju- – Remove the key from the ignition.
charge lamps.

Operation
ries. – Keep children away from the engine com-
partment and never leave them unsuper-
vised. WARNING
WARNING
● When the engine is warm or hot, the cool- In the engine compartment, there are rotat-
The engine compartment is a dangerous area ing parts that could cause serious injury.
ing system is pressurised. Do not unscrew
capable of causing serious injury.
the cap on the expansion tank when the en- ● Never place your hands on or near the radi-
● For all type of work, always take the utmost gine is hot. Otherwise, coolant may spray out ator fan. Touching the rotor blades could seri-
precautions, work carefully and note the gen- under pressure causing burns and serious in- ously harm you. The ventilator works accord-
eral safety standards in force. Never take per- jury. ing to the engine temperature and could start

Safety
sonal risks. – Carefully and slowly unscrew the cap an- suddenly even when the ignition is turned off
● Never work on the engine or in the engine ticlockwise, gently pressing down on it. and the key is removed.
compartment if you are not familiar with the – Always protect your face, hands and arms ● If any work has to be performed when the
necessary operations. If you are not sure engine is started or with the engine running,
from hot coolant and steam using a large,
about procedures then visit a specialised
thick cloth. there is an additional, potentially fatal, safety »
workshop to carry out the necessary work.

215
 Advice

risk from rotating parts, such as the drive ● If it is necessary to work on the fuel system Opening and closing the bonnet
belts, alternator, radiator fan, etc., as well as or the electrical system, please follow the in-
from the high-voltage ignition system. Al- structions below:
ways work with the utmost caution. – Always disconnect the vehicle battery.
– Always make sure that no parts of your When disconnecting the battery, ensure
body, jewellery, ties, loose clothing and that the vehicle is unlocked otherwise
long hair can be trapped by the rotating the anti-theft alarm will be triggered.
parts of the engine. Before any work, re- – Never work close to heaters, heat sources
move ties and jewellery (necklaces, etc), or places exposed to flames or sparks.
tie long hair back and tie all items of
● Always keep a recently serviced and per-
loose clothing to your body to make sure
that they cannot be trapped by engine fectly working fire extinguisher close by.
components. ● Never cover the engine with additional in-
sulating materials such as a blanket. Risk of Fig. 162 In the footwell on the driver side:
– Take extreme caution when operating the
fire! Lever for unlocking the bonnet
accelerator and remain attentive. The ve-
hicle could move, even with the electron-
ic parking brake activated. CAUTION
● Always make sure you have not left any ob-
When refilling or changing service liquids,
jects, such as cleaning cloths and tools, in ensure that you put the liquids into the right
the engine compartment. If any object is left tank. Making a mistake when refilling could
in the engine compartment, this could cause cause serious malfunctions and damage the
malfunctions, engine faults and even a fire. engine!

WARNING For the sake of the environment

Refill liquids and certain materials can catch Service fluids leaks are harmful to the envi-
fire easily in the engine compartment, caus- ronment. For this reason you should make Fig. 163 Release lever to open the bonnet in
ing a fire and serious injury! regular checks on the ground underneath the radiator grille
● Never smoke. your vehicle. Take the vehicle to a specialised
● Never work close to places exposed to workshop to be checked if you see stains, oil Opening the bonnet
flames or sparks. or other fluids on the ground. Collect any
The lever to open the bonnet can only be
spilt service fluids and allow a professional to
● Never pour service fluids over the engine.
dispose of them.
used if the driver door is open.
These fluid may ignite hot engine parts and
cause injuries.

216
 Checking and refilling levels

● Before opening the bonnet, make sure that nism in the lock carrier. The bonnet must be Checking fluid levels

Technical specifications
the windscreen wiper arms are in place flush with the surrounding body panels.
against the windscreen ››› . ● While driving, if you notice that the bonnet
● Open the driver door. is not correctly closed then stop immediately
● Pull the release lever ››› Fig. 162 in the di- and close it correctly.
rection of the arrow. The bonnet is released ● Only open and close the bonnet when there
from the lock carrier by a spring mechanism is nobody within its range.
››› .
● Lift the bonnet using the release lever CAUTION
››› Fig. 163 (arrow) and open the bonnet fully. ● To avoid damage to the bonnet and to the
The bonnet is held open thanks to the gas

Advice
windscreen wiper arms, only open it when
strut. the windscreen wipers are in place against
the windscreen.
Closing the bonnet ● Before driving, always lower the wiper
● To close the bonnet, pull it down to over- arms.
Fig. 164 Diagram for the location of the vari-
come the gas strut pressure ››› . ous elements.
● Allow the bonnet to fall into the lock carrier.
Do not press down. From time to time, the levels of the different

Operation
fluids in the vehicle must be checked. Never
If the bonnet is not correctly closed, open it fill with incorrect fluids, otherwise serious
once again and close it correctly. damage to the engine may be caused.
The bonnet is correctly closed when it is flush
1 Coolant fluid deposit
with the corresponding parts on the body-
work. 2 Engine oil dipstick
3 Oil filler neck
WARNING 4 Brake fluid reservoir

Safety
If the bonnet is not correctly closed, it could 5 Vehicle battery (underneath a cover)
suddenly open while driving leaving the driv-
er without visibility. This could result in a se- 6 Windscreen washer fluid reservoir »
rious accident.
● After closing the bonnet, always check that
it is properly secured by the locking mecha-
217
 Advice

The checking and refilling of service fluids ● With the engine running, the engine oil Flashes Possible cause Solution
are carried out on the components men- gets extremely hot and can cause severe skin
tioned above. These operations are descri- burns. Always wait until the engine has fully  Stop the vehicle!
bed in ››› page 214. cooled. Switch off the en-
gine. Check the en-
gine oil level.
Overview For the sake of the environment - If the warning lamp
Further explanations, instructions and restric- flashes although the
Similar to the other service liquids, spilled Engine oil pres- oil level is correct,
tions on the technical data are contained as engine oil can be bad for the environment.  sure too low. do not continue driv-
of ››› page 274 Collect these liquids in suitable containers ing or leave the en-
and dispose of them while respecting the en- gine running. Other-
vironment. wise, the engine
could be damaged.
Engine oil Seek specialist as-
sistance.
Introduction Warning and control lamps
Contact a special-
Engine oil sensor ised workshop. Have
WARNING It lights
Possible cause Solution
 faulty. the engine oil sensor
up checked.
Incorrectly handling engine oil can cause in-
jury and serious burns. Switch the ignition
Insufficient engine off. Check the en- WARNING
● Always protect your eyes when handling  oil. gine oil level
engine oil. Observe the safety warnings ››› in Control
››› page 219. and warning lamps on page 47.
● Oil is toxic and must be kept out of the
reach of children.
● Engine oil should only be kept in its origi-
nal packaging; the same goes for used oil un- Engine oil specifications
til it is disposed of.
● Never store engine oil in empty food con-
Replacement engine oil must strictly comply
tainers or bottles as other people may acci- with the specifications.
dentally drink it. The correct oil must be used to ensure the
● Regular contact with engine oil can be bad correct operation and long service life of the
for the skin. If you come into contact with en- engine. The engine comes with a high-quality
gine oil, wash your skin with soap and water. multigrade oil that can generally be used all
year round.
218
 Checking and refilling levels

Only use an engine oil that complies to SEAT Checking the engine oil level and engine has cooled down, immediately check

Technical specifications
standards whenever possible ››› . If you topping up the oil level and top up if necessary.
wish to maintain the long-life service dura- ● Open the bonnet  ››› page 214.
tion, only engine oils approved for this serv-
● The engine oil filler neck can be recognised
ice according to the corresponding VW stand-
ard (››› table on page 219) may be used. All by the symbol  on the cap ››› Fig. 166 and
oils indicated are synthetic multigrade oils. the dipstick by its coloured handle.

Engine oils are being continuously further Checking the engine oil level
developed. Technical services are constantly
● Pull out the dipstick and wipe it on a clean
updated with any modifications. SEAT there-
cloth.
fore recommends that you have the engine

Advice
oil changed by a technical service. ● Replace the dipstick, pushing it in as far as
it will go. If the dipstick has a mark, when you
Engine oil specifications Fig. 165 Marked engine oil dipstick reintroduce it this mark should slot into the
corresponding groove located on the upper
Engines with LongLife without Long- end of the tube.
service Life service ● Remove the dipstick again and check the
VW 504 00, VW 504 00, engine oil level ››› table on page 219.
Petrol engines

Operation
VW 503 00 VW 502 00 ● After reading the oil level, replace the dip-
Diesel engines VW 507 00 VW 507 00 stick in the tube completely.

Engine oil topping up ranges

CAUTION
● Only use engine oils whose specifications Operations required depending on
Fig. 165
are expressly approved by SEAT. The use of the engine oil level:
any other type of oil could cause engine dam- Fig. 166 In the engine compartment: Engine
age! Area A Do not top up oil ››› .
oil filler cap.

Safety
● No additives should be used with engine Add approximately 0.5 L of oil (1/2 quarter
oil. Any damage caused by the use of such Preparations Area B of a gallon). The oil level can be in the zone
additives would not be covered by the factory ● Park the vehicle on flat ground so that the
A , but never above A . »
warranty.
engine oil reading is correct.
● Stop the engine and wait a few minutes for
the oil to drain back into the sump. When the
219
 Advice

Operations required depending on WARNING Depending on driving style and the condi-
Fig. 165 tions of use, the consumption of engine oil
the engine oil level: Oil could catch fire if it comes into contact can reach 1 litre every 2000 km (one quarter
with hot engine components. This could lead
It is essential to add oil (approximately 1 li- of a gallon every 1200 miles); for new vehi-
tre or quarter of a gallon). Ensure that the to a fire, explosion and severe injuries.
Area C cles, this could be higher for the first
level is around the centre of the zone B ● Always ensure that after topping of oil, the
5,000 km. For this reason the engine oil level
after adding oil. engine oil filler cap is correctly tightened. must be checked at regular intervals, prefera-
This will avoid engine oil spilling onto hot en-
bly when filling the tank and before a jour-
Adding oil after checking the level gine parts when the engine is running.
ney.
Only add engine oil in small quantities and in When the engine is working hard, for in-
steps: CAUTION
stance, during long motorway journeys in
● If the engine oil level is above the area summer, when towing a trailer or climbing
● Unscrew the cap from engine oil filler neck
››› Fig. 165 A do not start the engine. Seek
high mountain passes, the oil level should
on the cylinder head ››› Fig. 166. If you are specialist assistance. Otherwise catalytic
not sure where the cap is, request help from preferably be kept within area ››› Fig. 165 A .
converter and engine damage may occur.
a specialist. ● When refilling or changing service liquids,
● Only refill using engine oil expressly ap- ensure that you put the liquids into the right
proved by SEAT and in small quantities (not tank. Making a mistake when refilling could
Changing the engine oil
more than 0.5 l or 1/2 a quarter of a gallon at cause serious malfunctions and damage the
The engine oil must be changed regularly ac-
a time) ››› page 218. engine!
cording to the specifications of the Mainte-
● To avoid adding too much oil, each time nance Programme.
you add a quantity, wait until the oil has flow- For the sake of the environment
ed into the crankcase so that it can be meas- Due to the problems linked with disposing of
The oil level must never be above area
ured with the dipstick. used oil and the need for suitable tools and
››› Fig. 165 A . Otherwise oil can be drawn in special knowledge, always visit a specialised
● Check the oil level before adding any more through the crankcase breather and escape
into the atmosphere via the exhaust system.
workshop to have the engine oil and filter
oil. Do not top up with too much engine oil changed. SEAT recommends taking your car
››› . in for technical service.
● When the oil level is at least in the
Engine oil consumption Detailed information on the service intervals
››› Fig. 165 B zone, insert the dipstick into
is shown in the Maintenance Programme.
the tube fully to avoid engine oil escaping
when the engine is running. The consumption of engine oil can be differ-
ent from one engine to another and can vary
● After topping up the oil, ensure that the
during the useful life of the engine.
cap is screwed on to the filler neck correctly.
220
 Checking and refilling levels

Engine oil additives make new oil darker after ● Oil is toxic and must be kept out of the side temperature to which the vehicle will be

Technical specifications
the engine has been running for a short peri- reach of children. exposed.
od. This is normal and does not mean more ● If the outside temperature is extremely low,
frequent oil changes are required. the engine coolant could freeze causing the
For the sake of the environment
vehicle to stop. As this would also cause the
WARNING Before changing the engine oil, find a suita- heating to stop working, passengers without
ble location or service for proper disposal. warm clothing could freeze.
If, in exceptional circumstances, you must
change the engine oil yourself, please note
the following: For the sake of the environment For the sake of the environment
● Wear eye protection. Always dispose of engine oil with the utmost Coolants and additives can contaminate the
● Always wait until the engine has complete- respect for the environment. Never dispose of environment. Collect any spilt fluids in suita-

Advice
ly cooled to avoid being burned. used engine oil in places such as a garden, ble containers and dispose of them in accord-
● Always keep your arms horizontal when un-
woods, drains, roads, paths, rivers and drain- ance with legislation and with the utmost re-
age systems. spect for the environment.
screwing the oil drainage bolt so that it does
not run down your arms.
● Use a suitable container large enough to
collect all of the used oil in the engine. Engine coolant
● Never collect engine oil in empty food con-

Operation
tainers, cans, bottles or other containers as Introduction
not all people are able to identify engine oil.
WARNING
Engine coolant is toxic!
● Only keep engine coolant in its original
container, tightly shut and in a safe place.
● Never store engine coolant in empty food
containers or bottles as other people may ac-

Safety
cidentally drink it.
● Always keep engine coolant out of reach of
children.
● Ensure that the proportion of engine cool-
ant additive corresponds to the lowest out-

221
 Advice

Coolant temperature warning lamp and gauge

When driving normally, the needle will re-
main in the middle area. The temperature
may also rise when the engine is working
hard, especially at high outside temperatures
and so the indicator will move quite far to the
right-hand side.
Several warning and control lamps light up
for a few seconds when the ignition is switch-
ed on, signalling that the function is being
verified. They will switch off after a few sec-
Fig. 167 Engine coolant temperature gauge onds.
on the instrument panel: A cold area; B
normal area; C warning area

Gauge position
It lights up Possible cause Solution
››› Fig. 167
 Stop the vehicle!
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Switch off the engine
Warning area C Excessive engine coolant temperature.
and wait for it to cool down and for the needle to return to the nor-
mal area. Check the engine coolant level ››› page 224.

 Check the engine coolant when the engine has cooled and, if it is
Normal area B Insufficient engine coolant level. low, refill with engine coolant ››› page 224.
Although the coolant level is correct, there is a fault.

 Do not drive any further.

-- Engine coolant system faulty.
Obtain professional assistance.

Avoid revving the engine too much or making it work hard while it
-- Cold area A --
has not reached normal service temperature.

222
 Checking and refilling levels

Flashes Possible cause Solution When the coolant is topped up, use a mixture an inadequate coolant. The coolant must be

Technical specifications
of distilled water and, at least, 40 % of the G changed as soon as possible if this is the
 Engine coolant sys- Seek specialist as- 13 or G 12 plus-plus (TL-VW 774 G) additive case! This could result in serious faults and
tem faulty. sistance. (both are purple) to obtain an optimum anti- engine damage.
corrosion protection ››› . The mixture of G
WARNING 13 with G 12 plus (TL-VW 774 F), G 12 (red) or For the sake of the environment
Observe the safety warnings ››› in Control G 11 (green-blue) engine coolants will signifi-
cantly reduce the anticorrosion protection Coolants and additives can contaminate the
and warning lamps on page 47.
and should, therefore be avoided ››› . environment. If any fluids are spilled, they
should be collected and correctly disposed
of, with respect to the environment.
WARNING
Engine coolant specifications

Advice
If there is not enough anti-freeze in the cool-
The engine cooling system is supplied from ant system, the engine may fail leading to se-
the factory with a specially treated mixture of rious damage.
water and, at least, 40 % of the additive G 13 ● Please make sure that the percentage of
(TLVW 774 J). The engine coolant additive is additive is correct with respect to the lowest
recognisable by its purple colour. This mix- expected ambient temperature in the zone in
ture of water and additive gives the necessa- which the vehicle is to be used.
ry frost protection down to -25°C (-13 F) and ● When the outside temperature is very low,

Operation
protects the light alloy parts of the cooling the coolant could freeze and the vehicle
system against corrosion. It also prevents would be immobilised. In this case, the heat-
scaling and considerably raises the boiling ing would not work either and inadequately
point of the coolant. dressed passengers could die of cold.

To protect the engine cooling system, the

CAUTION
percentage of additive must always be at
least 40 %, even in warm climates where an- The original additives should never be mixed
ti-freeze protection is not required. with coolants which are not approved by

Safety
SEAT. Otherwise, you run the risk of causing
If greater frost protection is required in very severe damage to the engine and the engine
cold climates, the proportion of additive can cooling system.
be increased. However, the percentage of ad- ● If the fluid in the expansion tank is not pur-
ditive should not exceed 60%, as this would ple but is, for example, brown, this indicates
reduce the frost protection and, in turn, de- that the G 13 additive has been mixed with
crease the cooling capacity.
223
 Advice

Checking the engine coolant level and Preparations ● If, in the event of an emergency, you have
refilling ● Park the vehicle on even, flat and firm no coolant that is compliant to the required
ground. specifications (››› page 223), do not use an-
other type of additive. Instead, top up with
● Allow the engine to cool ››› . distilled water only ››› . Then re-establish
● Open the bonnet  ››› page 214. the correct proportion of the mixture with the
● The coolant expansion tank is easily recog- correct additive as soon as possible
nisable because of the symbol  on the cap ››› page 223.
››› Fig. 169.
WARNING
Checking the engine coolant level Hot vapours and coolant can cause serious
● When the engine is cold, check the coolant burns.
level using the side marking on the expan- ● Never open the coolant expansion tank if
Fig. 168 In the engine compartment: Marking sion tank ››› Fig. 168. steam or coolant is coming from the engine
on coolant expansion tank compartment. Wait until you cannot see or
● If the level is below the “MIN” mark, top up
hear any steam or coolant escaping.
with coolant. When the engine is hot it may
● Always wait until the engine has complete-
be slightly above the marked area.
ly cooled before very carefully opening the
expansion tank cap. Contact with hot ele-
Topping up the engine coolant level ments of the engine can cause skin burns.
● Always protect your face, hands and arms ● When the engine is warm or hot, the cool-
from hot coolant and steam using a large, ing system is pressurised. Do not unscrew
thick cloth over the coolant expansion tank the cap on the expansion tank when the en-
cap. gine is hot. Otherwise, coolant may spray out
● Remove the cap very carefully ›››
under pressure causing burns and serious in-
.
jury.
● Only refill using new engine coolant ac-
– Carefully and slowly unscrew the cap an-
Fig. 169 In the engine compartment: Coolant cording to SEAT specifications (››› page 223)
expansion tank cap ti-clockwise, gently pressing down on it.
››› .
– Always protect your face, hands and arms
● The engine coolant level should be be- from hot coolant and steam using a large,
If the coolant level is low, the coolant warn-
ing indicator will light. tween the marks on the coolant expansion thick cloth.
tank ››› Fig. 168. Do not exceed the top level
of the marked area ››› .
● Screw on the cap tightly.
224
 Checking and refilling levels

● When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them Brake fluid Brake fluid specifications

Technical specifications
on parts of the engine and the exhaust sys- SEAT have developed a special brake fluid
tem. Spilled liquids could cause a fire. Under Checking the brake fluid level optimised for the brake systems of their vehi-
specific circumstances, the ethylene glycol cles. To ensure the optimum working of the
can catch fire. brake system, SEAT recommends the use of
brake fluid in accordance with the VW 501 14
CAUTION standard. If this brake fluid is not available or
● Only fill with distilled water. Any other type another brake fluid is used for different rea-
of water may lead to considerable rusting in sons, use a brake fluid that complies with the
the engine due to its chemical components. United States standard FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or
This could consequently damage the engine. the German standard DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4

Advice
If you have not used distilled water but an- ››› .
other type of water to top up the coolant, a
Brake fluids conforming to the standard
specialised workshop must immediately re-
place all of the fluid in the engine cooling VW 501 14, fulfil the American requirements
Fig. 170 In the engine compartment: brake of the FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard and the
system.
fluid reservoir cap German DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard.
● Only top up coolant to the top level of the
However, fluids that comply with the US
marked area ››› Fig. 168. Otherwise the ex- In the course of time, the brake fluid absorbs
cess coolant will be forced out of the cooling
FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard or the German
water from the ambient air. If there is too

Operation
system when the engine is hot, causing dam- DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard do not nec-
much water in the brake fluid, the brake sys- essarily comply with the VW 501 14 stand-
age.
tem could be damaged. In addition, the boil- ard. Always check the information on the
● If a lot of liquid coolant has been lost, wait ing point of the brake fluid is significantly
for the engine to cool down completely before
brake fluid container and ensure that you are
lowered. When the brake fluid contains too using suitable brake fluid.
adding coolant. Extensive coolant loss is an
much water and the brakes are subject to
indication of leaks in the engine cooling sys- A suitable brake fluid can be obtained from
considerable forces, bubbles of water vapour
tem. Have the engine cooling system inspec- technical service centres.
ted immediately by a specialised workshop. can form in the system. These bubbles can
Otherwise engine damage may occur. significantly reduce braking power, notably
Brake fluid level

Safety
increasing braking distance, and could even
● When refilling or changing service liquids,
result in the total failure of the brake system. The level of the brake fluid should always be
ensure that you put the liquids into the right
tank. Making a mistake when refilling could Ensuring that the brake system is always between the MIN and MAX marks, or above
cause serious malfunctions and damage the functioning correctly is essential for your own the MIN mark ››› . »
engine! safety and the safety of other road users
››› .
225
 Advice

It is not always possible to check the level of These bubbles can significantly reduce brak- CAUTION
the brake fluid, as in some models the en- ing power, notably increasing braking dis-
gine components make it difficult to see the Brake fluid damages the vehicle paintwork.
tance, and could result in the total failure of
Wipe off any brake fluid from the paintwork
brake fluid reservoir. If you cannot read the the brake system.
immediately.
exact brake fluid level, consult a specialist. ● Only used brake fluid that conforms to the
The brake fluid level drops slightly when the VW 501 14 standard, FMVSS 116 DOT 4
standard or even the DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 For the sake of the environment
vehicle is being used due to wear of the
standard. Other types of brake fluid could af- Brake fluid is an environmental pollutant.
brake pads and the automatic readjustment
fect brake operation and reduce braking pow- Collect any spilt service fluids and allow a
of the brake.
er. Do not use a brake fluid if the container professional to dispose of them.
does not specify compliance with the
Changing the brake fluid VW 501 14, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or
The brake fluid should be changed in accord- DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standards.
ance with the instructions given in the Main- ● The replacement brake fluid must be new.
Checking and topping up the
tenance Programme. Have the brake fluid windscreen washer reservoir with
● Always ensure that you use suitable brake
changed by a specialised workshop. SEAT fluid. Do not use a brake fluid if the container water
recommends taking your car in for technical does not specify compliance with the
service. This means that only brake fluid VW 501 14, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or
complying with the required specifications DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standards.
will be used.
WARNING
WARNING
Brake fluid is poisonous.
If the brake fluid level is low or unsuita-
● To reduce the risk of poisoning, do not keep
ble/old brake fluid is used, the brake system
may fail or braking power may be reduced. brake fluid in drinks bottles/containers or
similar. Other people could drink from these
● Check the brake system and the brake fluid
recipients even if the contents are clearly
level regularly! marked.
Fig. 171 In the engine compartment: wind-
● The brake fluid should be changed regular- ● Always keep brake fluid in the original con- screen washer reservoir top
ly in accordance with the instructions given tainer; keep it correctly sealed and out of
in the Maintenance Programme. reach of children. Check the level in the windscreen washer
● When the brake fluid is used and brakes
tank regularly and top up as required.
are subjected to extreme braking forces, bub-
bles of vapour form in the brake system. ● Open the bonnet  ››› page 214.

226
 Checking and refilling levels

● The washer reservoir is marked with the ● When topping up service fluids, make abso- Symbol Meaning

Technical specifications
symbol  on the lid ››› Fig. 171. lutely certain that you fill the fluids into the
● Check there is enough water in the reser- correct reservoirs. Using the wrong fluids Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic.
voir. could cause serious malfunctions and engine  Always wear protective gloves and eye
damage! protection!
● To top up, mix water with a window cleaner
Fires, sparks, open flames and smoking
recommended by SEAT ››› . Please follow  are prohibited.
the instructions for use found on the packag-
ing. Vehicle battery  A highly explosive mixture of gases is re-
leased when the battery is under charge.
● In cold weather, a special antifreeze should
also be added to prevent the water from Introduction Keep children away from acid and batter-
freezing ››› .  ies!

Advice
The battery is a component of the vehicle's
Reservoir capacity electrical system. WARNING
The capacity of the tank is approximately 3 li- Never work on the electrical system without Working on the vehicle battery and the elec-
tres; in vehicles with a headlight washer sys- fully understanding the operations required, trical system can cause corrosion, fire and
tem, it is approximately 7 litres. the applicable safety standards and without electric shocks. Always read and take into ac-
the correct tools ››› ! If required, have any count the following warnings and safety
WARNING work carried out by a specialised workshop. standards before carrying out any work:

Operation
Never mix an unsuitable antifreeze or other SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech- ● Before working on the battery, switch off
similar additives with the windscreen washer nical service. Negligent work can cause seri- the engine, the ignition and all electrical de-
water. A greasy layer may be formed on the ous injury. vices then disconnect the negative connec-
windscreen which will impair visibility. tion on the battery.
● Use clean water with a window cleaner rec- Location and number of batteries in the ● Keep children away from acid and the bat-
ommended by SEAT. vehicle tery itself!
● If necessary, add a suitable antifreeze to The battery is located in the engine compart- ● Wear eye protection.
the water in the reservoir. ment. ● Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. It

Safety
can burn skin and cause blindness. When
Explanation of the warning indications on handling the battery, protect yourself from
CAUTION
the vehicle's battery splashes of acids, above all your hands, arms
● Do not mix cleaning products recommen- and face.
ded by SEAT with other products. This could Symbol Meaning ● Do not smoke and never work close to pla-
lead to flocculation and may block the wind- ces exposed to flames or sparks. »
screen washer jets.  Wear eye protection!
227
 Advice

● Avoid sparks and electrostatic discharges Warning lamp Checking the electrolyte level of the
when working with cables and electrical devi- vehicle battery
ces. It
● Never short the battery terminals. lights Possible cause Solution
● Never use a damaged battery. It can ex- up
plode. Replace a damaged battery immedi-
Contact a specialised
ately. workshop. Have the
● Replaced damaged or frozen batteries as electrical system
soon as possible. A flat battery can also checked.
freeze at temperatures close to 0 °C (+32 °F).  Faulty generator. Disconnect any unneces-
sary electrical devices.
● For vehicles with the battery in the luggage
The generator does not
compartment: Check that the battery gas charge the battery while
ventilation hose is securely attached. the vehicle is in motion.
Fig. 172 In the engine compartment: Remove
Several warning and control lamps light up the cover from the vehicle's battery.
CAUTION
for a few seconds when the ignition is switch-
● Never disconnect the battery if the ignition
ed on, signalling that the function is being
is switched on or if the engine is running.
verified. They will switch off after a few sec-
This could damage the electrical system or
onds.
electronic components.
● Do not expose the battery to direct sunlight
WARNING
over a long period of time, as the intense ul-
traviolet radiation can damage the battery If the warning lamps and messages are ignor-
housing. ed, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● If the car is left standing for long periods,
protect the battery from extreme cold temper- ● Never ignore the warning lamps or text
ature so that it does not “freeze up” and be- messages.
Fig. 173 In the engine compartment: unfold
come damaged. ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
the vehicle's battery hose.

CAUTION The battery's electrolyte level should be

Failure to heed the control lamps and text checked regularly in high-mileage vehicles,
messages when they appear may result in in hot countries and in older batteries. Other
faults in the vehicle. batteries do not require maintenance.

228
 Checking and refilling levels

Start-Stop systems (››› page 158) are equip- Colour in- Necessary operations and they must be charged in a controlled en-

Technical specifications
ped with a special battery labelled “AGM”. dicator vironment ››› . SEAT recommends taking
For technical reasons, it is not possible to your car in for technical service.
check the electrolyte level of these batteries The electrolyte level of the vehicle's bat-
Light yellow tery is too low. Have the battery checked Replacing a vehicle battery
or Colourless and, where applicable, replaced by a
Preparations The battery has been developed to suit the
specialised workshop.
● Prepare the vehicle for work in the engine conditions of its location and has special
The electrolyte level of the vehicle's bat-
compartment ››› page 214 Black safety features. If the battery must be re-
tery is correct.
● Open the bonnet  ››› page 214. placed, consult a technical service for infor-
mation on electromagnetic compatibility, the
WARNING size and maintenance, performance and
Opening the battery cover

Advice
Working with the vehicle battery involves a safety requirements of the new battery in
The battery covers are different depending on risk of corrosion, explosions and electric your vehicle before you purchase one. SEAT
the engine size of the vehicle: shock. recommends you have the battery replaced
● In the case of a cover: press the tab ● Never tilt the vehicle battery. Battery acid by a technical service.
could spill out of the openings for the release
››› Fig. 172 in the direction of the arrow
A Use only maintenance-free genuine batteries
of gases and cause corrosion damage.
and pull the cover upwards. conforming to TL 825 06 and VW 7 50 73
● Never open the vehicle battery.
● In the case of a hose: fold the cover to one Standards. These standards must be dated

Operation
● If battery acid splashes on you, immediate- April 2008 or later.
side to remove ››› Fig. 173.
ly rinse your eyes and skin abundantly with
water for several minutes. Then seek medical Start-Stop systems (››› page 158) are equip-
Checking the battery electrolyte level care immediately. ped with a special battery. Therefore, it must
● Make sure there is sufficient lighting to ● If acid is swallowed by mistake, consult a
only be replaced with a battery of the same
clearly recognise the colours. Never use doctor immediately.
specifications.
flames or flashing objects as a light source.
● Depending on the level of acid, the Magic
Disconnecting the vehicle's battery
eye on the top of the battery will change col- Charging, replacing and connecting or If you must disconnect the battery from the

Safety
our. electrical system, please note the following:
disconnecting the battery
● Switch off the ignition and all electrical
Charging the battery equipment. »
The vehicle battery should be charged by a
specialised workshop only, as batteries us-
ing special technology have been installed
229
 Advice

● The vehicle must be unlocked before dis- Automatic device disconnection WARNING
connecting the battery, otherwise the alarm The intelligent vehicle electrical system auto-
will be triggered. Incorrectly securing the battery or using the
matically implements a range of measures to wrong battery can cause short-circuits, fire
● First disconnect the negative cable and prevent the battery from discharging when and serious injuries.
then the positive ››› . high demands are made on it: ● Always use only maintenance free batteries
● the idling speed is increased so that the al- that do not run flat alone and whose proper-
Connecting the vehicle's battery ties, specifications and size correspond to
ternator provides more electricity.
● Before reconnecting the battery, switch off the standard battery. The specifications are
● where necessary, the power of the most indicated on the battery case.
the engine and all electrical devices.
powerful devices is reduced or even com-
● First reconnect the positive cable and then
pletely disconnected.
the negative ››› . WARNING
● On starting the engine, the power supply
A highly explosive mixture of gases is re-
Different control lamps may light up after from the 12-volt power sockets and the ciga-
leased when the battery is under charge.
connecting the battery and switching the ig- rette lighter may be interrupted for a short
● The batteries should be charged in a well-
nition on. They will be turned off after a short time.
ventilated room only.
trip at a speed of between 15-20 km/h
(10-12 mph). If the warning indicators remain The on-board management program cannot ● Never charge a frozen or recently thawed
lit, please visit a specialised workshop to always prevent the battery from running flat. battery. A flat battery can also freeze at tem-
For example, if the ignition is left on for a peratures close to 0 °C (+32 °F).
have the vehicle checked.
long period with the engine off or if the side ● Always replace a battery which has frozen.
If the battery has been disconnected for a lights or parking lights are left on while the ● Battery cables not correctly connected may
long time, it is possible that the next service vehicle is stationary. cause a short circuit. Reconnect first the posi-
date is not displayed or calculated correctly
tive cable and then the negative cable.
››› page 40. Respect the maximum service in- Why does the battery run flat?
tervals permitted ››› Booklet Maintenance
● When stationary for a long time without CAUTION
Programme.
starting the engine, particularly if the ignition
● Never disconnect the battery if the ignition
Vehicles with Keyless Access (››› page 59): if, is switched on.
is switched on or if the engine is running.
after connecting the battery, the ignition can- ● Use of electrical devices with the engine This could damage the electrical system or
not be switched on, lock and unlock the vehi-
switched off. electronic components.
cle from outside. Then try to switch on the ig-
nition again. If the ignition does not work, ● If the auxiliary heater is running ● Never plug accessories that supply current,
seek professional assistance. ››› page 128. such as solar panels or a battery charger, to
the 12-volt power sockets or the cigarette

230
 Wheels and tyres

lighter. This could damage the vehicle's Wheels and tyres ● All four wheels must be fitted with radial

Technical specifications
electrical system. tyres of the same type, size (rolling circumfer-
ence) and the same tread pattern.
Wheels ● New tyres do not give maximum grip and
For the sake of the environment
will not have reached their maximum braking
● Dispose of the battery in an environment- Introduction capacity to start with, and therefore need
friendly manner. Batteries contain toxic sub- running in. To prevent accidents and major
stances such as sulphuric acid and lead. The SEAT Alhambra is equipped as standard damage, extreme caution should be taken for
● Battery acid can contaminate the environ- with anti-puncture technology tyres (Conti- the first 600 km.
ment. Collect any spilt service fluids and dis- Seal). In the event of a puncture or air leak of ● Check tyre pressures regularly and ensure
pose of them correctly. up to 5 mm, the tyre seals the hole with a they are maintained at the pressures indica-
protective layer inside the tread.

Advice
ted. If the tyre pressure is too low, they could
The inclusion of this technology means that overheat, resulting in tread detachment or
even burst tyres.
there is no type of spare wheel included in
the vehicle's equipment. ● Never drive on damaged (punctured, cut,
cracked or dented) or worn tyres. Driving on
SEAT recommend that all work on tyres and damaged or worn tyres could result in burst
wheels is carried out by a specialised work- tyres, serious accidents or damage. Worn or
shop. These workshops have the necessary damaged tyres must be replaced immediate-

Operation
special tools and replacement parts, trained ly.
personnel and facilities for disposing of the ● Never exceed the maximum permitted
old tyres while respecting the environment. speed or loads specified for the type of tyre
SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech- fitted on your vehicle.
nical service. ● The effectiveness of driver and brake assist
systems also depends on the grip of the
WARNING tyres.
The vehicle cannot be totally controlled or ● If you notice unusual vibration or if the ve-
braked if the tyres (new or used) are worn or hicle pulls to one side when driving, stop the

Safety
damaged. car immediately and check the tyres and
● Incorrect use of wheels and tyres could wheels for damage.
make driving more dangerous and result in ● To minimise the risk of losing control of the
serious accidents and damage. vehicle or causing a serious accident, never
undo the bolted joints of beadlock wheels. »
231
 Advice

● Never mount used tyres or wheels if you are The tyres of a vehicle are the components ● Regularly check tyres for non-visible dam-
not sure of their previous history. They may which are subjected to most stress and are age ››› page 237.
be damaged, although the damage is not im- the most underestimated. Tyres are very im- ● Never exceed the maximum permitted
mediately visible. portant, as the support offered by their nar- speed or loads specified for the type of tyre
● Old tyres, even if they have never been row surface is the only point of contact be- fitted on your vehicle ››› page 238.
used, may lose air or burst unexpectedly tween the vehicle and the road.
● Do not allow tyres to come into contact with
while driving, resulting in serious accident or The service life of tyres is dependent on tyre aggressive substances, grease, oil, fuel or
damage. If tyres are over six years old, they
should only be used in an emergency and
pressure, driving style, the care they receive brake fluid ››› .
and the correct fitting. ● Lost valve caps should be replaced imme-
with extreme caution.
The tyres and wheel rims are an essential diately.
Note part of the vehicle's design. The tyres and
rims approved by SEAT are specially matched Tyres with directional tread pattern
● For technical reasons, it is not generally
to the characteristics of the vehicle and our Tyres with directional tread pattern have
possible to use the wheels from other vehi- critical to good road holding and safe han-
cles. In some cases, this may also be true for been designed to operate best when rotating
dling. in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre
the same model of wheel. Please refer to the
vehicle documentation or ask at a technical sidewall indicates the direction of rotation on
service. Avoiding damage to tyres and wheels tyres with directional tread ››› page 238. Al-
● If you have to drive over a kerb or similar ways observe the direction of rotation indica-
obstacle, drive very slowly and as near as ted when mounting the wheel. This guaran-
About your tyres and wheels possible at a right angle to the kerb. tees optimum grip and helps to avoid aqua-
● Inspect the tyres regularly for damage planing, excessive noise and wear.
(punctures, cuts, cracks, dents). If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direc-
● Remove any foreign bodies found on the tion of rotation, drive with extreme caution,
outside of the tyre tread and ensure that they as the tyre is no longer being used correctly.
have not passed through the wall of the tyre This is of particular importance when the
››› page 237. road surface is wet. Change the tyre as soon
● In addition, the instructions for tyre control
as possible or remount it with the correct di-
rection of rotation.
systems should always be observed.
● Replace damaged or worn tyres as soon as Interchanging tyres
possible ››› page 237.
To ensure that the wear is equal on all tyres
Fig. 174 Diagram for changing wheels the wheels should be changed round from
232
 Wheels and tyres

time to time according to the system erably dark location. Do not place tyres Wheel rims

Technical specifications
››› Fig. 174. The useful life of all the tyres will mounted on the wheel in a vertical position.
then be about the same time. The design of wheel bolts is matched to the
Protect tyres not mounted on wheels from
rims. If different rims are fitted, the correct
SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to a dirt by storing them in suitable bags and
wheel bolts with the right length and correct-
specialised workshop to have the tyres standing them on the ground on their tread.
ly shaped bolt heads must be used. This en-
changed.
sures that wheels are fitted securely and that
WARNING
the brake system functions correctly
Tyres that are over 6 years old Aggressive fluids or substances could result ››› page 246.
Tyres are subject to an ageing process as a in visible or invisible damage with the conse-
quent risks. For technical reasons, it is not generally pos-
result of physical and chemical processes.
sible to use the wheels from other vehicles.
This may affect their performance. Tyres ● Always ensure that tyres do not come into

Advice
contact with chemical products, oil, grease, In some cases, this may also be true for the
which are stored for long periods of time
fuel, brake fluid or other aggressive substan- same model of wheel.
without being used, harden and become
more fragile than tyres which are in constant ces. The tyres and rims approved by SEAT are spe-
use. cially matched to the characteristics of the
WARNING vehicle and are critical to good road holding
SEAT recommends that tyres over six years
and safe handling.
old are replaced with new tyres. This also ap- Old tyres, even if they have never been used,
plies to tyres which appear to be in perfect may lose air or burst unexpectedly while driv- Note for Italy: A SEAT Service Centre should

Operation
condition on the outside and which have a ing, resulting in serious accident or damage. be consulted whether different sized wheels
tread depth within the values stipulated by ● If tyres are over six years old, they should or tyres to those originally fitted by SEAT may
the Law ››› . only be used in an emergency and with ex- be fitted, as well as the combinations al-
treme caution. lowed between the front axle (axle 1) and
The date of manufacture, part of the tyre
back axle (axle 2).
identification number (TIN), indicates the age
of the tyre ››› page 238. For the sake of the environment
Wheel bolts
Old tyres must be disposed of by qualified
Storing tyres personnel according to the laws in the coun- Wheel bolts must be tightened to the correct

Safety
try concerned. torque ››› page 246.
Mark tyres when you remove them to indicate
the direction of rotation (left, right, forwards,
backwards). This ensures you will be able to Beadlock wheel rims
mount them correctly when you replace Beadlock wheel rims have various compo-
them. When removed, the wheels and/or nents. These are joined together by special
tyres should be stored in a cool, dry and pref- bolts using a special procedure. This ensures »
233
 Advice

good performance, a better seal, improved workshop. SEAT recommends taking your car ● Never use tyres which are larger than SEAT
safety and wheel run out. Therefore, worn in for technical service. approved tyres. If the tyres are too big, they
rims should always be replaced and must on- may knock or rub against the chassis or other
ly be repaired in a specialised workshop. components, resulting in damage.
SEAT recommends visiting a technical service
››› . Replacement of wheel rims and new WARNING
tyres
New tyres do not give maximum grip and will
Wheel rims with bolted trims not have reached their maximum braking ca-
New tyres
Wheel rims may be fitted with interchangea- pacity to start with, and therefore need run-
● When tyres are new, drive with extreme ning in.
ble trim parts which are attached to the rim
caution for the first 500 km, as all tyres need ● To prevent accidents and major damage,
using self-locking bolts. Worn trims should
to be run-in. Tyres which have not been run- extreme caution should be taken for the first
only be replaced at a specialised workshop.
in do not have such good grip ››› or brak- 600 km.
SEAT recommends visiting a technical service
ing capacity ››› .
››› .
● All four wheels must be fitted with radial
WARNING
WARNING tyres of the same type, size (rolling circumfer-
ence) and the same tread pattern. There should be adequate space between the
The use of worn or damaged wheel rims could tyres and the vehicle in accordance with the
make driving more dangerous and result in ● The tread depth of new tyres may vary, ac- vehicle design. If this is not the case, the
serious accidents and damage. cording to the type and make of tyre and the tyres may rub against parts of the running
● Only wheel rims which have been approved tread pattern. gear, chassis or brake lines, leading to faults
for use with your vehicle should be used. in the brake system or to tread detachment,
Replacing tyres and the risk of burst tyres.
● Inspect wheel rims regularly for damage
and replace as required. ● Where possible, always replace both ● The true tyre dimension should not be
wheels on an axle (both wheels on the front greater than the dimensions of tyres manu-
factured and approved by SEAT and should
WARNING axle or both wheels on the rear axle) ››› .
not rub against parts of the vehicle.
● Old tyres should only be replaced by SEAT
If the bolted joints of wheel rims with bolted
ring trims are not correctly tightened or loos- approved tyres for the vehicle in question,
Note
ened, this could result in serious accident. and in accordance with the maximum permit-
● Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel
ted size, diameter, load and speed capacity. ● Although tyres may be shown as being the
● If replacing tyres, make sure the new ones same size, the true dimensions of different
rims with bolted ring trims.
types of tyre may vary with respect to the
● Any work relating to wheel rims with bolted have an emergency ride system (Conti-
nominal size, or tread patterns may be differ-
rims should be carried out at specialised Seal/Run flat). Otherwise, we recommend ent.
carrying a tyre mobility system.
234
 Wheels and tyres

● If you use tyres that are approved by SEAT, Tyre pressures Under-inflation or over-inflation will reduce

Technical specifications
you can be sure that the true tyre dimensions the life of the tyres considerably and also im-
will be correct for your vehicle. For other tyre pair the car's handling ››› . It is essential to
models, the tyre vendor should provide the maintain the correct tyre pressures, especial-
manufacturer's certificate with the tyre, indi- ly if driving at high speeds. Incorrect tyre
cating that this type of tyre is suitable for pressure causes premature wear and could
your vehicle. This certificate should always cause tyre blow-out.
be carried with the vehicle.
The pressure should therefore be checked at
least once a month and before starting a
journey.
As a general rule, the pressures given are for

Advice
cold tyres. When the tyres are hot, the pres-
sures are greater.
Never deflate a hot tyre in order to obtain the
required pressure. This could result in very
low tyre pressures which may lead to sudden
blow-outs.

Operation
Checking tyre pressures
Tyre pressures should only be checked when
the vehicle has not been driven for more than
a few kilometres (miles) at low speeds in the
past three hours.
● The tyre pressures should be checked regu-
Fig. 175 Position of tyre pressure specifica-
tion plate larly, and only when the tyres are cold. Al-

Safety
ways check all the tyres. Tyre pressures
The correct tyre pressures for tyres fitted at should be checked more often in colder re-
the factory is shown on a label and is valid gions, and only when the vehicle has not
for summer and winter tyres. This label been driven recently. Always use a correctly-
››› Fig. 175 is either on the driver door strut or operating tyre gauge. »
inside the fuel cap.

235
 Advice

● Adjust tyre pressures to the loads carried in CAUTION Tread depth and wear indicators
the vehicle.
● Take care not to tilt the manometer when
● After checking the pressure, always replace placing it on the valve. Otherwise, the valve
the valve caps, and where applicable, ob- may be damaged.
serve the instructions given for adjusting the ● If tyre valves are not protected by caps, or if
tyre control system ››› page 177. the caps are not screwed on correctly, they
may become damaged. Check that the caps
WARNING are identical to the standard caps and have
If tyre pressures are too high or too low, the been correctly tightened.
tyre may deflate or burst suddenly while driv-
ing. This could result in a serious accident. For the sake of the environment
● If the tyre pressure is too low, they could
Under-inflated tyres will increase fuel con- Fig. 176 Tyre tread: tread wear indicators
overheat, resulting in tread detachment or
sumption.
even burst tyres.
Tread depth
● When driving at high speeds and/or fully
loaded, the tyre could suddenly overheat, Note Certain driving conditions require a deeper
burst or be subject to tread detachment, with When checking tyre pressures, please ob- tread, as well as needing the tread to be ap-
the resultant loss of control of the vehicle. serve the instructions for the tyre control sys- proximately the same on the front and rear
● Tyre pressures which are too high or too tem ››› page 177. tyres. This is particularly important when
low reduce the service life of the tyre, affect- driving in winter, in cold temperatures and on
ing the vehicle's performance. wet roads ››› .
● Tyre pressures should be checked regularly, The minimum tread depth required by law in
at least once a month and before long jour- the majority of cases is 1.6 mm (1/16 of an
neys. inch), measured in the tread grooves next to
● Adjust the pressures of all the tyres to the the tread wear indicators. Observe legal re-
vehicle load. quirements in each country.
● Never deflate excess pressure from hot
The performance of winter tyres is much re-
tyres.
duced when the tread has worn to 4 mm
(5/32 inch).
The tread depth of new tyres may vary, ac-
cording to the type and make of tyre and the
tread pattern.
236
 Wheels and tyres

Wear indicators on the tyre Damaged tyres Wear of tyres

Technical specifications
The original tyres on your vehicle have The wear of tyres depends on a number of
1.6 mm (1/16 inch) high ››› Fig. 176 tread Damage to wheels and tyres is often not im- factors, for example:
wear indicators running across the tread. A mediately visible. If you notice unusual vibra-
number of these indicators are equally tion or the car pulling to one side, this may ● Driving style.
spaced around the tyre tread. Certain marks indicate that one of the tyres is damaged ● Unbalanced wheels.
on the tyre walls (e.g. the letters “TWI” or ››› .
● Running gear settings.
other symbols) indicate the position of the ● Slow down immediately if you think you
wear indicators. have a damaged wheel. Driving style: Driving round bends quickly or
sudden acceleration or braking speed accel-
Tread wear indicators indicate if a tyre is ● Check the wheels and tyres for damage.
erates tyre wear. When the driving style is
worn. They must always be replaced before

Advice
● If tyres are worn, stop driving and seek normal, if the tyres wear too quickly, have the
the tyre tread has worn to the level of the in-
qualified assistance. running gear settings checked at a special-
dicator.
● If there is no visible exterior damage, drive ised workshop.
WARNING slowly and carefully to the nearest special- Wheel run-out: The wheels on new vehicles
ised workshop and have the vehicle checked. are balanced. However, certain circumstan-
Driving with worn tyres is dangerous, and
may lead to loss of control of the vehicle with ces may lead to imbalance (run-out), which is
serious consequences.
Foreign bodies in the tyre detected as vibrations in the steering wheel.

Operation
● Tyres must be replaced before the wear in- ● Do not remove foreign bodies if they have Run-out leads to wear of the steering and
dicators are at the same level as the tread penetrated through the tyre wall! suspension. In the event of run out, the
pattern. ● If the vehicle comes with a tyre mobility
wheels should be balanced again. When a
new wheel is fitted, it should be balanced
● Worn tyres have significantly reduced grip, system, where necessary seal the damaged
again.
especially on wet surfaces, increasing the tyre as shown in section ››› page 250. Use a
risk of “aquaplaning”. specialised workshop for repair or replace- Running gear settings: an incorrectly posi-
● Worn tyres make control of the vehicle ment. SEAT recommends visiting a SEAT deal- tioned running gear increases the wear of
more difficult in normal or difficult driving ership for this. tyres and affects your safety while driving. If
conditions, increasing the braking distance tyres wear too quickly, have the wheel align-

Safety
and the risk of skidding. The sealant at the lower part of the tyre tread ment checked at a specialised workshop. »
wraps around the foreign body and provision-
ally seals the tyre.

237
 Advice

WARNING ● Reduce speed immediately and stop, while ● Never carry on driving on worn tyres or
observing the highway code. wheels. Request qualified assistance immedi-
If you notice unusual vibration or the car pulls
● Check the wheels and tyres for damage. ately.
to one side while driving, this may indicate
that one of the tyres is damaged. ● If there is no visible exterior damage, drive
slowly and carefully to the nearest special-
ised workshop and have the vehicle checked.

Tyre code
1 Radial
2 Rim diameter code
3 Load index & speed rating
4 DOT tyre identification number
5 Severe snow conditions
6 Tyre ply composition and materials used
7 Max. load rating
8 Treadwear, traction and temperature
grades
9 Max. permissible inflation pressure
10 Passenger car tyre
11 Nominal width of tyre in millimetres
Fig. 177 Universal code on tyres 12 Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

Tyre code (example) Meaning

Make, logotype Manufacturer

Product name Name of tyre assigned by manufacturer.

238
 Wheels and tyres

Tyre code (example) Meaning

Technical specifications
P215 / 55 R 16 Size:

P Passenger vehicle code.

215 Nominal width between walls, in mm.

55 Height/width ratio in %

R Tyre type (R indicates "radial").

16 Rim diameter in inches

Advice
91 V Load index ››› page 240 and speed rating ››› page 240.

XL Reinforced tyres (“Reinforced”).

M+S or M/S Winter tyres (mud and snow tyres) ››› page 241.

SSR or DSST, Eufonia, RFT, ROF, RSC, ZP, Specific manufacturer codes for run-flat tyres.
Conti-Seal

RADIAL TUBELESS Radial tyre without inner tube.

Operation
E4 ... E-mark certifying tyre complies with international legislation followed by a number denoting the country granting the
authorisation. The authorisation number ( several digits) is shown below.

DOT BT RA TY5 1709 Tyre identification number (TINa), may be only on interior wall of wheel) and date of manufacture:

DOT The tyre complies with the legal requirements of the US Department of Transport, responsible for tyre
safety regulations.

BT Place of manufacture code.

Safety
RA Information about manufacturer and tyre size.

TY5 Manufacturer's tyre specifications.

1709 Date of manufacture: Week 17 of 2009.

TWI This identifies the position of the Tread Wear Indicator ››› page 236. »
239
 Advice

Tyre code (example) Meaning

MAX LOAD 615 KG (1356 LBS) US load rating, indicating maximum permitted load per tyre.

MAX INFLATION 350 KPA (51 PSI) US limit, indicating maximum permitted tyre pressure.

SIDEWALL 1 PLY RAYON Information about tyre wall components:

1 layer of rayon (artificial silk).

TREAD 4 PLIES Information about tread components:

1 RAYON + 2 STEEL + 1 NYLON In the example, there are 4 layers below the tread: 1 layer of rayon (artificial silk), 2 layers of steel reinforcement and 1
layer of nylon.

Information for the end consumer concerning the comparative values of the established base tyres (standardised test procedures):

TREADWEAR 280 Relative service life of the tyre, with respect to specific US standard test.

TRACTION AA Braking capacity of tyre on wet surface (AA, A, B or C).

TEMPERATURE A Tyre temperature resistance at higher test speeds (A, B or C).

If there are different letters, they are specific codes of the tyre manufacturer or specific national codes.
a) The letters TIN refer to the tyre serial number.

Tyres with directional tread pattern Tyre load rating Speed rating
Tyres with directional tread pattern have The load rating code indicates the maximum The speed rating indicates the maximum
been designed to operate best when rotating load in kilogrammes each wheel can carry speed permitted for the tyres.
in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre (load capacity).
sidewall indicates the direction of rotation on P max. 150 km/h (93 mph)
tyres with directional tread. Always observe 91 615 kg (1,356 pounds) Q max. 160 km/h (99 mph)
the direction of rotation indicated when 93 650 kg (1,433 pounds) R max. 170 km/h (106 mph)
mounting the wheel. This guarantees opti- 95 690 kg (1,521 pounds)
mum grip and helps to avoid aquaplaning, S max. 180 km/h (112 mph)
grip, noise and wear. 97 730 kg (1,609 pounds) T max. 190 km/h (118 mph)
99 775 kg (1,709 pounds) U max. 200 km/h (124 mph)
H max. 210 km/h (130 mph)
V max. 240 km/h (149 mph)
240
 Wheels and tyres

Z max. 240 km/h (149 mph) ● Winter tyres must be fitted on all four wheels when winter road conditions are ex-

Technical specifications
W max. 270 km/h (168 mph) wheels. pected, mainly because this will give a better
● Only use winter tyres in wintery weather braking response.
Y max. 300 km/h (186 mph)
conditions. Please observe all instructions and warnings
Some manufacturers use the letters “ZR” for ● Only use winter tyres of the size authorised when using snow chains ››› page 242.
tyres with a maximum authorised speed for the vehicle.
above 240 km/h (149 mph). WARNING
● Only use radial winter tyres of the same
type, size (rolling circumference) and tread Although winter tyres help to make driving
pattern. safer in the winter, you should not take un-
Winter service ● Adjust speeds to within the limits indicated
necessary risks.
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visi-
(code letter on tyre) ›››

Advice
.
Winter tyres* bility, road, traffic and weather conditions.
Speed limit ● Never exceed the maximum permitted
In winter conditions winter tyres will consid- speed or loads specified for the type of winter
A code letter indicating the speed limit is tyre fitted on your vehicle.
erably improve the vehicle's handling. The
stamped on all winter tyres ››› page 240.
design of summer tyres (width, rubber com-
pound, tread pattern) gives less grip on ice In some vehicles, it is possible to set a speed For the sake of the environment
and snow. Winter tyres also improve the vehi- warning in the MFA (multifunction display)
When winter is over, change back to summer

Operation
cle braking performance, reducing the brak- menu on the instrument panel ››› page 47.
tyres. In temperatures above +7 °C (+45 °F),
ing distance in winter weather. SEAT recom-
If you use V-rated tyres the speed limits and performance will be improved if summer tyres
mend that winter tyres be fitted to the vehicle are used. Fuel consumption, wear and noises
tyre pressure will be determined by engine
at temperatures below +7 °C (+45 °F). while driving will all be reduced.
size. Please ask your technical service centre
The performance of winter tyres is much re- for further information on the maximum per-
duced if the tyre tread is worn below 4 mm mitted speed and the required pressures for Note
(1/16 inch). The age of the tyre is another the tyres.
● If the vehicle is fitted with a tyre control
factor affecting performance, regardless of
system, this should be “reprogrammed”
the depth of the tyre tread.

Safety
All-wheel drive* whenever a tyre is changed ››› page 179.
Thanks to its all-wheel drive, your car will ● Please ask at a technical service centre for
Please observe the following when using have plenty of traction in winter conditions, information about the permitted sizes for
winter tyres: even with the standard tyres. Nevertheless, winter tyres.
● Observe legal requirements in each coun- SEAT still recommend that winter tyres or all-
try. season tyres should be fitted on all four
241
 Advice

Snow chains WARNING Emergencies

When using snow chains, applicable local The use of unsuitable or incorrectly fitted
legislation and maximum permitted speed
chains could lead to serious accidents and In case of emergency
damage.
limits must be observed.
● Always the appropriate snow chains. First aid kit, warning triangle,
In winter weather, snow chains not only help ● Observe the fitting instructions provided by
to improve grip but also improve the braking reflective vests and fire
the snow chain manufacturer.
capacity. extinguishers*
● Never exceed the maximum permitted
Snow chains must only be mounted on the speeds when driving with snow chains.
front wheels, even on all-wheel drive vehi-
cles, and only with the tyre and rim combina-
CAUTION
tions listed below:
● Remove the snow chains to drive on roads
Tyre size Wheel rim without snow. Otherwise they will impair
handling, damage the tyres and wear out very
205/60 R16 6 1/2 J x 16 ET 33 quickly.
● Wheel rims may be damaged or scratched if
SEAT recommends you ask a technical serv- the chains come into direct contact with
ice for further information on wheel, tyre and them. SEAT recommends the use of covered
chain sizes. snow chains. Fig. 178 On the rear lid: Warning triangle
bracket
Wherever possible use fine-link chains meas-
uring less than 15 mm (37/64 inch) includ- Note
Reflective vests
ing the lock. Snow chains are available in different sizes
Some vehicles will have a driver door com-
Remove wheel hub covers and trim rings be- according to the vehicle type.
partment to store a reflective vest ››› page 38.
fore fitting snow chains ››› . The wheel bolts
should be covered with caps for safety rea- Warning triangle
sons. These are available from technical serv-
ices. With the boot hatch open, rotate the lock 90°
››› Fig. 178. Lower the bracket and remove
the warning triangle.

242
 Emergencies

First-aid kit Protecting yourself and securing the 2. Turn on the hazard warning lights with

Technical specifications
There is a first aid kit ››› page 112 in the rear vehicle the button  ››› Fig. 179.
left-hand side storage compartment of the 3. Connect the electronic parking brake
luggage compartment. ››› page 137.
The first aid kit must comply with legal re- 4. Move the selector lever to its intermedi-
quirements. Check the expiry date of the con- ate position or to P ››› page 143.
tents of the first aid kit. 5. Stop the engine and remove the key
from the ignition ››› page 133.
Fire extinguisher 6. Have all occupants leave the vehicle and
There is a Fire extinguisher underneath the move to safety, for example behind a

Advice
front passenger seat. guard rail.
The fire extinguisher must conform to legal 7. When leaving the vehicle, take all keys
requirements, be ready for use and be Fig. 179 In the centre of the dash panel: push with you.
checked regularly. Check the certification button for hazard warning lights. 8. Place an emergency warning triangle to
seal on the extinguisher. indicate the position of your vehicle to
Always fulfil legal requirements for securing a
other road users.
WARNING broken down vehicle. In a number of coun-
tries it is now obligatory, for example, to turn 9. Allow the engine to cool and check if a

Operation
Loose objects in the vehicle interior can be vi- on the hazard warning lights and use a re- specialist is required.
olently thrown in case of a sudden manoeu- flective safety vest ››› page 242.
vre or braking and especially in accidents Examples of when to use the hazard warning
causing serious injury. When being towed with the hazard warning lights:
● Secure fire extinguishers, first aid kit, re- lights on, a change in direction or traffic lane
● If the vehicles ahead suddenly slow down
flective vests and warning triangle securely can be indicated as usual using the turn sig-
nal lever. The hazard lights will be interrup- or reach the end of a traffic jam, to warn the
to their respective supports.
ted temporarily. vehicles behind.
● In case of an emergency.
For your own safety and that of other passen-

Safety
gers, the following points should be ob- ● If the vehicle breaks down.
served in the order given: ● When being towed.

1. Park the vehicle a safe distance from Always comply with the applicable laws re-
traffic and on suitable ground ››› . garding the use of hazard warning lights. »
243
 Advice

If the hazard warning lights are not working, for too long (even with the ignition turned WARNING
you must use an alternative method of draw- off).
ing attention to your vehicle. This method Unsuitable or damaged vehicle tools can
● For some vehicles, the brake lights will cause injury or accidents.
must comply with traffic legislation. blink when braking suddenly at speeds of ap- ● Never work with inappropriate or damaged
proximately 80 km/h (50 mph) to alert vehi-
WARNING tools.
cles to the rear. If braking continues, the haz-
A faulty vehicle in traffic represents a risk of ard warning lights system will automatically
accident for the driver and for other road be turned on at a speed of less than approxi-
users. mately 10 km/h (6 mph). The brake lights re- Location
main lit. Upon accelerating, the hazard warn-
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
ing lights will be automatically turned off.
Park the vehicle a safe distance from sur-
rounding traffic to lock all the doors in case of
an emergency. Turn on the hazard warning
lights to warn other road users.
Vehicle tool kit*
● Never leave children or disabled people
alone in the vehicle if the doors are to be
locked. In case of an emergency, passengers Introduction
will be trapped inside the vehicle. Individuals
locked in the vehicle can be exposed to very When securing the vehicle in case of a break-
high or very low temperatures. down, please note the legal requirements for
each country.
Fig. 180 In the luggage compartment, viewed
WARNING from inside the vehicle: the vehicle tool kit lo-
WARNING
cated in a cavity close to the lock carrier.
The components of the exhaust system reach Loose objects in the vehicle interior can be vi-
very high temperatures. This could cause a olently fired through the compartment in Depending on the model, the vehicle tools
fire and considerable damage. case of a sudden manoeuvre or braking and may be kept in the luggage compartment, in
● Always park your vehicle so that no part of especially in accidents causing serious in- a cavity close to the lock carrier ››› Fig. 180.
the exhaust system can come in contact with jury. Loosen the safety straps and remove the ve-
flammable materials (such as dried grass or ● Make sure that the vehicle tools are stored hicle tool kit. For vehicles factory-fitted with
fuel). safely in the luggage compartment. winter tyres, you will find additional tools in a
toolbox located in the luggage compartment.
Note
● The vehicle battery will discharge and run
down if the hazard warning lights remain on
244
 Emergencies

Note dered using this number. Note the anti- Folding wheel chocks*

Technical specifications
theft bolt code for the wheels and keep it
After use, return the jack to its initial position in a place other than the vehicle.
using the handle in order to securely store it
in the vehicle. 2 Towline anchorage, removable.
3 Wheel spanner.
4 Jack crank handle. The crank handle
Components needs to be folded away before returning
it to the tool kit.
5 Jack. Before storing the jack in the tool
kit, fold its hook.

Advice
6 Screwdriver with hexagon socket in the
handle for screwing and unscrewing the Fig. 182 To unfold the foldable wedges.
wheel bolts. The screwdriver bit is inter-
changeable. The screwdriver may be The folding chocks are in the tool kit
found underneath the wheel spanner. ››› Fig. 181.
7 Wire hook for pulling off the wheel cover,
Assemble the folding chocks
integral hubcaps and the wheel bolt
● Lift the base plate ››› Fig. 182 1 .

Operation
caps.
Fig. 181 Components of the vehicle tool kit ● Insert the two “tabs” of the mounting plate
Note into the long openings on the base plate 2 .
The vehicle tool kit depends on the vehicle The jack does not generally require any main-
equipment. The following is a description for tenance. If required, it should be greased us- Correct use
a vehicle with all options. ing universal type grease.
The folding chocks may be used to block the
The individual elements of the vehicle tool wheel diagonally opposite to the wheel being
kit ››› Fig. 181 changed.

Safety
1 Adapter for anti-theft bolt. SEAT recom- The chocks should be placed directly in front
mend you carry the wheel bolt adapter in and behind the wheel and only be used on
the vehicle tool kit at all times. The code firm ground. »
number of the anti-theft wheel bolt is
stamped on the front of the adapter. In
case it is lost, another adapter can be or-
245
 Advice

WARNING WARNING WARNING

If the folding chocks are assembled or used Changing a wheel can be dangerous, espe- If the wheel trims are not appropriate or not
incorrectly, an accident may occur and seri- cially on the hard shoulder. Please observe fitted correctly, they could cause major acci-
ous injury caused. the following rules to minimise the risk of in- dents or damage.
● Never use damaged chocks. jury: ● Incorrectly mounted wheel trims may come
● Never use chocks to immobilize the vehicle ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. off while driving and endanger other road
on a slope. Park at a safe distance from surrounding traf- users.
fic to change a wheel. ● Damaged trims must never be mounted on
● When changing a wheel, keep all passen- the wheels.
gers, and particularly children, a safe dis- ● Always ensure that the brake ventilation
Changing a wheel* tance away from the work area. and cooling is not cut off or blocked. This is
● Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn also valid if hubcaps are fitted later. If there
Introduction other road users. is not enough air, you may require signifi-
● Ensure the ground on which you park is flat cantly longer braking distances.
The tyres mounted on the vehicle are anti- and solid. If necessary, support the jack on a
puncture. The wheels should only be wide solid base. CAUTION
changed when switching from summer to ● If you are changing a wheel yourself, you
winter tyres or vice-versa. See ››› page 237 Remove and remount wheel trims taking care
should be familiar with the required proce- to avoid damage to the vehicle.
The vehicle only comes with the necessary dure. Otherwise, you should seek professio-
nal assistance.
tools for changing wheels if factory supplied
with winter tyres. If this is not the case, you ● Only use suitable tools that are not dam-
need to go to a specialised workshop to get aged when changing a wheel.
the wheels changed. ● Always stop the engine, turn on the elec-
tronic parking brake and place the gear selec-
You should only change the wheels yourself if tor lever in position P, for an automatic gear-
the vehicle is parked in a safe place, you are box, or engage a gear for a manual gearbox to
familiar with the procedure and safety stand- reduce the risk of the vehicle moving acciden-
ards and you have all the necessary tools! tally.
Otherwise, you should seek professional as- ● Have the tightening torque of the wheel
sistance. bolts checked as soon as possible with a reli-
able torque wrench.

246
 Emergencies

Full hubcaps* Wheel bolt caps Wheel bolts

Technical specifications
Advice
Fig. 183 Removing the full hubcap Fig. 184 Removing the wheel bolt caps Fig. 185 Changing a wheel: Slacken the
wheel bolts.
Removing the full hubcap ● Take the wire hook from the vehicle tool kit
● Take the wheel brace and the wire hook ››› page 244.
from the vehicle tool kit ››› page 244. ● Insert the wire hook in the cap through the
● Hook the wire through one of the grooves opening ››› Fig. 184 and pull outwards in the
direction of the arrow.

Operation
on the hubcap.
● Insert the wheel brace onto the wire hook The caps protect the wheel bolts and should
››› Fig. 183 and pull the hub cap in the direc- be remounted after changing the tyre.
tion shown by the arrow.
The anti-theft wheel locking bolt has a spe-
cial cap. This only fits on anti-theft locking
Fitting hubcaps
bolts and is not for use with standard wheel
Before mounting the full trim, the anti-theft bolts. Fig. 186 Changing a wheel: tyre valve 1 and
wheel lock must be threaded into position position of anti-theft wheel locking bolt 2 or
››› Fig. 186 2 or 3 . Otherwise it will not be 3 .

Safety
possible to mount the full hubcap.
Only use the tool supplied with the vehicle to
Press the trim against the wheel so that the loosen the wheel bolts.
space for the valve fits over the tyre valve
››› Fig. 186 1 . Make sure that the hubcap is Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn
correctly fitted all the way around the wheel. before raising the vehicle with the jack. »
247
 Advice

If the wheel bolt is very tight, you may be ent rims are fitted, the correct wheel bolts ● The bolts and threads should be clean, free
able to loosen it by pushing down on the end with the right length and correctly shaped of oil and grease and easy to thread.
of the wheel brace carefully with your foot. bolt heads must be used. This ensures that ● To loosen and tighten the wheel bolts, al-
Hold on to the vehicle for support and take wheels are fitted securely and that the brake ways use the wheel brace supplied with the
care not to slip. system functions correctly. vehicle.
In some circumstances, wheel bolts from the ● Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn
Loosening wheel bolts
same model vehicle should not be used. before raising the vehicle with the jack.
● Fit the wheel brace as far as it will go over ● Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the
the wheel bolt ››› Fig. 185. Wheel bolt tightening torque wheel hub threads. Although they have been
● Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate The prescribed tightening torque for wheel tightened to the prescribed torque, they
the bolt approximately one turn anticlockwise could come loose while driving.
bolts for steel and alloy wheels is 140 Nm.
››› . Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts ● Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel
checked as soon as possible with a reliable rims with bolted ring trims.
Loosening anti-theft wheel bolts torque wrench. ● If the wheel bolts are not tightened to the
correct torque, they may come loose while
For wheels with full trim, the anti-theft wheel If wheel bolts are rusty and it is difficult to driving, and the bolts and rims may come
lock must be threaded into position tighten them, the threads should be replaced out. If the tightening torque is too high, the
››› Fig. 186 2 or 3 . Otherwise it will not be and cleaned before checking the tightening wheel bolts and threads can be damaged.
possible to mount the entire hubcap. torque.
● Take the adapter for anti-theft wheel bolts Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the
out of the vehicle tool kit. wheel hub threads. Although they have been
● Insert the adapter onto the anti-theft wheel tightened to the prescribed torque, they
bolt. could come loose while driving.
● Fit the wheel brace onto the adapter as far
WARNING
as possible.
If the wheel bolts are not fitted correctly they
● Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate
could be released while driving leading to
the bolt approximately one turn anticlockwise loss of vehicle control and serious damage.
››› . ● Only use wheel bolts which correspond to
the wheel rims in question.
Important information about wheel bolts
● Never use different wheel bolts.
The wheel rims and bolts have been de-
signed to be fitted to factory options. If differ-
248
 Emergencies

Raising the vehicle with the jack Raise the vehicle using only the designated the vertical reinforcement beneath the

Technical specifications
jacking points. vehicle ››› Fig. 188.
For your own safety and that of other passen- 10. Raise the vehicle until the wheel is clear
gers, the following points should be ob- of the ground.
served in the order given:
WARNING
1. Select a suitable flat and firm surface for
If the vehicle is not correctly raised, it could
raising the vehicle. fall off the jack causing serious injury. Please
2. Switch off the engine, engage a gear observe the following rules to minimise the
(manual gearbox) or place the selector risk of injury:
lever in position P ››› page 143 and turn ● You should only use a jack approved by

Advice
on the electronic parking brake SEAT for your vehicle. Other jacks, even those
Fig. 187 Jack position points ››› page 137. approved for other SEAT models, might slip
3. Block the wheel diagonally opposite the out of place.
wheel being changed with folding wheel ● The ground should be firm and flat. If the
chocks* or other suitable objects. ground is sloped or soft then the vehicle
could slip and fall off the jack. If necessary,
4. When towing a trailer: unhook the trailer support the jack on a wide solid base.
from the towing vehicle and park it cor-

Operation
● If the ground is slippery, such as tiles,
rectly.
place a non-slip surface (a floor mat, for in-
5. Loosen the wheel bolts on the wheel to stance) beneath the jack to avoid slipping.
be changed ››› page 247. ● Only fit the jack at the prescribed jacking
6. Look below the vehicle for the jacking points. The claw of the jack should grip the
point ››› Fig. 187 closest to the tyre reinforcement nerve on the underbody
Fig. 188 Jack mounted on the left rear part of which has to be changed. ››› Fig. 188.
the vehicle 7. Raise the jack with the handle until it ● You should never place a body limb such as
can be inserted below the jacking point. an arm or leg under a raised vehicle that is
The jack may be applied only at the jacking

Safety
solely supported by the jack.
points shown (marks on chassis) ››› Fig. 187. 8. Ensure that the foot of the jack is firmly
● If you have to work underneath the vehicle,
The mark indicates the jacking points below on the ground and that it is placed im-
you must use suitable stands additionally to
the vehicle. The jacking points are on the ribs mediately below the lifting point on the
support the vehicle, there is a risk of acci-
behind the front edges ››› Fig. 188. Always vehicle ››› Fig. 188. dent!. »
the relevant jacking point for the wheel to be 9. Straighten the jack and continue raising
changed ››› . it using the handle until the claw holds
249
 Advice

● Never raise the vehicle if it is tilting to one Putting on the spare wheel After changing the wheel
side or the engine is running. Check the direction of rotation of the tyre
● Clean the wheel brace, if necessary, and
● Never start the engine when the vehicle is ››› page 232.
raised. The vehicle may come loose from the put it away in the boot ››› page 244.
jack due to the engine vibrations. ● Fit the wheel. ● Have the tightening torque of the wheel
● Screw on the anti-theft locking bolt with bolts checked as soon as possible with a tor-
the adapter in position ››› Fig. 186 2 or 3 que wrench ››› page 248.
Changing a wheel clockwise and tighten gently.
● Replace the other wheel bolts and tighten Note
slightly using the hexagonal socket on the If the vehicle is fitted with a tyre monitoring
end of the wheel brace. system, this should be “reprogrammed” if
necessary whenever a tyre is changed
● Lower the car with the jack.
››› page 179.
● Tighten all of the wheel bolts clockwise
››› . Tighten the bolts in diagonal pairs (not
in a circle).
● Put the caps, trim or full hubcap back on Tyre repair
››› page 247.
TMS (Tyre Mobility System)*
WARNING
Fig. 189 Changing a wheel: loosen wheel
The Anti-puncture kit* (Tyre Mobility System)
bolts with the socket at the end of the wheel If the wheel bolts are not treated suitably or
will reliably seal punctures caused by the
brace not tightened to the correct torque then this
penetration of a foreign body of up to about
could lead to loss of vehicle control and to a
Removing the wheel serious accident.
4 mm in diameter. Do not remove foreign ob-
jects, e.g. screws or nails, from the tyre.
● Loosen the wheel bolts ››› page 247. ● All the wheel bolts and hub threads should
be clean and free of oil and grease. The wheel Once the sealant is in the tyre, make sure to
● Jacking up the vehicle ››› page 249.
bolts should be easily tightened to the cor- check the pressure after 10 minutes driving.
● Using the hexagonal socket in the wheel rect torque.
brace ››› Fig. 189, unscrew the slackened If the vehicle has more than one damaged
● The hexagonal socket in the wheel brace
wheel bolts and place them on a clean sur- tyre, seek professional assistance. The tyre
should be used for turning wheel bolts only.
face. mobility system is designed for filling one
Do not use it to loosen or tighten the wheel
tyre.
● Take off the wheel. bolts.
Only use the tyre mobility system if the vehi-
cle is properly parked, you know how to do it
250
 Emergencies

and the necessary safety measures, and if ● Use the tyre mobility system only if you are For the sake of the environment

Technical specifications
you have the right kit! Otherwise, you should familiar with the necessary procedures. Oth-
seek professional assistance. Once used or expired, dispose of the sealant
erwise, you should seek professional assis-
according to legal provisions.
tance.
The tyre sealant should not be used in the ● Only use the tyre mobility system in the
following cases: event of an emergency to get to the nearest Note
● If the wheel is damaged. workshop. ● Sealant bottles can be purchased from
● Replace the repaired tyre with the tire mo- SEAT dealers.
● The outside temperature is lower than -20
bility set as soon as possible. ● Observe the usage instructions provided by
℃ (-4 °F).
● The sealant is hazardous for your health the snow chain manufacturer.
● If the tear or puncture on the tyre is over 4
and if it touches your skin, it must be imme-
mm wide.

Advice
diately washed off.
● If you have driven with very low pressure or ● Keep children away from the tyre mobility Contents of the tyre mobility system*
a flat tyre. system.
● If the expiry date on the bottle of tyre seal- ● Never use a jack even if it is approved for
ant has passed. the vehicle.
● To reduce the risk of the vehicle possibly
WARNING moving on its own, always turn off the en-

Operation
Using the tyre mobility system can be dan- gine, set the electronic parking brake and put
gerous, especially when filling the tyre at the the selector lever in position P or put into
roadside. Please observe the following rules gear if the gearbox is a manual.
to minimise the risk of injury:
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. WARNING
Park it at a safe distance from surrounding
A tyre repaired with sealant does not have
traffic to fill the tyre.
the normal drive properties.
● Ensure the ground is flat and firm.
● Never drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph).
● All occupants, and especially children, Fig. 190 Standard representation: Contents

Safety
● Avoid hard acceleration, heavy braking and
should always be at a safe distance outside of the tyre mobility system.
fast cornering.
the work area.
● Check the tyre after travelling 10 minutes
● Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn The tyre mobility system is located under-
at no more than 80 km/h (50 mph).
other road users. neath the floor covering in the boot. It in-
cludes the following components ››› Fig. 190: »
251
 Advice

1 Tyre valve remover ● Shake the bottle of sealant ››› Fig. 190 10 200-250 kPa) ››› . Do not leave it running
2 Sticker indicating maximum speed “max. well. for more than 8 minutes ››› .
80 km/h” or “max. 50 mph” ● Screw the inflator tube ››› Fig. 190 3 into ● Switch off the compressor.
3 Filler tube with cap the sealant bottle in a clockwise direction. ● If it fails to reach a pressure of between
The seal on the mouth of the bottle pierces 2.0 and 2.5 bar (29-36 psi / 200-250 kPa),
4 Air compressor automatically. unscrew the inflator tube from the tyre valve.
5 ON/OFF switch ● Remove the lid from the filling tube ● Move the vehicle some 10 metres forwards
6 Air bleed screw1) ››› Fig. 1903 and insert the open end of the
or backwards so that the sealant is evenly
7 Tyre pressure monitoring1) tube into the tyre valve. distributed in the tyre interior.
8 Tube for inflating tyres ● Keep the bottle mouth facing down and ● Securely screw the compressor tyre inflator
empty all the contents into the tyre. tube into the tyre valve again and repeat the
9 12 volt connector
● Remove the empty bottle from the valve. inflation process.
10 Bottle of sealant
● Screw in the valve insert again with the aid ● If the indicated pressure can still not be
11 Spare insert for valve
of the extractor ››› Fig. 190 1 . reached, the tyre is too badly damaged. The
The valve insert remover 1 has a gap at the tyre cannot be sealed with the tyre mobility
lower end for a valve insert. The valve insert Inflating the tyre system. Do not continue driving. You should
can only be screwed or unscrewed in this ● Screw the tyre inflator tube ››› Fig. 190 8 obtain professional assistance ››› .
way. This also applies to its replacement part ● Disconnect the air compressor and unscrew
of the air compressor into the tyre valve.
11 .
● Check whether the air bleed screw the inflator tube from the tyre valve.
››› Fig. 190 6 is tightened. ● If a pressure between 2.0 and 2.5 bar
● Start the engine and leave it running in (29-36 psi / 200-250 kPa) is reached, then
Seal and inflate a tyre continue driving at 80 km/h (50 mph) maxi-
neutral.
mum.
Sealing a tyre ● Attach the connector ››› Fig. 190 9 to one
● After 10 minutes, check the pressure again
● Unscrew the tyre valve cap. of the vehicle's 12 volt sockets ››› page 119.
››› page 253.
● Use the enclosed extractor ››› Fig. 190 1 ● Switch on the air compressor with the
to unscrew the valve insert. Place it on a ON/OFF switch ››› Fig. 190 5 . WARNING
clean surface. ● Keep the air compressor running until it
When inflating the tyre, the air compressor
reaches 2.0 to 2.5 bar (29-36 psi / and the inflator tube may become hot.

1) An inflator tube may also be included.

252
 Emergencies

● Protect hands and skin from hot parts. ● Carefully head to the nearest specialised For vehicles whose battery is not in the en-

Technical specifications
workshop at a maximum speed of 80 km/h gine compartment, the jump leads should
● Do not place the air compressor or inflator
(50 mph). only be connected to the starting assistance
tube onto flammable materials while they are
hot. ● Ask the workshop to change the damaged connection points in the engine compart-
tyre. ment.
● Before storing the equipment, let it cool.
● If a minimum pressure of 2.0 bar WARNING
WARNING
(29 psi / 200 kPa) cannot be reached, the tyre
is badly damaged. In this instance, the seal- Driving with a tyre that cannot be sealed is Incorrect use of jump leads and incorrectly
ant will not be able to seal the tyre. Do not dangerous and may lead to accidents and se- jump starting could cause the battery to ex-
continue driving. Seek specialist assistance. rious injury. plode resulting in serious injury. Please ob-
serve the following rules to minimise the risk
● Do not continue driving if the tyre pressure

Advice
of a battery explosion:
CAUTION is 1.3 bar (19 psi / 130 kPa) or lower.
● The battery providing current must have
● Seek specialist assistance.
The air compressor should be turned off after the same voltage (12V) and approximately
a maximum of 8 minutes since otherwise it the same capacity (see markings on battery)
will overheat. Before switching it on again, let as the flat battery.
it cool for a few minutes. ● Never charge a frozen or recently thawed
Starting assistance battery. A flat battery can also freeze at tem-
peratures close to 0 °C (+32 °F).

Operation
Introduction
Check after 10 minutes of driving ● If a battery is frozen and/or has been frozen
then it must be replaced.
If the engine fails to start because of a dis-
Screw the inflator tube ››› Fig. 190 8 again ● A highly explosive mixture of gases is re-
charged battery, the battery of another vehi-
and check the tyre pressure on the gauge 7 . leased when the battery is being charged. Al-
cle can be used to start the engine. Before
starting, check the magic eye on the battery ways keep lit cigarettes, flames, sparks and
Equal to or below 1.3 bar (19 psi/130 kPa): ››› page 227. fire far from the battery. Never use a mobile
telephone when connecting and removing the
● Stop driving! The tyre could not be suffi-
For starting assistance, jump lead cables con- jump leads.
ciently sealed with the tyre mobility system.
forming to the standard DIN 72553 are re- ● Charge the battery only in well ventilated

Safety
● You should obtain professional assistance quired (see the cable manufacturer instruc- areas given that when the battery is charged
››› . tions). The jump lead cable must be at least by outside assistance, it creates a mix of
25 mm2 in section (0.038 inches2) for petrol highly explosive gases.
Equal to or above 1.4 bar (20 psi/140 kPa): engines, and 35 mm2 (0.054 inches2) for die- ● Jump leads should never enter into contact
● Correct the tyre pressure until the correct sel engines. with moving parts in the engine compart-
level is reached ››› page 231. ment. »
253
 Advice

● Never switch the positive and negative On some vehicles, there is a starting assis- Jump lead terminal connections
poles or connect the jump leads incorrectly. tance terminal in the engine compartment, 1. Switch off the ignition of both vehicles
● Note the instruction manual provided by
under a labelled cover. ››› .
the manufacturer of the jump leads.
2. Connect one end of the red jump lead to
How to jump start: description the positive + terminal of the vehicle
CAUTION with the flat battery A ››› Fig. 192.
To avoid considerable damage to the vehicle 3. Connect the other end of the red jump
electrical system, note the following careful- lead to the positive terminal + in the ve-
ly: hicle providing assistance B .
● If the jump leads are incorrectly connected,
this could result in a short circuit. 4. For vehicles without Start-Stop system:
connect one end of the black jump lead to
● The vehicles must not touch each other,
the negative terminal – of the vehicle
otherwise electricity could flow as soon as
the positive terminals are connected.
providing the current B ››› Fig. 192.
– For vehicles with Start-Stop system: con-
nect one end of the black jump lead X to a
Positive pole on the starting Fig. 192 Diagram of connections for vehicles suitable ground terminal, to a solid piece of
without Start-Stop system. metal in the engine block, or to the engine
assistance points
block itself ››› Fig. 193.
5. Connect the other end of the black jump
lead X to a solid metal component bolted
to the engine block or to the engine block
itself of the vehicle with the flat battery.
Do not connect it to a point near the bat-
tery A .
6. Position the leads in such a way that they
cannot come into contact with any moving
parts in the engine compartment.

Fig. 191 In the engine compartment: positive Fig. 193 Diagram of connections for vehicles
pole for starting assistance + with Start-Stop system.

254
 Emergencies

Starting WARNING ● Position the leads in such a way that they

Technical specifications
7. Start the engine of the vehicle with the ● Please note the safety warnings referring to
cannot come into contact with any moving
boosting battery and let it run at idling parts in the engine compartment.
working in the engine compartment
speed. ››› page 214. ● Do not lean on the batteries. This could re-
● The battery providing assistance must have
sult in chemical burns.
8. Start the engine of the vehicle with the flat
battery and wait 2 or 3 minutes until the the same voltage as the flat battery (12V) and
engine is “running”. approximately the same capacity (see imprint Note
on battery). Failure to comply could result in
The vehicles must not touch each other, oth-
an explosion.
Removing the jump leads erwise electricity could flow as soon as the
● Never use jump leads when one of the bat- positive terminals are connected.
9. Before you remove the jump leads, switch teries is frozen. Danger of explosion! Even af-

Advice
off the dipped beam headlights (if they ter the battery has thawed, battery acid could
are switched on). leak and cause chemical burns. If a battery
10.Turn on the heater blower and heated rear freezes, it should be replaced. Towing and tow starting
window in the vehicle with the flat battery. ● Keep sparks, flames and lighted cigarettes
This helps minimise voltage peaks which away from batteries, danger of explosion. Introduction
are generated when the leads are discon- Failure to comply could result in an explo-
nected. sion. When towing, always respect legal require-
● Observe the instructions provided by the

Operation
ments.
11.When the engine is running, disconnect manufacturer of the jump leads.
the leads in reverse order to the details For technical reasons, it is not possible to
● Do not connect the negative cable from the
given above. tow a vehicle if the battery is flat.
other vehicle directly to the negative terminal
Connect the battery clamps so they have of the flat battery. The gas emitted from the If the vehicle comes with the Keyless Access
good metal-to-metal contact with the battery battery could be ignited by sparks. Danger of system, towing is only allowed with the igni-
explosion. tion on!
terminals.
● Do not attach the negative cable from the
If the engine fails to start, switch off the start- The vehicle battery drains if the vehicle is
other vehicle to parts of the fuel system or to
er after about 10 seconds and try again after towed with the engine switched off and the

Safety
the brake line.
about 1 minute. ignition connected. Depending on the battery
● The non-insulated parts of the battery
charge status, the drop in voltage may be so
clamps must not be allowed to touch. The
large, even after just a few minutes, that no
jump lead attached to the positive battery
terminal must not touch metal parts of the ve-
electrical device in the vehicle may work e.g.
hicle, this can cause a short circuit. the hazard warning lights. In vehicles with »
255
 Advice

the Keyless Access system, the steering CAUTION ● Switch on the ignition and the hazard warn-
wheel could lock ››› . ing lights.
● Carefully fit and remove the towline anchor-
age and its cover to avoid damage to the ve- ● Release the clutch when both vehicles are
WARNING moving.
hicle (e.g. paintwork).
A vehicle with a flat battery should never be ● When towing, fuel could enter the catalytic ● As soon as the engine starts, press the
towed. converter and cause damage! clutch and move the gear lever into neutral.
● Never remove the key from the ignition This helps to prevent a collision with the tow-
lock. Otherwise, the steering wheel lock ing vehicle.
could suddenly lock. The vehicle would not
be controlled and a serious accident could Instructions for tow starting
CAUTION
ensue.
In general, the vehicle should not be started When tow-starting, fuel could enter the cata-
by towing. Jump-starting is much more pref- lytic converter and damage it.
WARNING erable ››› page 253.
When towing the vehicle, the handling and
For technical reasons, the following vehicles
braking efficiency change considerably. Towing instructions
Please observe the following instructions to
can not be tow started:
minimise the risk of serious accidents and in- ● Vehicles with an automatic gearbox. Tow rope or tow bar
jury:
● Vehicles with the Keyless Access locking When towing, the tow bar is the safest and
● As the driver of the vehicle being towed:
and ignition system, since the electronic vehicle friendly way. You should only use a
– The brake must be depressed must hard- steering lock may not unlock. tow rope if you do not have a tow bar.
er as the brake servo does not operate.
Always remain aware to avoid collision ● Vehicles with an electronic parking brake, A tow rope should be slightly elastic to avoid
with the towing vehicle. given that it is possible that the brake will damage to both vehicles. It is advisable to
– More strength is required at the steering
not be disengaged. use a tow rope made of synthetic fibre or sim-
wheel as the power steering does not op- ● If the vehicle battery is flat, it is possible ilarly elastic material.
erate when the engine is switched off. that the engine control units do not operate
Only secure the tow rope or tow bar to the
● As the driver of the towing vehicle: correctly.
towline anchorage or specially designed fit-
– Accelerate gently and carefully. ting.
However, if your vehicle must absolutely be
– Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres. Vehicles with a factory fitted towing device,
tow-started (manual gearbox):
– Brake well in advance than usual and can only be used for towing with a tow bar,
● Put it into second or third gear.
brake gently. specially designed to fit on a tow hitch ball
● Keep the clutch pressed down. ››› page 179.
256
 Emergencies

Towing vehicles with an automatic gearbox ● If the vehicle battery is flat and, as a result, Fitting the front towline anchorage

Technical specifications
Note the following for a towed vehicle: the electronic steering lock and electronic
parking brake cannot be disengaged if ap-
● Make sure the gear selector lever is in the N plied.
position. ● If the vehicle to be towed has an automatic
● Do not drive faster than 50 km/h (30 mph). gearbox and the distance to be covered is
● Do not tow further than 50 km (30 miles). greater than 50 km (30 miles).
● If a breakdown truck is used, the vehicle
Note
must be towed with the front wheels raised.
● The vehicle can only be towed if the elec-
Note the following instructions for towing
tronic parking brake and steering lock are de-
four all-wheel drive vehicles.

Advice
activated. If the vehicle has no power supply
or there is an electric system fault, the en- Fig. 194 On the right-hand side of the front
Instructions for towing all-wheel drive gine must be started using jump leads to de- bumper: Screw in the towline anchorage.
vehicles activate the electronic parking brake and
All-wheel drive vehicles can be towed using a electronic steering lock. The location for the removable towline an-
toolbar or tow rope. If the vehicle is towed ● Vehicles with the Keyless Access locking chorage is on the right-hand side of the front
with the front or rear axle raised, the engine and ignition system should only be towed bumper ››› Fig. 194.
must be turned off to avoid transmission with the ignition connected since, otherwise,

Operation
The towline anchorage should always be kept
damage. the electronic steering lock will not unlock.
in the vehicle.
For vehicles with a double clutched DSG® (di- Note the instructions for towing ››› page 256.
rect shift gearbox) the instructions for towing
vehicles with an automatic gearbox apply To fit the towline anchorage
››› page 257.
● Take the towline anchorage from the vehi-
Situations in which the vehicle should not be cle tool kit ››› page 244.
towed ● Press on the upper cover and carefully re-

Safety
In the following cases, the vehicle should not move it forwards. Allow the cover to hang.
be towed but transported on a trailer or spe- ● Screw in the towline anchorage into its po-
cial vehicle: sition anticlockwise as far as it will go
››› Fig. 194 ››› . Use a suitable tool to firmly
● If the vehicle gearbox does not contain lu- tighten the towline anchorage in its location. »
bricant due to a fault.
257
 Advice

● After towing, remove the towline anchorage Note the instructions for towing ››› page 256. Towing advice
by turning it clockwise and put the cover
back in place. Fitting the towline anchorage to the rear for Towing requires some experience, especially
vehicles without factory fitted tow hitch when using a tow rope. Both drivers should
CAUTION ● Take the towline anchorage from the vehi- be familiar with the technique required for
The towline anchorage must always be com- towing. For this reason, inexperienced drivers
cle tool kit in the luggage compartment
should abstain.
pletely and firmly tightened. Otherwise, it ››› page 244.
could be released while towing and tow-start- While driving, avoid excessive traction forces
● Press on the upper cover and carefully re-
ing. and jerking. When towing on an unpaved
move it back. This may require some
strength. Allow the cover to hang. road, there is always a risk of overloading
and damaging the anchorage points.
● Screw in the towline anchorage into its po-
Fitting the rear towline anchorage
sition anticlockwise as far as it will go ››› . If the vehicle is towed, with the hazard warn-
Use a suitable tool to firmly tighten the tow- ing lights on and the ignition switched on,
line anchorage in its location. the turn signal may be used to indicate
● After towing, remove the towline anchorage changes of direction. Simply operate the turn
by turning it clockwise and put the cover signal lever as usual. Meanwhile, the hazard
back in place. warning lights will go off. When the turn sig-
nal lever is returned to the rest position, the
CAUTION hazard warning lights will be turned on auto-
matically.
● The towline anchorage must always be
completely and firmly tightened. Otherwise,
Notes for the driver of the towed vehicle
it could be released while towing and tow-
starting. ● Leave the ignition on to avoid locking the
Fig. 195 On the rear bumper, to the right
hand side: Tow ring in position ● Vehicles with a factory fitted towing brack- steering wheel, to release the electronic
et, can only be used for towing with a tow parking brake and to activate the turn sig-
The location for the removable towline an- bar, specially designed to fit on a tow hitch nals, the horn as well as the window wipers
chorage is on the right-hand side of the rear ball. Otherwise, the tow hitch ball and the ve- and window washers.
bumper ››› Fig. 195. For vehicles with a facto- hicle may be damaged. Otherwise, a tow rope ● As the power assisted steering does not
ry fitted towing bracket, there is no fitting be- should be used. work if the engine is not running, you will
hind the cover to insert the towline anchor- need more strength to steer than normally.
age. For towing, fit and use the tow hitch
››› page 179, ››› .
258
 Emergencies

● The brake must be depressed must harder ● If the vehicle is locked from outside, the Manually locking and unlocking the

Technical specifications
as the brake servo does not operate. Avoid doors and windows cannot be opened from driver door
hitting the towing vehicle. the inside.
● Note the instructions and information con- ● Never leave children or disabled people
tained in the Instruction Manual for the vehi- alone in the car. They could be trapped in the
cle to be towed. car in an emergency and will not be able to
get themselves to safety.
Notes for the driver of the towing vehicle ● Depending on the time of the year, temper-
● Accelerate gently and carefully. Avoid sud- atures inside a locked and closed vehicle can
be extremely high or extremely low resulting
den manoeuvres.
in serious injuries and illness or even death,
● Brake well in advance than usual and brake

Advice
particularly for young children.
gently.
● Note the instructions and information con- WARNING Fig. 196 Driver door handle: Hidden lock cyl-
tained in the Instruction Manual for the vehi- inder
Getting in the way of the doors and the pan-
cle to be towed. oramic sliding sunroof is dangerous and can
lead to serious injury. As a general rule, when the driver door is
locked all other doors are locked. Unlocking
● Open and close the doors and the panor-
manually only opens the driver door. Please
Emergency locking and

Operation
amic sliding sunroof only when nobody is in
the way. note the instructions for the anti-theft alarm
unlocking ››› page 57.
CAUTION ● Unfold the key shaft ››› page 54.
Introduction
When opening and closing in an emergency, ● Insert the key shaft into the opening in the
The doors, rear lid and panoramic sliding carefully disassemble components and then cover on the driver door handle from below
sunroof can be locked manually and partially reassemble them carefully to avoid damage ››› Fig. 196 (arrow) then remove the cover up-
opened, for example if the key or the central to the vehicle. wards.
locking is damaged.

Safety
● Insert the key shaft into the lock cylinder to
unlock or lock the vehicle. »
WARNING
Opening and closing doors carelessly can
cause serious injury.

259
 Advice

Unlocking notes: Locking the passenger side door and ● Door open.
● The anti-theft alarm will remain active when sliding doors manually ● Remove the rubber cap to the front of the
vehicles are unlocked. However, the alarm door. The rubber cap is marked with a lock
will not yet be triggered ››› page 57. symbol  ››› Fig. 197.
● If the driver door is opened, the alarm will ● Unfold the vehicle key shaft ››› page 54.
be triggered. ● Insert the key shaft horizontally into the
● Switch the ignition on. When the ignition is opening and moved the coloured lever for-
switched on, the electronic immobiliser rec- ward ››› Fig. 198.
ognises a valid vehicle key and deactivates ● Replace the rubber cap and close the door.
the anti-theft alarm system.
● Check if the door is locked.

Note ● Carry out the same operation on the other

doors if necessary.
The anti-theft alarm is not activated when the Fig. 197 To the front of the passenger side
vehicle is locked manually using the key ● Have the vehicle checked by a specialised
door: Emergency lock, hidden by a rubber
shaft ››› page 57. cap. workshop.

Note
The doors can be opened and unlocked indi-
vidually from the inside by pulling the inside
door handle. To open, pull the inner door re-
lease lever twice ››› page 57.

Fig. 198 Emergency locking of the vehicle us-

ing the vehicle key

The passenger side door and the sliding

doors can be locked manually. The anti-theft
alarm is not activated in this case.

260
 Emergencies

Emergency unlocking the rear lid ● Remove the square cover in the inner trim

Technical specifications
of the rear lid ››› Fig. 199.
● Push the release lever ››› Fig. 200 A in the
direction of the arrow to unlock the boot.
● Manually open the rear lid.

Manually closing the panoramic

sliding sunroof
Fig. 202 Allen bolt to close the panoramic

Advice
sliding sunroof
Fig. 199 From the luggage compartment: re-
move the boot hatch cover. ● Push open the cover in the direction indica-
ted (arrow) ››› Fig. 201.
● Insert a standard 4 mm Allen key1) into the
Allen bolt ››› Fig. 202 A .
● Rotate the Allen bolt to close the panoram-

Operation
ic sliding sunroof.
● Re-install the lining.
Fig. 201 On the interior roof lining: remove ● Bring the vehicle to a specialised workshop
cover. to check the panoramic sliding sunroof given
that the emergency closing operation could
damage general operation or the anti-trap
Fig. 200 From the luggage compartment: function of the panoramic sliding sunroof.
Emergency unlocking of the booth hatch.

Safety
● Remove equipment to access the inside of
the rear lid.

1) Not included with the vehicle tool kit.

261
 Advice

Manually unlocking the gear selector The emergency release mechanism is located CAUTION
lever underneath the gearbox cover panel to the
right-hand side. To release the gear selector If the vehicle is moved on its wheels with the
engine stopped and the selector lever in posi-
lever mechanism, a suitable tool is required,
tion N for a prolonged period of time and at
(e.g. a screwdriver).
high speed, for example for towing, then the
automatic gearbox will be damaged.
Preparations
● Apply the parking brake. If the brake can-
not be activated, the vehicle must be alterna-
tively secured so that it cannot move.
● Switch the ignition off.

To remove the gearbox cover panel

Fig. 203 Remove the lining from the area of
the gear indication ● Pull the cover up around the dust guard on
the gear selector lever ››› Fig. 203.
● Take the cover off by passing it over the
gear selector lever ››› .

Manual release of the selector lever

● Press the release lever ››› Fig. 204 in the di-
rection of the arrow and hold it in this posi-
tion.
● Press the lock button ››› Fig. 203 1 on the
gear selector lever knob and place the gear
selector lever in the N position.
Fig. 204 Manual release of gear selector lever
WARNING
If the vehicle power supply should ever fail
(e.g. discharged battery) and the vehicle has Never move the gear selector lever from the
to be pushed or towed, the selector lever position P while the electronic parking brake
must first be moved to position N using the is deactivated. Otherwise, the vehicle may
manual release mechanism. accidentally move off on hills or steep slopes
causing serious accidents.
262
 Emergencies

Changing the wiper blades noise of the water as it is wiped across the ● Fit a new wiper blade of the same length

Technical specifications
windscreen will be louder. and design on to the wiper arm and hook it
into place.
Changing windscreen wiper blades Check the condition of the wiper blades regu-
larly. If the wipers scrape across the glass ● Rest the wiper arms back onto the wind-
they should be changed if they are damaged, screen.
or cleaned if they are dirty ››› .
Changing the rear wiper blade
Damaged wiper blades should be replaced
immediately. These are available from quali- ● Lift and unfold the wiper arm.
fied workshops. ● Pull the wiper blade out of its mounting on
the wiper arm ››› Fig. 206 (arrow A ).
Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms

Advice
● Hold down the release button ››› Fig. 206
The wiper arm may only be lifted at the point 1 while gently pulling the blade in the direc-
where it is fastened to the blade. tion of the arrow B . This may require some
strength.
Fig. 205 Changing the front wiper blades For windscreen wipers, please note: the wip-
er should be in service position before un- ● Insert a new blade of the same length and
folding it ››› page 81. type in the wiper arm in the opposite direc-
tion to the arrow ››› Fig. 206 B and hook into
place. This feature is operational when the

Operation
Cleaning windscreen wiper blades
knob is in position (arrow A ).
● Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms.
● Replace the wiper arm on the rear window.
● Use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt
from the windscreen wiper blades. WARNING
● If the blades are very dirty, a sponge or
Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility
damp cloth may be used ››› . and increase the risk of accident and serious
injury.
Fig. 206 Changing the rear wiper blade Changing the windscreen wiper blades ● Always replace damaged or worn blades or

Safety
● Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms. blades which do not clean the windscreen
The windscreen wiper blades are supplied as correctly. »
● Hold down the release button ››› Fig. 205
standard with a layer of graphite. This layer is
responsible for ensuring that the wipe is si- 1 while gently pulling the blade in the direc-
lent. If the graphite layer is damaged, the tion of the arrow.

263
 Advice

CAUTION Fuses and bulbs ● Take care not to cause short circuits in the
● Damaged or dirty windscreen wipers could
electrical system.
scratch the glass. Fuses
● If products containing solvents, rough WARNING
sponges or sharp objects are used to clean Introduction Using unsuitable fuses, repairing fuses or
the blades, the graphite layer will be dam- bridging a current circuit without fuses can
aged. Due to the constant updating of vehicles, cause a fire and serious injury.
● Never use fuel, nail varnish remover, paint fuse assignments based on equipment and ● Never use a fuse with a higher value. Only
thinner or similar products to clean the win- the use of the same fuse for various electrical replace fuses with a fuse of the same amper-
dows. components, it is not possible to provide an age (same colour and markings) and size.
up-to-date summary of the fuse positions for ● Never repair a fuse.
the electrical components at the time of ● Never replace a fuse by a metal strip, staple
printing this manual. For detailed information or similar.
about the fuse positions, please consult a
technical service.
CAUTION
In general, a fuse can be assigned to various
● To prevent damage to the vehicle's electric
electrical components. Likewise, an electrical
system, before replacing a fuse always turn
component can be protected by several
off the ignition, the lights and all electrical
fuses. elements and remove the key from the igni-
Only replace fuses when the cause of the tion.
problem has been solved. If a newly inserted ● If you replace a fuse with higher-rating
fuse blows after a short time, you must have fuse, you could cause damage to another part
the electrical system checked by a special- of the electrical system.
ised workshop as soon as possible. ● Protect the fuse boxes when open to pre-
vent the entry of dust or humidity as they can
WARNING damage the electrical system.
The high voltages in the electrical system can
give serious electrical shocks, causing burns Note
and even death!
● One component may have more than one
● Never touch the electrical wiring of the igni- fuse.
tion system.

264
 Fuses and bulbs

● Several components may run on a single Only replace fuses with a fuse of the same ● Move the attachment tabs forwards, in the

Technical specifications
fuse. amperage (same colour and markings) and direction indicated by the arrow to release
size. the fuse box cover ››› Fig. 208.
● Then lift the cover out.
Identifying fuses by colours
Vehicle fuses ● To fit the cover, place it on the fuse box.
Colour Amp rating Push the attachment tabs back, in the oppo-
site direction indicated by the arrow until
Purple 3 they click audibly into place.
Light brown 5
In is possible that there are more fuses be-
Brown 7.5 hind a cover in the lower left-hand side of the

Advice
luggage compartment.
Red 10

Blue 15 CAUTION
● Always carefully remove the fuse box cov-
Yellow 20
ers and refit them correctly to avoid problems
Fig. 207 On the driver-side dash panel: fuse White or trans- 25 with your vehicle.
box cover parent ● Protect the fuse boxes when open to avoid

Operation
the entry of dust or humidity. Dirt and humid-
Green 30
ity inside fuse boxes can cause damage to
Orange 40 the electrical system.

To open the dash panel fuse box Note

● To remove the cover, move the activation In the vehicle, there are more fuses than
lever in the lower part to the right ››› Fig. 207. those indicated in this chapter. These should
● For right-hand drive vehicles, move the lev- only be changed by a specialised workshop.
er to the left.

Safety
To open the engine compartment fuse box
Fig. 208 In the engine compartment: fuse box
cover ● Open the bonnet  ››› page 214.

265
 Advice

Replacing a blown fuse Identifying a blown fuse Changing bulbs

A fuse is blown if its metal strip is ruptured
››› Fig. 209. Introduction
Point a lamp at the fuse. This will make it
Changing bulbs requires a certain amount of
easier to see if the fuse is blown.
manual skill. If you are unsure, SEAT recom-
mends that you consult a technical service or
To replace a fuse
request assistance from a specialist. In gen-
● If necessary, remove the plastic pincers eral, a specialist is required if other vehicle
from the fuse box cover. components must be removed or if the dis-
● For small fuses, insert the pincers from charge lamps must be replaced.
above ››› Fig. 210 A. You should store spare light bulbs in the ve-
Fig. 209 Image of a blown fuse
● For larger fuses, insert the pincers from one hicle for safety-relevant lights. Spare bulbs
side of the fuse ››› Fig. 210 B. may be obtained from the technical services.
● Remove the relevant fuse. In some countries, it is a legal requirement to
carry spare bulbs in the vehicle.
● Replace the blown fuse by one with an
identical amperage rating (same colour and Driving with faults and blown bulbs on the
markings) and identical size ››› . vehicle exterior lighting is against the law.
● Replace the cover.
Additional bulb specifications
CAUTION The specifications of some headlamp bulbs
If you replace a fuse with higher-rating fuse, and bulbs for the tail lamps fitted at the fac-
you could cause damage to another part of tory may be different to those of conventional
Fig. 210 Removing or fitting a fuse the electrical system. bulbs. Bulb information is displayed on the
bulb socket or on the bulb itself.
Preparation
● Switch off the ignition, lights and all elec- WARNING
trical equipment. If the road is not well-lit and the vehicle is
● Open the corresponding fuse box not clearly visible to other drivers, there is a
››› page 265 risk of accident.

266
 Fuses and bulbs

WARNING sharp elements. Always protect your hands Several warning and control lamps light up

Technical specifications
when changing bulbs. for a few seconds when the ignition is switch-
Failure to replace bulbs correctly may cause ed on, signalling that the function is being
serious accidents.
verified. They will switch off after a few sec-
● Before carrying out any work in the engine CAUTION
onds.
compartment please read and observe the ● After changing a bulb, if the rubber covers
warnings ››› page 214. In any vehicle, the en- are not replaced correctly on the headlamp Checking the bulbs of a trailer
gine compartment is a hazardous area and framework, the electrical installation may be
could cause severe injury. damaged, especially if water is allowed to en- For vehicles with the factory fitted towing
● Discharge lamps work with high-voltage ter. bracket, certain trailer lights are also control-
and can cause serious or fatal injury if han- ● Remove the ignition key before working on
led if the power socket is correctly connected.
dled incorrectly. the electric system. Otherwise, a short circuit A fault on a trailer turn signal is indicated on

Advice
● H7 and discharge lamps are highly pressur- could occur. the instrument panel by the turn signal blink-
ised and could explode when being changed. ● Switch off the lights and the parking light ing twice as fast ( or ) ››› page 74.
● Only replace the bulbs concerned when before changing a bulb.
they have cooled. ● General fault of all turn signals on one side.
● Take good care to avoid damaging any com-
● Never replace bulbs alone if you are not fa- ponents. ● Fault in one tail light (on some models, al-
miliar with the operations necessary. If you so the registration light).
are not sure about procedures then visit a ● Fault in two brake lights.

Operation
specialised workshop to carry out the neces-
sary work.
Control lamp
WARNING
● Never touch the bulb glass directly. Finger-
It Observe the safety warnings ››› in Control
prints will be evaporated by the heat of the
lights Possible cause Solution and warning lamps on page 47.
operating bulb thus “fogging” up the reflec-
tor. up
● The headlamp frameworks in the engine A vehicle exterior
Note
compartment and the tail lamps contain Replace the faulty
 lighting bulb is not
bulb. A fault in the LED on the tail lights will not be
working. indicated. However, if the fault affects all the

Safety
LEDs then this will be indicated by the control
lamp .

267
 Advice

To replace halogen headlight bulbs

Fig. 211 In the engine compartment: left- Fig. 212 Left headlight.
hand side headlight lining. A dipped beam
headlights, B daytime driving lights and C
main beam headlights and side lights

There is no need to remove the headlight to Complete operations only in the sequence
replace bulbs. given:

A B C

Dipped beam Daytime driving

Turn signals (small lamp holder) Main beam headlights Side lights
headlights light
1. Open the bonnet  ››› page 214.

2. Remove the rubber cover on the rear of the headlight.

Rotate the lamp holder 1 to the left Press the wire clip downwards and
Rotate the lamp holder to the left all the way Pull the lamp holder 3 out back-
3. all the way and pull it out backwards pull the lamp holder 2 out with the
and pull it out backwards with the bulb. wards with the bulb.
with the bulb. bulb.

4. Depending on the model, the bulb is removed directly from the lamp holder or it may need to be rotated and then removed.

5. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.

268
 Fuses and bulbs

A B C

Technical specifications
Dipped beam Daytime driving
Turn signals (small lamp holder) Main beam headlights Side lights
headlights light
Place the lamp holder in the head-
Place the lamp holder in the head-
6. Place the bulb holder in the headlight and rotate to the right all the way. light and pull the wire clip upwards
light and insert completely.
until it clicks into place.

7. Insert the rubber cover.

Note Turn signals 1 Turning lights 2

Advice
The images show the left hand headlight Rotate the lamp holder Press the wire clip
from behind. The structure of the right hand 1 ››› Fig. 214 to the downwards and pull the
side headlight is symmetric. 3. left all the way and pull lamp holder 2
it out backwards with ››› Fig. 214 out with the
the bulb. bulb.

To replace the xenon headlights bulb Depending on the model, the bulb is removed di-
4. rectly from the lamp holder or it may need to be ro-
tated and then removed.

Operation
Fig. 214 Turn signal lamp holder 1 and turn- 5. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.
ing light 2
Place the lamp holder
Place the bulb holder in
in the headlight and
There is no need to remove the headlight to the headlight and ro-
6. pull the wire clip up-
replace bulbs. tate to the right all the
wards until it clicks into
way.
place.
Complete operations only in the sequence
given: Rotate the cover ››› Fig. 213 in the opposite direc-
7.
tion to the arrow as far as it will go.

Safety
Fig. 213 In the engine compartment: turn sig-
Turn signals 1 Turning lights 2
Always seek the help of a specialist when
nal indicator cover. 1. Open the bonnet  ››› page 214. changing the Xenon dipped beam and main
Rotate the cover ››› Fig. 213 in the direction of the
beam headlamps ››› in Introduction on
2.
arrow and remove it. page 267. »
269
 Advice

Note Place the bulb holder in the headlight and rotate

7.
to the right all the way.
The illustrations show the left hand head-
light. The structure of the right hand side Insert the connector ››› Fig. 216 1 on the bulb
headlight is symmetric. 8. holder 2 . The connector must audibly click into
place.

Place the headlight into its position ››› Fig. 216

9.
To replace the front bumper bulbs (small arrows) and tilt it backwards.

Tighten the attachment screw ››› Fig. 215 1 us-

10.
ing the screwdriver.

11. Replace the cover on the bumper ››› Fig. 215.

Fig. 216 Changing the bulbs in the head-

lights

Complete operations only in the sequence

given:

Pull the cover forwards, in the direction of the ar-

Fig. 215 On the right-hand side of the front 1.
row ››› Fig. 215.
bumper: removing the headlights.
Unscrew the attachment screw ››› Fig. 215 1 us-
2. ing the screwdriver from the vehicle tool kit
››› page 244.
Tilt the headlight slightly forward and extract it
3. from its lateral attachments ››› Fig. 216 (small ar-
rows).

Release the connector ››› Fig. 216 1 and remove

4.
it.

Rotate the bulb holder ››› Fig. 216 2 to the left all
5. the way, in the direction of the arrow, and pull it
out backwards with the bulb.

6. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.

270
 Fuses and bulbs

To replace the rear lid light bulbs Extract the cover carefully using the flat part of the To replace the tail light bulbs

Technical specifications
2. screwdriver from the vehicle tool kit as a lever
(››› Fig. 181) on the indent ››› Fig. 217 1 .

Release the lamp holder connector by pulling on

3.
the red connector block.

Press on the attachment tabs in the direction of

4.
the arrow ››› Fig. 218 and pull out the lamp holder.

5. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.

Install the lamp holder. The attachment tabs

6.
should audibly click into place.

Advice
Fig. 217 On the rear lid: Remove the cover. 7. Insert the cover. The cover should lock into place.

Operation
Fig. 218 On the rear lid: remove the bulb-
holder. Fig. 219 On the side of the luggage compart-
ment: removing the left and right hand side
Complete operations only in the sequence

Safety
rear lights. 1 remove the cap; 2 attach-
given: ment screw »
1. Open the rear lid ››› page 66.

271
 Advice

Tail light, left Tail light, right Tail light, left Tail light, right
Unscrew the attachment screw ››› Fig. 219 2 us- Carefully insert the tail light unit into the opening
4. ing the screwdriver from the vehicle tool kit 13. in the bodywork. To do this, insert the upper tail
››› page 244. The bolt is secured in its position. light unit guide into the attachment ring.

Extract the tail light from the bodywork by carefully Tighten the white attachment screw using the
5. 14.
pulling backwards. screwdriver from the vehicle tool kit.

Pull the red strip on the connector and extract the Ensure that the tail light unit has been correctly
6. 15.
connector. fitted and is firmly secured.

Disassemble the tail light unit and place it on a Replace the cap
7. Move the 12 V power
flat, clean surface. ››› Fig. 219 1 and ro-
socket support up-
16. tate it 90° in the oppo-
wards gently until it is
Fig. 220 Tail lights on bodywork: Remove the site direction of the ar-
To change the bulb row.
correctly closed.
bulb holder. 1 to 4 : Attachment tab
To release the bulb holder, press on the attach- Close the storage com-
Complete operations only in the sequence 8. ment tabs ››› Fig. 220 1 to 4 in the direction of 17.
partment.
given. the arrow.
18. Close the rear lid ››› page 66.
9. Remove the lamp holder from the tail light unit.
Removing the tail light units
10. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.
Complete operations only in the sequence
given: Place the lamp holder in the tail light unit. The at-
11.
tachment tabs should audibly click into place.
Tail light, left Tail light, right Insert the connector and press the red attachment
12.
1. Open the rear lid ››› page 66. strip in so that the connector is locked into place.

Open the storage com- Move the 12 V power

Assembling the tail light units
partments on the left- socket support by
2. hand side of the lug- pressing gently down- Complete operations only in the sequence
gage compartment wards ››› Fig. 219 B given:
››› page 112. (arrow).

Rotate the cap 1 90°

3. in the direction of the
arrow and remove it.

272
 Fuses and bulbs

Changing the number plate light Fixed number plate Bolted number plate Fixed number plate Bolted number plate

Technical specifications
light light light light
Press the flat part of the Insert the number plate light carefully into the
screwdriver included in 8. opening on the bumper. Ensure that the number
Unscrew the number
the vehicle on-board plate light is in the correct position.
plate light screws using
tools (››› Fig. 181) in the
1. the screwdriver from Insert the number plate Tighten the attachment
direction of the arrow,
the vehicle tool kit light into the bumper screws for the number
in the groove of the 9.
(››› Fig. 181). until it audibly clicks in- plate light using the
number plate light
››› Fig. 221. to place. screwdriver.

2. Detach the number plate light.

Advice
Fig. 221 On the rear bumper: number plate Press on the connector
Separate the attach-
lock in the direction of
lights ment tabs from the rear
3. the arrow ››› Fig. 222
panel of the number
1 and pull out the
plate light by pressing.
connector.

Rotate the bulb holder

in the direction of the Take the lamp holder
arrow ››› Fig. 222 2

Operation
4. out of the number plate
and extract it with the light.
bulb.

5. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.

Insert the bulb holder

into the number plate
Insert the lamp holder
light and rotate all the
Fig. 222 Number plate light: Remove the 6. into the number plate
way in the opposite di-
lamp holder light.
rection to the arrow

Safety
››› Fig. 222 2 .
Complete operations only in the sequence
given: Press on the attach-
ment tabs. The lamp
Plug the connector into
7. holder must be firmly
the lamp holder.
attached to the number
plate light.

273
 Technical specifications

Technical specifications Abbreviations used in the Technical

Specifications section
Vehicle code

Abbrevi- Meaning
Technical specifications ation

Important information kW Kilowatt, engine power measurement.

Pferdestärke (horsepower), formerly used

PS
Important to denote engine power.

rpm Revolutions per minute - engine speed.

The information in the vehicle documentation
always takes precedence over the informa- Nm Newton metres, unit of engine torque.
tion in this Instruction Manual.
litres per Fuel consumption in litres per 100 km (70 Fig. 223 Vehicle identification number.
All technical specifications provided in this 100 km miles).
documentation are valid for the standard Vehicle identification number
Carbon dioxide emissions in grams per km
model in Spain. The vehicle data card inclu- g/km
(mile) travelled. The vehicle identification number (chassis
ded in the Maintenance Programme or the
number) can be read from outside the vehicle
vehicle registration documents shows which CO2 Carbon dioxide
through a viewer in the windscreen
engine is installed in the vehicle.
CN
Cetane number, indication of the diesel ››› Fig. 223. This viewer is located in the lower
The figures may be different depending combustion power. part of the windscreen. The vehicle identifica-
whether additional equipment is fitted, for tion number (chassis number) is also stam-
Research octane number, indication of the
different models, for special vehicles and for RON
knock resistance of petrol. ped on the right water drain channel. The wa-
other countries. ter drain channel is located between the sus-
pension tower and the wing. Open the bon-
net to read the vehicle identification number
 ››› page 214.

Vehicle data plate

The vehicle data plate is attached to the lug-
gage compartment, and contains the follow-
ing information:

274
 Technical specifications

1 Vehicle identification number (chassis The fuel consumption, CO2 emissions and ac- Note

Technical specifications
number). tual kerb weight of the vehicle are noted on
the vehicle data sticker. Actual consumption may vary from quoted
2 Vehicle type, engine power, gearbox type. test values, depending on personal driving
3 Engine and gearbox code, paint number, The fuel consumption and emissions figures style, road and traffic conditions, the weather
interior equipment. given are based on the vehicle weight cate- and the vehicle condition.
gory, which is determined according to the
4 Optional extras, PR numbers.
engine/gearbox combination and the equip-
These data are also provided in the Mainte- ment fitted. Weights
nance Programme. The consumption and emission figures are
calculated in accordance with the EC test re- Kerb weight refers to the basic model with a
Type plate quirements 1999/100/EC. These test re- fuel tank filled to 90% capacity and without

Advice
The type plate is visible when the driver door quirements specify a realistic test method optional extras. The figure quoted includes
is opened, on the lower part of the strut. Ve- based on normal everyday driving. 75 kg to allow for the weight of the driver.
hicles for certain export countries do not The following test conditions are applied: Special versions, optional equipment fittings
have a type plate. or retro-fitting accessories will increase the
The manufacturer's type plate contains the Urban The urban cycle starts with an engine cold weight of the vehicle ››› .
following data: cycle start. City driving is then simulated.
WARNING

Operation
In the extra urban cycle simulation the vehi-
5 Gross vehicle weight Extra cle frequently accelerates and brakes in all ● Please note that the centre of gravity may
6 Maximum authorised weight of vehicle urban gears, as in normal everyday driving. The shift when transporting heavy objects; this
and trailer cycle road speed ranges from 0 to 120 km/h (0 to may affect vehicle handling and lead to an ac-
75 mph). cident. Always adjust your speed and driving
7 Maximum gross front axle weight style to suit road conditions and require-
Total
8 Maximum rear axle weight The average total consumption is calculated ments.
con-
with a weighting of around 37% for the ur- ● Never exceed the gross axle weight rating
sump-
ban cycle and 63% for the extra urban cycle.
tion or the gross vehicle weight rating. If the per-
Information on fuel consumption missible axle load or the permissible total

Safety
The exhaust gases are collected during both weight is exceeded, the driving characteris-
CO2 driving cycles to calculate carbon dioxide
The consumption and emission details tics of the vehicle may change, leading to ac-
emis- emissions. The gas composition is then ana-
shown on the vehicle data sticker differ from cidents, injuries and damage to the vehicle.
sions lysed to evaluate the CO2 content and other
one vehicle to another. emissions.

275
 Technical specifications

Towing a trailer WARNING Wheel bolts

● For safety reasons, do not exceed the 80 After the wheels have been changed, the
Trailer weights km/h (50 mph) limit. This is also valid in tightening torque of the wheel bolts should
countries where higher speeds are permitted. be checked as soon as possible with a torque
Trailer weight ● Never exceed the maximum trailer weights wrench ››› . The tightening torque for steel
The trailer weights and drawbar loads ap- or the drawbar load. If the permissible axle and alloy wheels is 140 Nm.
proved are selected in intensive trials accord- load or the permissible total weight is excee-
ing to precisely defined criteria. The ap- ded, the driving characteristics of the vehicle WARNING
proved trailer weights are valid for vehicles in may change, leading to accidents, injuries ● Check the tyre pressure at least once per
the EU for maximum speeds of 80 km/h (50 and damage to the vehicle. month. Checking the tyre pressure is very im-
mph) (in certain circumstances up to 100 portant. If the tyre pressure is too high or too
km/h (62 mph)). The figures may be different low, there is an increased danger of accidents
in other countries. All data in the official vehi- - particularly at high speeds.
cle documentation takes precedence over
Wheels ● If the tightening torque of the wheel bolts
these data at all times ››› . is too low, they could loosen while the vehi-
Tyre pressure, snow chains, wheel cle is in motion. Risk of accident! If the tight-
Drawbar loads bolts ening torque is too high, the wheel bolts and
threads can be damaged.
The maximum permitted drawbar load on the Tyre pressures
ball joint of the towing bracket must not ex-
ceed 100 kg. The sticker with the tyre pressure values can Note
be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap. We recommend that you ask your Technical
In the interest of road safety, we recommend The tyre pressure values given there are for Service for information about appropriate
that you always tow approaching the maxi- cold tyres. The slightly raised pressures of wheel, tyre and snow chain size.
mum drawbar load. The response of the trail- warm tyres must not be reduced. ›››
er on the road will be poor, if the drawbar
load is too small. Snow chains
If the maximum permissible drawbar load Snow chains may be fitted only to the front
cannot be met (e.g. with small, empty and wheels.
light-weight single axle trailers or tandem
Consult the section “wheels” of this manual.
axle trailers with a wheelbase of less than 1
metre), a minimum of 4% of the actual trailer
weight is legally required for the drawbar
load.
276
 Technical specifications

Engine specifications

Technical specifications
Petrol engine 1.4 110 kW (150 PS)
Engine specifications

Power output in kW (PS) at rpm Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) Fuel
110 (150)/5,800 240/5,800 4/1,390 Super 95 RONa)
a) Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.

Advice
Manual Automatic
Performance
5 seats 7 seats 5 seats 7 seats
Top speed (km/h) 197 197

Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 6.9 6.6

Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 10.7 9.9

Operation
Consumption (l/100 km)/ CO2 (g/km)

Urban cycle 9.2/214 9.4/218

Extra-urban cycle 6.1/143 6.6/154

Combined 7.2/167 7.6/178

Weights (in kg)

Gross vehicle weight 2,290 2,480 2,310 2,500

Safety
Weight in running order (with driver) 1,723 1,771 1,742 1,790

Gross front axle weight 1,170/1,220 1,170/1,220 1,190/1,240 1,190/1,240

Gross rear axle weight 1,070/1,120 1,260/1,310 1,070/1,120 1,260/1,310

Permitted roof load 100 100 100 100 »

277
 Technical specifications

Manual Automatic
Performance
5 seats 7 seats 5 seats 7 seats
Maximum trailer weights (in kg)

Trailer without brakes 750 750

Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 8% 2,000 1,800

Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 12% 1,800 1,800

Petrol engine 2.0 147 kW (200 PS)

Engine specifications

Power output in kW (PS) at rpm Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) Fuel
147 (200)/5,100 280/1,700-5,000 4/1,984 Super 95 RONa)
a) Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.

Automatic
Performance
5 seats 7 seats
Top speed (km/h) 218

Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 5.8

Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 8.3

Consumption (l/100 km)/ CO2 (g/km)

Urban cycle 11.5/268 11.6/270

Extra-urban cycle 6.6/155 6.7/156

Combined 8.4/196 8.5/198

278
 Technical specifications

Automatic

Technical specifications
Performance
5 seats 7 seats
Weights (in kg)

Gross vehicle weight 2,360 2,530

Weight in running order (with driver) 1,790 1,838

Gross front axle weight 1,210/1,260 1,220/1,270

Gross rear axle weight 1,100/1,150 1,260/1,310

Advice
Permitted roof load 100 100

Maximum trailer weights (in kg)

Trailer without brakes 750

Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 8% 2,200

Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 12% 2,000

Operation
Diesel engine 2.0 TDI CR 85 kW (115 PS)
Engine specifications

Power output in kW (PS) at rpm Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) Fuel
85 (115)/1,750-2,500 280/4,200 4/1,968 Diesel according to standard EN 590, min. 51 CNa)

Safety
a) Cetane Number (cetane index) = Measure of the diesel combustion power.

Performance 5 seats 7 seats

Top speed (km/h) 184

Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 8.4 »

279
 Technical specifications

Performance 5 seats 7 seats

Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 12.6

Consumption (l/100 km)/ CO2 (g/km)

Urban cycle 6.8/179 6.9/182

Extra-urban cycle 4.8/127 4.9/130

Combined 5.5/143 5.6/146

Weights (in kg)

Gross vehicle weight 2,360 2,520

Weight in running order (with driver) 1,772 1,823

Gross front axle weight 1,210/1,260 1,210/1,260

Gross rear axle weight 1,100/1,150 1,260/1,310

Permitted roof load 100 100

Maximum trailer weights (in kg)

Trailer without brakes 750

Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 8% 2,200

Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 12% 2,000

Diesel engine 2.0 TDI CR 100 kW (136 PS)

Engine specifications

Power output in kW (PS) at rpm Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) Fuel
100 (136)/1,750-2,500 320/4,200 4/1,968 Diesel according to standard EN 590, min. 51 CNa)
a) Cetane Number (cetane index) = Measure of the combustion power of the diesel
280
 Technical specifications

Manual Automatic

Technical specifications
Performance
5 seats 7 seats 5 seats 7 seats
Top speed (km/h) 192 189

Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 7.8 7.8

Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 11.1 11.1

Consumption (l/100 km)/ CO2 (g/km)

Urban cycle 6.8/179 6.9/182

Advice
Extra-urban cycle 4.8/127 5/132

Combined 5.5/143 5.7/149

Weights (in kg)

Gross vehicle weight 2,340 2,500 2,370 2,540

Weight in running order (with driver) 1,174 1,822 1,803 1,851

Operation
Gross front axle weight 1,190/1,240 1,190/1,240 1,220/1,270 1,230/1,280

Gross rear axle weight 1,100/1,150 1,260/1,310 1,100/1,150 1,260/1,310

Permitted roof load 100 100 100 100

Maximum trailer weights (in kg)

Trailer without brakes 750 750

Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 8% 2,300 2,400 2,300 2,400

Safety
Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 12% 2,200 2,200

281
 Technical specifications

Diesel engine 2.0 TDI CR 103 kW (140 PS)

Engine specifications

Power output in kW (PS) at rpm Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) Fuel
103 (140)/4,200 320/1,750-2,500 4/1,968 Diesel according to standard EN 590, min. 51 CNa)
a) Cetane Number (cetane index) = Measure of the combustion power of the diesel

Manual Automatic All-wheel drive

Performance
5 seats 7 seats 5 seats 7 seats 5 seats 7 seats
Top speed (km/h) 194 191 191

Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 7.7 7.7 7.5

Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 10.9 10.9 11.4

Consumption (l/100 km)/ CO2 (g/km)

Urban cycle 6.8/179 6.9/182 6.9/182 7.4/195 7.5/197

Extra-urban cycle 4.8/127 4.9/130 5/132 5.2/137 5.4/143

Combined 5.5/143 5.6/146 5.7/149 6.0/158 6.2/162

Weights (in kg)

Gross vehicle weight 2,340 2,510 2,370 2,540 2,530 2,580

Weight in running order (with driver) 1,774 1,822 1,803 1,851 1,891 1,942

Gross front axle weight 1,190/1,240 1,200/1,250 1,220/1,270 1,230/1,280 1,250/1,300 1,240/1,290

Gross rear axle weight 1,100/1,150 1,260/1,310 1,100/1,150 1,260/1,310 1,230/1,280 1,290/1,340

Permitted roof load 100 100 100 100 100 100

Maximum trailer weights (in kg)

282
 Technical specifications

Manual Automatic All-wheel drive

Technical specifications
Performance
5 seats 7 seats 5 seats 7 seats 5 seats 7 seats
Trailer without brakes 750 750 750

Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 8% 2,300 2,400 2,300 2,400 2,400

Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 12% 2,200 2,200 2,400

Diesel engine 2.0 TDI CR 130 kW (177 PS)

Advice
Engine specifications

Power output in kW (PS) at rpm Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) Fuel
130 (177)/4,200 380/1,750-2,500 4/1,968 Diesel according to standard EN 590, min. 51 CNa)
a) Cetane Number (cetane index) = Measure of the combustion power of the diesel

Operation
Manual Automatic
Performance
5 seats 7 seats 5 seats 7 seats
Top speed (km/h) 208 205

Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 6.7 6.6

Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 9.3 9.6

Consumption (l/100 km)/ CO2 (g/km)

Safety
Urban cycle 7.3/192 6.7/177

Extra-urban cycle 5.0/132 5.4/143

Combined 5.8/152 5.9/154

Weights (in kg) »

283
 Technical specifications

Manual Automatic
Performance
5 seats 7 seats 5 seats 7 seats
Gross vehicle weight 2,370 2,530 2,370 2,530

Weight in running order (with driver) 1,800 1,851 1,804 1,855

Gross front axle weight 1,220/1,270 1,220/1,270 1,220/1,270 1,220/1,270

Gross rear axle weight 1,100/1,150 1,260/1,310 1,100/1,150 1,260/1,310

Permitted roof load 100 100 100 100

Maximum trailer weights (in kg)

Trailer without brakes 750 750

Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 8% 2,300 2,400 2,300 2,400

Trailer with brakes, gradients up to 12% 2,200 2,200

284
 Technical specifications

Dimensions CAUTION

Technical specifications
● Special care should be taken when parking
Length/Width (mm) 4,854/1,904 in areas with high kerbs or fixed barriers. Ob-
Height at kerb weight (mm) 1,720 jects protruding from the ground may dam-
age the bumper or other parts of the vehicle
Wheelbase (mm) 2,919 during manoeuvres.
● Special attention is required when driving
Turning radius (m) 11.9
through entrances, over ramps, kerbs or oth-
1,557/1,569 er objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers,
Front/reara) track width (mm)
1,605/1,617 mudguards and running gear, and the engine
a)
and exhaust system could be damaged as
This data will change depending on the type of wheel rim.

Advice
you drive over these objects.

Capacities

Capacities

70 litres. Reserve 8 li-

Fuel tank
tres.

Operation
Windscreen washer fluid
container/ 3.5 l/ 6 l
with headlight washer

Tyre pressure

Summer tyres:
Correct tyre pressure can be seen on the sticker on the
inside of the fuel tank flap.

Safety
Winter tyres:
The pressure of these tyres is 0.2 bar higher than that of
summer tyres (2.9 psi / 20 kPa).

285
 Index

Index Adjustments
Folding the seat backrest of the front passen-
Air conditioning
see "Air conditioner" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
ger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Air recirculation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
A Headlight range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Abroad Aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Extended stay abroad with your vehicle . . . . . 205 Aerial built into the window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Alcantara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Sale of vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 AFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 All-wheel drive
ABS Airbags Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
See "Brake assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 20 Winter tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Acoustic warnings activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Cleaning dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Ambient lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Adaptive headlights Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Anodized surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Dynamic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Deactivating the front passenger front airbag . 25 Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
AdBlue Deactivating using the key switch . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Anti-theft alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Differences between front passenger front air- Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 bag systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Anti-theft alarm system
Minimum quantity for a refill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Anti-tow system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Refilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 False alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 functioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Interior monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Tank filling capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Head-protection airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Anti-theft bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Knee airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Anti-theft locking bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Additional equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Locking the vehicle after airbag deployment . . 58 Anti-theft wheel locking bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Additional heater Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Anti-tow system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
See "Auxiliary heater" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Anti-trap function
Adjusting passenger exterior mirror . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Use of child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Adjusting the seats Vehicle care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Panoramic sliding sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Sun blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Adjustment Air recirculation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Correct sitting position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Electric front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Aspects to take into account before starting the
Mechanical front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Electronic manual air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 123 vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 ASR
Seat with position memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Indirect ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 See "Brake assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Things to note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 See "Brake assist" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
User instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Turning on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Assistance call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
287
 Index

Assistance systems Launch-Control programme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Bicycle carrier

Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146, 147 Installing a bicycle carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Electronic differential lock system (EDL and Manually unlocking the gear selector lever . . 262 Maximum load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
XDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Please also see "Changing gears" . . . . . . . . . 143 Biodiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . 154 See "Automatic gearbox" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Bonnet
Assist systems Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 AUX-IN connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Auto Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Auxiliary heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 211 Bottle holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Braking assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Automatic off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Lane Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Brake servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Lane Assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Electronic parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Optical parking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Emergency braking function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Remote control range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Park Assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Remote control: Replacing the battery . . . . . . 129 Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Brake assist system (BAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Parking sensor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Rear Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Things to note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 131 Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Rear assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Auxiliary heater remote control Brakes
Sign Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Start-Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Axle loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Start assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Traction control system (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 B Brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Traction control when accelerating (ASR) . . . . 155 BAS Changing the brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Tyre monitoring indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 See "Brake assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Auto Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Battery Emergency brake indicator in case of sudden
Automatic belt retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Automatic car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Running-in brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Switching Auto Hold off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 See Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Switching the start assist off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Battery acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Brake servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142, 154
Automatic device disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Before starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Brake system
Automatic dipped beam control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Belt height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Brake systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Braking assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Service and disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Brake assist system (BAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
DSG automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Belt tension limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Breakdown
Ignition key removal lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Securing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Kickdown system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Bulb fault
See changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
288
 Index

C Sea changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118, 119
Cleaning
Card compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Care Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
See "Care of your vehicle" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Vehicle interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Engaging gears (manual gearbox) . . . . . . . . . 143 See "Care of your vehicle" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Care of your vehicle Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Manually unlocking the gear selector lever . . 262 Windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Caring for paintwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Selecting gears (automatic gearbox) . . . . . . . 144 Cleaning chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Warning and control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Cleaning the vehicle
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Changing gears Folding exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Gear recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Climatronic
Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Tiptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 see "Air conditioner" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Changing the battery Closing
CD changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112, 117 of the vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 59 Changing the wheel Electric sliding door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Anti-theft alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 After changing the wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Keyless Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Checking Panoramic sliding sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Locking/unlocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Central locking system Checking the oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 See "Locking" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
After airbag deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Sliding doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Child safety seat Sun blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Opening doors individually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Securing with seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Coat hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Centre armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Child seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Changing Fix with ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Code number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Integrated child seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Collection of end-of-life vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 ISOFIX child seat on rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Combined weight rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Mounting child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Coming Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Mounting systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Compartment
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 On rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 On the front passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Compartments
Bodywork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Card compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Securing using a Top Tether retaining strap . . . 32 Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Front bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Transporting children in the vehicle . . . . . . . . . 28 Drawers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Halogen headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Weight categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Folding table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Number plate light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Child seats Front central armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Disabling the front passenger front airbag . . . . 25 Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

289
 Index

Other storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Control lamps Dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Portable waste bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 204
Rear footwell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Controlling function Data link connector (DLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Roof console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Electric exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Data plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Spectacle case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Control of function Model identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Rain sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Vehicle chassis number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Connectors Reprogramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Data registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Convenience closing Data storage during the journey . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Consumption Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Data stored by the control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
How it is determined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Panoramic sliding sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Daytime driving light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Convenience functions De-icing the door lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Control lamp Reprogramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 De-icing the locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
AdBlue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Convenience opening Deadlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Details
Brake pad wear indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Panoramic sliding sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Convenient entry function for the third row of Device disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Diagnostics connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Coolant Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Auxiliary heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 See engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Biodiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Filling the tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Filter pre-heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Diesel particulate filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Counter steering assistance system . . . . . . . . . . 133 Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Crossing a river Winter-grade diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Engine oil sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Salt water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Diesel particulate filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Exhaust gas purification system . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Filling the tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Cruise control system (CCS) Recommended gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Things to note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Lane assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Differential lock
Pressing the brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 See "Brake assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Steering column lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Tyre monitoring indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Tyre monitoring systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 D Dipped beam headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Windscreen wiper fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Damaged tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Dangers of not using your seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 41

290
 Index

Disposal Windscreen washer bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Electronic differential lock system (EDL and
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Winter tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 XDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Driving safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Electronic immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
End-of-life vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Driving through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Electronic parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Door release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Driving tips Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 For a loaded vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Emergencies
Childproof lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Fire extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . . 259 Extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 First aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Technical requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Hazard warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Drawbar load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 DSG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Emergency brake indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Loading the trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 DSG automatic gearbox Emergency braking function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Drawers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 See "Automatic gearbox" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Drink holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 DSG Automatic gearbox Driver door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Drink holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 118 Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146, 147 Manually unlocking the gear selector lever . . 262
Driving Dynamic headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Panoramic sliding sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Dynamic headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Passenger side door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Cross country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Data storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 E Sliding doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Ecological driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Engine
Driving through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Economical driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Noises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Ecological . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 EDL Running-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Economical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 See "Brake assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Engine and ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133, 136
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 electrical devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 119, 120, 131, 184 12 Volt power sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Fuel level too low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Electrical devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Parking downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Electric child safety lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Parking uphill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Electric sliding doors Pre-heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Rollback anti-trap function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 starting the engine with Keyless Access . . . . . 135
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Unauthorised vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Undercarriage guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Anti-trap function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Driving abroad Automatic one-touch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Driving in winter Convenience closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Convenience opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Water box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 One-touch opening/closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Checking the level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Filler neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
G 12 plus-plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
291
 Index

G 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Parking sensor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Front passenger front airbag

Refilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Rear assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Deactivating using the key switch . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Fault memory Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Engine fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Depending on the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Faults Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Filling the tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Panoramic sliding sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Information on consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Filling capacity Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Checking the oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 AdBlue tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Type of fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Filling the tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Fuel consumption
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Economical driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Why does fuel consumption increase? . . . . . . 152
Filler neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Fuel tank flap
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Filter pre-heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Closure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Environment Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Environmental friendliness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Fire extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Function control
ESC First-aid kit Tow hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
See "Brake assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Event Data Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 First aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Fuse box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Exhaust gas purification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Fitting Identification using colours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Tow hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Identifying blown fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Exterior aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Preparation before replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Automatically folding exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . 86 Fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Controlling function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Folding down rear seats G
Synchronised mirror adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Load space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 General overview of the engine compartment . . 218
Vehicle care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Folding in exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Extinguisher Folding table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Glove compartment lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Folding the seat backrest of the front passenger
seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 H
F Folding wheel chocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Handbrake
Fastening rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Front airbags
See "Parking brake" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Fault See "Airbag system" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Front passenger airbag
Hazard warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Park assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 See "Airbag system" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

292
 Index

Head-protection airbags In case of emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

See "Airbag system" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Indication on display Assigning a key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Headlamp range adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Sign Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Changing the battery (vehicle key) . . . . . . . . . . 56
Headlight adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Indicator Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Headlights Information call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Spare key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Adaptive headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Information on consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Dipped beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 47 Key switch
Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 41, 47 Deactivating the front passenger front airbag . 25
Headlight control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Kickdown system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Headlight washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Knee airbag
Side light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 See "Airbag system" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Turning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Head restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Integrated child seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 L
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Heated rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Seat belt routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Lamps
Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Setting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Audible warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Heated windscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Interior monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
High pressure cleaning equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 197 ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Hitch ball Lane Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Electric release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 J Lane assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
I Operation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Ignition K When is it necessary to disconnect it? . . . . . . 173
See "Engine and ignition" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Keyless Access Lane Assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Go . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Launch-Control programme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Key removal lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Keyless-Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Leaving Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Unauthorised vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Keyless-Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Keyless-Go . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Operating fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 starter button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Acoustic warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
In case of a breakdown things to note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 AUTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Securing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 unlocking and locking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Coming home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
In case of an emergency Keyless Access lock and ignition system Control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 see Keyless Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Daytime driving light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
In case of a breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Protecting yourself and securing the vehicle . 243 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
293
 Index

Headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Modifications to the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Instrument lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Net partition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Rails and attachment system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Leaving home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Luggage compartment baggage net . . . . . . . . . . 109
Main beam lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 N
Parking light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 M Net
Reading lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Main beam headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Main beam lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Net partition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Switch lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Main panel New engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Turn signal and main beam lever . . . . . . . . . . . 76 New tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Load Maintenance and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 New tyres and wheels
Driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Malfunction About your tyres and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Transporting a load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146, 147 Noise
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Auxiliary heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Fastening rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Diesel particulate filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
General advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 DSG automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Loading luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 DSG Automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Net partition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Lane assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Noises
Rails and attachment system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Please also see "Changing gears" . . . . . . . . . 143 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 MEDIA-IN connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Notes for the user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Loading the vehicle Menus Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Lock Mirrors O
vehicle, with Keyless Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Adjusting passenger mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Locking Convenience function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
From the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Oil
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Folding exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 See engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
The rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Rear vision mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Older tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
The vehicle from the outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Synchronised mirror adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Onboard diagnostic system (ODB) . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Locking button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Mobile telephone Opening
Locking the vehicle Using without an exterior aerial . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
with Keyless Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Mobile tow hitch Electric sliding door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Luggage compartment Installing a bicycle carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Model identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 From the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Folding down rear seats to create load space 101 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190, 205 Panoramic sliding sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Luggage compartment lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
294
 Index

See "Unlocking" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137, 140 Preparation

Sliding doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Checking the engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . 224
Sun blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Parking aid system Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
vehicle, with Keyless Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Use of high pressure cleaning equipment . . . 197 Preparations
Opening doors individually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Operating fault Automatic release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Topping up the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Protection of vehicle undercarriage . . . . . . . . . . 200
Operating faults Emergency braking function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Pushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Optical parking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 See "Parking brake" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 R
Outside temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Parking distance warning system Radio reception
Overview Use of high pressure cleaning equipment . . . 197 Aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Parking indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Operating faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Parking light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Rails and attachment element system
P Parking sensor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159, 160 Baggage net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Panoramic sliding sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Rails and attachment system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Anti-trap function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Optical parking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Rain sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 With towing bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Control of function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Convenience closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Particulate filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Raising the vehicle
Convenience opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 9 Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Emergency locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Petrol Raising vehicle
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Filling the tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 With a lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Sun blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Reading the
Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Fault memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Rear assist
Park assist system Physical principles behind a frontal collision . . . . 13 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Automatic stoppage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Mode 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Polishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Mode 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Leaving the parking space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Portable waste bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Power sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Things to note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Preparing to park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 12 Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 User instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Rear Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Switching on or off (leaving the parking Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Rear assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
space) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Pre-heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Switching on or off (parking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Park Assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
295
 Index

Electronic locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Reversing camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Seat belt status display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Electronic opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Rocker switches Twisted belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . . 261 Tiptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Unfastened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Rollback anti-trap function Unfastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
See "Rear lid" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Electric sliding doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Rubber seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 With two buckles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Run-flat tyres Seat belt warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Rear shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Seat belt with two buckles
Rear vision mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Running-in Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Rear vision mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Twisting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Recommended gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 First trips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Unfastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Running-in brake pads Seat functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Reflective vest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Please also see "Brakes" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Convenient entry function for the third row of
Reflective vests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Running in seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Refuelling Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Folding the seat backrest of the front passen-
Mistakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 ger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Remote control Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Auxiliary heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 SEAT information system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
See "Keys" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 S Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 8
Removing ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 SAFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 137 Adjusting the head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Removing snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Adjusting the steering wheel position . . . . . . . . 7
Removing wax deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Convenient entry function for the third row of
Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189, 190 seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Safety equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Correct position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Sale of vehicle
Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Electric front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
In other countries / continents . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Fitting the head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Salt water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Folding the seat backrest of the front passen-
Scrapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Replacement of parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 ger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Seat belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Reprogramming control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Seat belt protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Reservoir capacity manual adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Windscreen washer water reservoir . . . . . . . . 227 Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Automatic belt retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Retaining hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Belt height adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Retro-fitting Removing the head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Two-way radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Seat with position memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Belt tension limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Vehicle telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Seat upholstery
Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Rev counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Alcantara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Seat belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
cleaning Alcantara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
296
 Index

Cleaning and maintenance of natural leather 203 Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Steering wheel
cleaning the trim fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
synthetic leather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Special notes Rocker switches (Tiptronic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Seat with position memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 High-pressure cleaning system . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Storage compartment on the roof console . . . . . 113
Selective Catalytic Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Long parking times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Selector lever locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255, 257 Glove compartment lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Tow starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Sudden braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Service notification: read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Specifications Sun blind
Side airbags Combined weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Anti-trap function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
See "Airbag system" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Drawbar load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Side light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Trailer weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Sign Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Specific notes Sun blinds
Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Electric sliding doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Rear side windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Spectacle case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Sun protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Indication on display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Speed rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Sun visor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Operation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Stabilising the vehicle and trailer combination . 186 Symbols
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Start-Stop function See "Lamps" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Sitting position Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 System
Incorrect position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Start-Stop Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Automatic dipped beam control . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Sliding door Start assist Systems
Manually opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 See "Start assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Sliding doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Starter button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Adaptive headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Childproof lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Opening and closing electrically . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 ASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 156
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 276 Jump leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Auto Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
All-wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Positive pole on the starting assistance BAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Spanner symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Brake assist system (BAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Spare fuel canister . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Starting using an external battery Braking assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 See Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Special features Steering EDL and XDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Automatic car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Electronic differential lock system (EDL and
Folding exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Counter steering assistance system . . . . . . . . 133 XDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
High pressure cleaning equipment . . . . . . . . . 197 Electromechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138, 141, 285 Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Pushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Steering column lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Lane Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Tendency to pull to one side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Lane Assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Launch-Control Programme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Optical parking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
297
 Index

Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Temperature gauge Front towline anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Park Assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Rear towline anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 The rear lid Special notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Parking sensor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Tow bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Rear Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 See "The rear lid" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Towing prohibited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Rear assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Towing rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Sign Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Things to note With a tow hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Start-Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Auxiliary heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 131 Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Start assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Diesel particulate filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Towing bracket
Tiredness detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Electric sliding doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Optical parking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Traction control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Fumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Parking sensor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Traction control when accelerating (ASR) . . . . 155 Increase in exhaust gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Tow starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Tyre monitoring indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Keyless Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Tyre monitoring systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Parking sensor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Traction control system (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Rear assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Traction control when accelerating (ASR) . . . . . . 155
T Removing the vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Trailer
Technical data Switching Auto Hold off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Adjusting the headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Axle loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Anti-theft alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Water underneath the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Engine oil specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Tightening torque Drawbar load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Reservoir capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179, 185
Roof load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Tightening torque of wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Electrically releasing the hitch ball . . . . . . . . . 182
Total weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 TIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Fitting a trailer tow hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Tips for driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Function control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Before starting out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Hitch ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Technical details Tiptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Hitching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Type of fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Tiredness detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Technical modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Total weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Power socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Tow hitch Rear LED lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181, 184
Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Function control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Rear lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181, 184
Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Installing a bicycle carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Stabilising the vehicle and trailer combina-
Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Tow hitch ball tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 See "Trailer" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Trailer cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181, 184
Telephone management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Trailer weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Temperature display All-wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Wing mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Outside temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Trailer cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181, 184
Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Trailer tow hitch
Electric release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
298
 Index

Trailer weight Tyre mobility set Securing in case of a breakdown . . . . . . . . . . 243

Permitted maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 unlocking and locking with Keyless Access . . . 59
Trailer weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 more than one damaged tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Transport Tyre mobility system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Folding the seat backrest of the front passen- cases where it should not be used . . . . . . . . . 251 Automatic device disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . 230
ger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 inflate a tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Checking the electrolyte level . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Transporting seal a tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Transporting a load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Tyre Mobility System Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Transporting a load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 check after 10 minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Explanation of symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Transporting children in the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 28 see tyre mobility system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Transporting objects Tyre monitoring indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Positive pole on the starting assistance
Baggage net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Tyre monitoring systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179, 185 Tyre monitoring indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235, 276 Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Loading the trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Tyre repair Vehicle care
Net partition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 see tyre mobility system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Aerial built into the window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Rails and attachment system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Tyres with directional tread pattern . . . . . . . . . . 240 Airbag modules (dash panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Retaining hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Anodized surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 111 U Automatic car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Trailer weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Undercarriage guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Changing windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . . . 263
Tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Unlocking Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 From the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Cleaning compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Trip recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 The rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Cleaning seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Turning lights The vehicle from the outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Cleaning wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
See "Static turning lights" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Unlocking the vehicle Cleaning windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . . . . 263
Static . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 with Keyless Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Turning off the lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 De-icing the door lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Turning on the headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Treating your upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Turn signal convenience function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 V High pressure cleaning equipment . . . . . . . . . 197
Two-way radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Plastic parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Valve caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Type of fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Protection of vehicle undercarriage . . . . . . . . 200
Vehicle
Tyre control systems Rubber seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Parking downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Tyre load rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196, 197
Parking uphill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Treating your upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Vehicle paintwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
299
 Index

Washing by hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
W Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Avoiding damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Warning lamp Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Wooden trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 AdBlue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Vehicle chassis number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Damaged tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Vehicle code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Errors in wheel alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Vehicle data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Foreign bodies in the tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Vehicle key Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Interchanging tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Synchronising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 New tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Vehicle key set Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Older tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
See "Keys" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Engine oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Replacing tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Vehicle maintenance Pressing the brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Run-flat tyre codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
electrically adjustable seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Run-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
natural leather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
non-electrically adjustable seats . . . . . . . . . . 202 Warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Speed rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239, 240
seats with airbag components . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Storing tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
seats without airbag components . . . . . . . . . . 202 by hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
synthetic leather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
trim fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160, 163 Tyre code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
unheated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Tyre identification number (TIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Vehicle specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 things to note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Tyre load rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Vehicle telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 with high pressure cleaning equipment . . . . . 197 Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Water box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Tyre pressure sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Wear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Tyres with directional tread pattern . . . . 232, 240
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Wear of tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Valve caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Vehicle's battery Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Wear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246, 247, 276 Wear of tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Wheel balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Tightening torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Wheel load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Winter tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Running flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Wheel trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Vibrations Beadlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Full hub caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Bolted trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Wheel bolts caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Voice control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 See "Wheels and tyres" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Windows
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 See "Electric windows" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Window wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

300
 Index

Windscreen washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Windscreen washer water
X
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 XDS
Topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 See "Brake assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Windscreen wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Window wiper lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Windscreen wiper fluid
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Windscreen wipers
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Headlight washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Heated windscreen washer jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Lifting the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Rain sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Replacing the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Windscreen wipers service position . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Wing mirrors
Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Winter
Additional heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Menu configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Winter-grade diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Winter driving
Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Filter pre-heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Winter-grade diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Winter operation
Headlight washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Heated windscreen washer jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Salt on the roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Winter tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
All-wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Speed limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

301
About this manual ® All registered marks are indicated with
®. Although the copyright symbol does
This manual is divided into five large parts,
which are:
This manual contains a description of the not appear, it is a copyrighted mark. 1. Safety
equipment supplied with the vehicle at the >> The section is continued on the follow- 2. Operation
time this manual was published. Some of the ing page.
3. Tips
units described herein will not be available
until a later date or are only available in cer- WARNING 4. Technical data
tain markets. Texts preceded by this symbol contain infor- 5. Alphabetical index
Because this is a general manual for the mation on safety. They warn you about possi- At the end of this manual, there is a detailed
ALTEA range, some of the equipment and ble dangers of accident or injury.
alphabetical index that will help you quickly
functions that are described in this manual find the information you require.
are not included in all types or variants of the CAUTION
model; they may vary or be modified depend-
Texts with this symbol draw your attention to
ing on the technical requirements and on the potential sources of damage to your vehicle.
market; this is in no way deceptive advertis-
ing.
For the sake of the environment
The illustrations are intended as a general
guide and may vary from the equipment fitted Texts preceded by this symbol contain rele-
vant information concerning environmental
in your vehicle in some details.
protection.
The steering indications (left, right, forward,
SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to under-
reverse) appearing in this manual refer to the stand, that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason
Note
normal driving movements of the vehicle ex- no right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook.
cept when otherwise indicated. Texts preceded by this symbol contain additio-
nal information. All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error
* The equipment marked with an aster-
isk* is fitted as standard only in certain
or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print.
Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form.
versions, and is only supplied as op-
SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the “Copyright” Act.
tional extras for some versions, or are
only offered in certain countries. All rights on changes are reserved.

❀ This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose.

© SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.11.14
Inglés 7N5012720BC (11.14)

7N5012720BC

­­
Alhambra Inglés (11.14)
Alhambra
MANUAL
OWNER’S